CELEX: 52021PC0322
Language: en
Date: 2021-06-16
Title: Proposal for a COUNCIL IMPLEMENTING DECISION on the approval of the assessment of the recovery and resilience plan for Spain

EUROPEAN COMMISSION
            Brussels, 16.6.2021
            COM(2021) 322 final
            2021/0156(NLE)
            Proposal for a
            COUNCIL IMPLEMENTING DECISION 
            on the approval of the assessment of the recovery and resilience plan for Spain
            {SWD(2021) 147 final}
            
               
         
         
            
            
            
               2021/0156 (NLE)
            
            
               Proposal for a
            
            
               COUNCIL IMPLEMENTING DECISION
            
            
               on the approval of the assessment of the recovery and resilience plan for Spain
            
            
               THE COUNCIL OF THE EUROPEAN UNION,
            
            
               Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union, 
            
            
               Having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2021 establishing the Recovery and Resilience Facility
                  1
               , and in particular Article 20 thereof,
            
            
               Having regard to the proposal from the European Commission,
            
            
               Whereas:
            
            
               (1)The COVID-19 outbreak has had a disruptive impact on the economy of Spain. In 2019, the gross domestic product per capita (GDP per capita) of Spain was 84,8 % of the EU average. According to the Commission’s Spring 2021 forecast, the real GDP of Spain declined by 10,8 % in 2020 and is expected to decline by 5,6 % cumulatively in 2020 and 2021. Longer-standing aspects with an impact on medium-term economic performance include the high unemployment rate and high share of workers on temporary contracts; large stocks of external, private and government debt; structurally low productivity growth; and shortfalls in investment. 
            
            
               (2)On 9 July 2019 and on 20 July 2020, the Council addressed recommendations to Spain in the context of the European Semester. In particular, in the area of public finances the Council recommended to preserve the sustainability of the pension system, strengthen the fiscal and public procurement frameworks at all levels of government, take all necessary measures to effectively address the pandemic and strengthen the health system’s resilience and capacity, sustain the economy and support the ensuing recovery, and, when economic conditions allow, pursue fiscal policies aimed at achieving prudent medium-term fiscal positions and ensuring debt sustainability, while enhancing investment. In the area of employment, the Council recommended to foster transitions towards open-ended contracts, support employment through arrangements to preserve jobs, effective hiring incentives and skills development, and reinforce the capacity of employment and social services, as well as unemployment protection, notably for atypical workers. In the area of education and skills, the Council recommended to improve access to digital learning, reduce early school leaving, improve educational outcomes and increase cooperation between education and business with a view to improving the provision of labour market relevant skills and qualifications, in particular for information and communication technologies. In the area of social policies, the Council recommended to improve support for families, address coverage gaps in minimum income schemes and reduce fragmentation of national unemployment assistance. In the area of investment, the Council recommended Spain to front-load mature public investment projects, promote private investment and focus investment on the green and digital transition, in particular on fostering research and innovation, clean and efficient production and use of energy, energy infrastructure and interconnections with the rest of the Union, rail freight infrastructure, water and waste management and sustainable transport. In the area of business climate, the Council recommended to further the implementation of the Law on Market Unity and ensure the effective implementation of measures to provide liquidity to small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) and the self-employed, including by avoiding late payments. Lastly, in the area of public administration, the Council recommended Spain to improve coordination between different levels of government. Having assessed progress in the implementation of these country-specific recommendations at the time of submission of the recovery and resilience plan, the Commission finds that substantial progress has been achieved with respect to the specific recommendation on taking all necessary measures, in line with the general escape clause of the Stability and Growth Pact, to effectively address the pandemic, sustaining the economy and supporting the ensuing recovery.
            
            
               (3)On 2 June 2021, the Commission published an in-depth review under Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 1176/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                  2
                for Spain. The Commission’s analysis led it to conclude that Spain is experiencing macroeconomic imbalances, in particular vulnerabilities related to high external and internal debt, both government and private in a context of high unemployment rate and have cross-border relevance. 
            
            
               (4)[The Council recommendation on the economic policy of the euro area recommended to euro area Member States to take action, including through their recovery and resilience plans, to, inter alia, ensure a policy stance which supports the recovery and to further improve convergence, resilience and sustainable and inclusive growth. The Council recommendation also recommended to strengthen national institutional frameworks, to ensure macro-financial stability and to complete EMU and strengthen the international role of the euro.] [If the Council recommendation is not adopted by the time of the CID adoption, please remove the recital]. 
            
            
               (5)On 30 April 2021, Spain submitted its national recovery and resilience plan to the Commission, in accordance with Article 18(1) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241. That submission followed a consultation process, conducted in accordance with the national legal framework, of local and regional authorities, social partners, civil society organisations, youth organisations and other relevant stakeholders. The national ownership of the recovery and resilience plans is underpinning their successful implementation and lasting impact at national level and credibility at European level. Pursuant to Article 19 of that Regulation, the Commission has assessed the relevance, effectiveness, efficiency and coherence of the recovery and resilience plan, in accordance with the assessment guidelines of Annex V to that Regulation.
            
            
               (6)The recovery and resilience plans should pursue the general objectives of the Recovery and Resilience Facility established by Regulation (EU) 2021/241 and of the EU Recovery Instrument set up by Council Regulation (EU) 2020/2094
                  3
                in order to support the recovery in the aftermath of the COVID-19 crisis. They should promote the Union’s economic, social and territorial cohesion by contributing to the six pillars referred to in Article 3 of Regulation (EU) 2021/241.
            
            
               (7)The implementation of the Member States’ recovery and resilience plans will constitute a coordinated effort of investment and reforms across the Union. Through the coordinated and simultaneous implementation of these reforms and investments and the implementation of cross-border projects, these reforms and investments will mutually reinforce each other and generate positive spillovers across the whole Union. Therefore, about one third of the impact of the Facility on Member States’ growth and job creation will come from spillovers from others Member States.
            
            
               Balanced response contributing to the six pillars
            
         
         
            
               (8)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (a) and section 2.1 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan represents to a large extent (Rating A) a comprehensive and adequately balanced response to the economic and social situation, thereby contributing appropriately to all six pillars referred to in Article 3 of Regulation (EU) 2021/241, taking the specific challenges and the financial allocation of the Member State concerned into account.
            
            
               (9)The green and digital pillars are, together with social and territorial cohesion and gender balance, the key cross-cutting lines of action in the plan and are underpinned by relevant reforms and investments. The green components of the plan include relevant measures to support sustainable mobility, building renovation, biodiversity (including transformation of the agri-food and fishing systems and preservation of ecosystems integrating climate change adaptation), circular economy, water and waste management, energy and transport infrastructures and renewable energy including renewable hydrogen, among others. The green transition is present throughout the plan, from areas such as the modernisation of the fiscal system (which includes measures on green taxation) to measures to support skills and jobs for the green transition. In relation to the digital pillar, the recovery and resilience plan includes a number of components that should contribute directly to the digital transformation of the country with a lasting impact. Substantial investments should support digital infrastructures (including connectivity, cybersecurity and 5G), the process of digitalisation and modernisation of the industry including SMEs, the digitalisation of the public administration including the justice and health systems and the acquisition of digital skills (covering formal education, vocational education and training and lifelong learning). 
            
            
               (10)Most components in the plan are expected to contribute to the pillar on smart, sustainable and inclusive growth, with a wide array of measures aiming to strengthen competitiveness and productivity, and enhance research, development and innovation. Relevant components in the area of smart, sustainable and inclusive growth include those on industrial policy, support to SMEs, support to the tourism sector and support to research, development and innovation. Eighteen out of the thirty components in the plan are expected to contribute specifically to the social and territorial cohesion pillar, with measures reinforcing inter-regional sustainable mobility, educational opportunities in rural areas through digital means, investments in social housing, modernising and strengthening social services and inclusion policies, and modernising active labour market policies. Measures aiming to extend the use of open-ended contracts in the labour market or aiming at more equitable taxation are expected to have a positive impact on social cohesion. In order to build up on the territorial cohesion pillar referred to in Article 3 of the Regulation, the implementation of the Facility should aim to reduce disparities between the levels of development of the various regions and the backwardness of the least favoured regions in Spain. The contribution of the Recovery and Resilience Facility to the development of the Canary Islands, an EU outermost region with permanent constraints to be addressed by tailored measures, requires particular attention in line with Article 349 of the TFEU.
            
            
               (11)Several components in the plan should support the pillar on health, economic, social and institutional resilience. For instance, the components on the reinforcement of the health system and the modernisation of the public administration seek to strengthen resilience in these two areas, while reforms modernising the tax system, including through a more effective prevention of tax fraud, and aiming at more effective spending intend to boost economic and social resilience. Other measures enhance the capacity of the country to preserve its natural capital and to react to natural disasters. The pillar on policies for the next generation is supported through measures in the education system (such as extending the offer of early childhood education and care and of vocational education and training), digital skills (such as measures aimed at tackling the digital gap for vulnerable students) and the labour market (such as a new action plan against youth unemployment). It also envisages the approval of a law on family diversity that includes a review of the family benefits with the objective of reducing child poverty.
            
            
               Addressing all or a significant subset of challenges identified in Country Specific Recommendations
            
            
               (12)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (b) and section 2.2 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan is expected to contribute to effectively addressing all or a significant subset of challenges (Rating A) identified in the relevant country-specific recommendations, including fiscal aspects thereof and recommendations made pursuant to Article 6 of Regulation (EU) No 1176/2011, addressed to Spain or challenges identified in other relevant documents officially adopted by the Commission in the context of the European Semester. 
            
            
               (13)The recommendations related to the immediate fiscal policy response to the pandemic can be considered as falling outside the scope of Spain’s plan, notwithstanding the fact that the Member State has generally responded adequately and sufficiently to the immediate need to support the economy through fiscal means in 2020 and 2021, in line with the provisions of the General Escape Clause. Moreover, the recommendation to make sufficient progress towards the medium-term budgetary objective in 2020 is no longer relevant, due both to the lapsing of the corresponding budgetary period and the activation in March 2020 of the General Escape Clause of the Stability and Growth Pact in the context of the pandemic crisis.
            
            
               (14)The plan includes an extensive set of mutually reinforcing reforms and investments that contribute to effectively addressing all or a significant subset of the economic and social challenges outlined in the country-specific recommendations addressed to Spain by the Council in the European Semester in 2019 and in 2020, notably those in the areas of employment, such as labour market segmentation, active labour market policies and capacity of public employment services; education and skills, such as early-school-leaving and labour market relevant skills, including digital; social policies, such as minimum income schemes, unemployment assistance and family support; investment, such as green and digital transition, strategic sectors and research and innovation; business climate, such as law on market unity, late payments and insolvency framework; public administration and public procurement. 
            
            
               (15)The plan includes legislative reforms to reduce the use of temporary contracts in the private and public sectors, including by simplifying the menu of contracts and generalising the use of open-ended contracts. Reforms and investments in the area of active labour market policies should prioritise vulnerable groups, notably through the action plan against youth unemployment and the rationalisation of hiring incentives. These actions should be supported by the digitalisation of public employment services, with the goal of providing more effective support to jobseekers and workers in transition. 
            
            
               (16)Based on the experience gathered with short-time work schemes, the plan also aims to set up a new flexibility and stabilisation mechanism to provide internal flexibility to firms and stability to workers in the face of cyclical or structural shocks, with a special focus on training. The mechanism should ensure effective upskilling and re-skilling and facilitate the voluntary mobility of workers, within and across firms, with the view to addressing the country-specific recommendation on preserving employment.
            
            
               (17)Several labour market reforms in the plan are still subject to the outcome of the process of social dialogue, and their final design is therefore yet to be determined. These reforms should be part of a comprehensive package that supports job creation and reallocation and addresses labour market segmentation. Milestones should specify that these reforms should be conducted respecting social dialogue and as part of a comprehensive approach that balances the need for flexibility and security in the labour market. This applies in particular to the new flexibility and stabilisation mechanism and to the reform of collective bargaining.
            
            
               (18)The creation of 135 000 new places of vocational education and training and the formal accreditation of professional skills acquired through work experience and non-formal training, among other investments and reforms in the field of skills, aim to contribute to the provision of labour market relevant skills and qualifications that should accompany the green and digital transition of the country. In the area of education, the creation of 1 000 service units to support vulnerable students and the implementation of a programme to support and guide low performing pupils aim to prevent early-school leaving. In addition, access to digital learning is expected to be significantly boosted through investments in devices and skills, as well as through the development of online courses.
            
            
               (19)The plan includes a reform to further improve the design of the nationwide minimum income scheme and envisages investing in pilot projects to support the social and labour market integration of its beneficiaries through activation pathways. Both measures aim to address the relevant country-specific recommendation. Other reforms such as the new law on families, the modernisation of social services and the simplification and improvement of unemployment assistance are expected to support addressing long-standing country-specific recommendations on social policies. 
            
            
               (20)The public investment delivered by the plan is expected to mobilise private investment across several sectors, including sustainable and clean energy and transport, building renovation, the agri-food sector, fisheries, and health and key digital technologies, thereby contributing to address country-specific recommendations in the area of investment. Reforms such as the law on business creation and growth, which should foster an early payment culture and remove unnecessary and disproportionate regulatory barriers, are expected to improve business climate. Meanwhile, the adoption of the National Public Procurement Strategy intends to make public procurement more efficient. The plan is also expected to contribute to enhancing the effectiveness of research and innovation policies with measures that seek to reinforce the governance of research and innovation at all levels and reorganise public research undertaken in the universities system and public research organisations, among other measures. Measures also seek to strengthen coordination between the different levels of government, including by ensuring interoperability between central and regional government IT platforms.
            
            
               (21)To address challenges in the area of public finances, the plan includes measures with a view to strengthening the governance of the spending review system and commits to implement reforms resulting from previous spending reviews and a tax system reform. The latter should take place after a tax expert committee issues recommendations on how to enhance the sustainability of the public finances and improve efficiency. Within that context, the system of family support should be reviewed with a view to improving its effectiveness. In addition, the plan includes significant measures in the area of healthcare, including investments in high-technology equipment, to support addressing country-specific recommendation on the health system’s resilience and capacity. 
            
            
               (22)Lastly, the plan includes a reform of the pension system with the aim of preserving its adequacy and long-term sustainability. Some of the measures such as a revised indexation system, incentives for late retirement and regulatory changes concerning early retirement should be discussed in the context of social dialogue. The final design of this and other reforms under discussion with the social partners, such as the new mechanism for flexibility and stability in the labour market, should be compatible with the medium to long-term fiscal sustainability of public finances.
            
            
               (23)By addressing the aforementioned challenges, the plan is expected to also contribute to correcting the imbalances
                  4
                that Spain is experiencing, notably with respect to high external and internal debt, both government and private, in a context of high unemployment. 
            
            
               Contribution to growth potential, job creation and economic, social and institutional resilience
            
            
               (24)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (c) and section 2.3 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan is expected to have a high impact (Rating A) on strengthening the growth potential, job creation, and economic, social and institutional resilience of the Member State, contributing to the implementation of the European Pillar of Social Rights, including through the promotion of policies for children and youth, and on mitigating the economic and social impact of the COVID-19 crisis, thereby enhancing the economic, social and territorial cohesion and convergence within the Union.
            
            
               (25)Simulations by the Commission services show that the plan has the potential to increase the GDP of Spain by between 1,8 % and 2,5 % by 2024
                  5
               . The mix of investments and reforms presented by Spain is set to stimulate economic growth through multiple channels, including by improving total factor productivity, boosting trading capacity and skills, removing barriers to investments and increasing efficiency gains in the labour market. In particular, reforms and investments in the areas of education and skills, digitalisation, research and innovation are expected to make the largest contribution to economic growth and job creation. 
            
         
         
            
               (26)The reforms and investments outlined in the plan have the potential to address significant vulnerabilities of the Spanish economy related to the external sector. For instance, investments in research and innovation, in reskilling and upskilling the labour force and in support to the internationalisation of SMEs can raise business competitiveness. Moreover, investments in renewable energy and energy efficiency can reduce energy imports. The plan partially contributes to tackling the country’s existing vulnerabilities from a fiscal standpoint. The envisaged policies aiming to fight and prevent tax fraud and to ensure more efficient public spending, including through reforms in the area of public procurement, and taxation are expected to lay the ground towards strengthening the fiscal and public procurement frameworks. The plan is also expected to effectively reduce territorial disparities through reforms and investments to address the demographic challenge in rural areas and small municipalities, such as dedicated investments to improve energy efficiency in municipalities below 5 000 inhabitants, deploy ultra-fast broadband, boost entrepreneurship in rural areas and support just transition in territories facing challenges deriving from the transition process towards a climate-neutral economy.
            
            
               (27)The recovery and resilience plan submitted by Spain includes measures aiming at addressing social cohesion challenges identified in previous country reports and country-specific recommendations to Spain, and monitored through the Social Scoreboard. Specific measures point at addressing vulnerabilities in the social protection system, such as the simplification and improvement of unemployment assistance, the streamlining of the system of non-contributory benefits and the review of the system of family benefits, with a view to reducing child poverty. The full implementation of the national minimum income scheme, adopted in June 2020, should be supported through pilot projects to support the socio-economic inclusion of the beneficiaries of the scheme. Furthermore, the plan aims to strengthen social cohesion and the social protection system by maintaining the purchasing power of pensioners over time in line with practices in other Member States. 
            
            
               (28)The plan presents a number of reforms and investments with the potential to contribute to the implementation of the European Pillar of Social Rights, and the Action Plan, endorsed at the Porto Summit of 7 May 2021. They include specific measures aiming to improve the employability of the youth, reduce the rate of early-school leavers and increase further participation of children in early childhood education and childcare, as well as measures to strengthen social protection as described above. The reforms envisaged in the area of active labour market policies include the review of hiring incentives, the reinforcement of adult learning and the reform and digitalisation of public employment services. These are complemented with the reforms in the area of vocational education and training and digital skills, and are expected to improve workers’ employability and thus raise the employment rates and reduce unemployment rates. Spain expects that the plan will lead to a relevant reduction of income inequality in the medium-long run, on the back of job creation and job quality, fairer taxation, more effective social protection and significant investments in early childhood education and care, long-term care, social services and social housing.
            
            
               Do no significant harm
            
            
               (29)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (d) and section 2.4 to Annex V of Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan is expected to ensure that no measure for the implementation of reforms and investments projects included in the recovery and resilience plan does significant harm to environmental objectives (Rating A) within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council
                  6
                (the principle of ‘do no significant harm’). In line with Regulation (EU) 2021/241 and the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance of the European Commission
                  7
               , Spain has provided a complete assessment that no measure for the implementation of reforms and investment projects included in the plan is expected to do significant harm to the environmental objectives. 
            
            
               (30)By selecting measures that either contribute substantially to environmental objectives, or have no or an insignificant foreseeable impact on environmental objectives, it is expected that many measures in the plan do no significant harm from the outset, such as in education and training, labour market, public administration and culture and sports. The assessment provided for other measures demonstrates that they are designed to ensure compliance with the ‘do no significant harm’ principle. These measures include broad support schemes that span across sectors and activities, such as in research, development and innovation, and support to industry and to SMEs. Spain has provided evidence and assurances substantiating that the measures should not lead to significant harm to any of the six environmental objectives, namely climate change mitigation, climate change adaptation, sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources, circular economy, pollution prevention and control, and protection and restoration of biodiversity and ecosystems. Where needed, Spain has proposed the implementation of mitigating measures or included specific elements in the design of the measures to avoid significant harm, which should be ensured through relevant milestones and targets. This is particularly the case for measures supporting strategic projects covering installations under the EU Emissions Trading System, specific waste treatment activities, irrigation for agricultural production, and broad support schemes ranging across sectors and activities.
            
            
               Contribution to the green transition including biodiversity
            
            
               (31)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (e) and section 2.5 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan contains measures that contribute to a large extent (Rating A) to the green transition, including biodiversity, or to addressing the challenges resulting therefrom. The Spanish recovery and resilience plan includes measures supporting climate objectives for an amount which represents 39,7 % of the plan’s total allocation, calculated in accordance with the methodology of Annex VI to Regulation (EU) 2021/241. In accordance with Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan is consistent with the information included in the National Energy and Climate Plan 2021-2030
                  8
                (NECP).
            
            
               (32)The recovery and resilience plan includes reforms and investments related to the green transition, with a particular strong contribution to climate objectives stemming from the components on energy renovations in housing and urban areas, sustainable mobility and renewable energy. Doing so, the financial contribution for Spain allows frontloading investments necessary to reach the EU increased climate ambition to reduce net greenhouse gas emissions by at least 55 % by 2030 compared to 1990, towards EU climate neutrality by 2050, as provisionally agreed by the European Parliament and the Council within the framework of the ‘European Climate Law’
                  9
               . As regards energy efficiency, Spain’s contribution to the EU level target in its integrated National Energy and Climate Plan 2021-2030 is to reduce its primary energy consumption by 39,5 %. The recovery and resilience plan sets the objective of renovating at least 355 000 unique residential dwellings as part of at least 510 000 renovation actions, at least 600 hectares of urban areas, an equivalent of at least 40 000 residential buildings and 690 000 m2 of non-residential buildings, at least 26 000 residential buildings in municipalities and urban areas with fewer than 5 000 inhabitants, and at least 1 230 000 m2 of public buildings by 31 August 2026. Investments in energy renovations of residential buildings in the plan represent an important share of the public support foreseen in the NECP in this area. They will contribute to the energy saving target by 2030, and to the objective set in the NECP in terms of number of dwellings to be renovated. However, additional public funding will still be needed to mobilise the total volume of investments necessary to achieve the objective set in the NECP for 2030, and to ensure a relatively higher leverage factor to attract private investments. Reforms and investments on renewable energy should increase substantially the development and deployment of renewable energy sources in Spain and contribute towards the achievement of its 2030 renewable energy share target of 42 %, as set out in the NECP. The plan includes support to innovative renewable sources in industry and buildings (close to 4 GW) and to renewable energy in islands. Measures on electricity infrastructure aim at the promotion of smart grids and the deployment of flexibility measures and storage. For this purpose, reforms foresee to establish an enabling framework to facilitate the integration of renewables into the energy system, the deployment of energy storage, as well as demand management and flexibility services. The plan will also invest in renewable hydrogen and contribute to Spain’s overall ambition of installing 4 GW of hydrogen electrolysis capacity by 2030 in order to generate renewable hydrogen and up to 200 hydrogen refuelling stations. This should contribute to decarbonise hard-to-abate sectors, such as industry and transport. 
            
            
               (33)The measures of the plan contribute to Spain achieving its current 2030 target of reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by 26 % compared to 2005 for sectors under the Effort Sharing Regulation (EU) 2018/842
                  10
               , including transport, agriculture, waste and buildings. Investments in sustainable mobility aim at reducing emissions from transport, the sector where GHG emissions continue to grow most. The plan will contribute to Spain’s overall ambition of installing 80 000 to 110 000 recharging points and achieving a fleet of at least 250 000 plug-in electric vehicles by 2023. It will also provide incentives to private companies to replace their passenger and freight transport fleets with cleaner vehicles. In addition, the plan will create low emission zones in municipalities and encourage the use of active transport modes such as cycling and walking as well as improve and promote the use of urban public transport, including railway, with the aim of contributing to a reduction of private traffic by 35 % by 2030 and air pollution. The plan also includes investments on the modal shift of freight from road to rail, including the finalisation of 1 400 kilometres of the Atlantic and Mediterranean TEN-T corridors, investment in railway tractor equipment to switch to hydrogen or electricity, and the development of inter-modality hubs and improved access for rail to ports. 
            
            
               (34)As regards biodiversity, the plan includes measures in line with the new EU Biodiversity Strategy, for instance, to preserve the valuable forest carbon sinks through fire prevention actions and strengthened fire protection, and by increasing CO2 absorption through enhanced sustainable forest management actions. The investments in the biodiversity conservation of 50 000 hectares by 30 June 2026, including wetlands, and the restoration of ecosystems, with an ecosystem restoration target of 30 000 hectares by 31 December 2024, should also contribute to both climate change mitigation and adaptation. Measures also relate to the protection, conservation and restauration of marine and terrestrial ecosystems and their biodiversity. Moreover, the plan supports ecological connectivity and promotes green infrastructure, including in urban areas.
            
            
               (35)Additionally, the recovery and resilience plan includes measures to improve the waste management legislation and is accompanied by investments fostering the circular economy. Measures also aim at improving water management through reducing wastewater leakages and increasing water reuse. The plan also provides for investments in flood risk mitigation and coastal adaptation, in recovering and improving the situation of ground water and aquifers, in water efficiency in agriculture, and in reducing nitrates pollution.
            
            
               Contribution to the digital transition
            
            
               (36)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (f) and section 2.6 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan contains measures that effectively contribute to a large extent (Rating A) to the digital transition or to addressing the challenges resulting from it. These measures contribute to the digital objective for an amount which represents 28,2 % of the plan’s total allocation, calculated in accordance with the methodology of Annex VII to Regulation (EU) 2021/241. 
            
            
               (37)The recovery and resilience plan contains investments and reforms that are expected to have a long-lasting impact in the digital transformation of the economic and social sectors and significantly contribute to address the challenges resulting from the digital transition. In particular Spain is expected to invest in areas such as digital skills, the digitalisation of business and the integration of advanced technologies in the business sector. Horizontal actions that benefit the entire economy and population (such as enhanced connectivity) are complemented by targeted actions addressing specific sectors (such as tourism, SMEs, culture and media) or specific segments of population (such as students, civil servants and the unemployed). The plan includes the deployment of the seven strategic plans under the 2025 Digital Spain Agenda: the Connectivity Plan, the 5G Promotion Strategy, the National Artificial Intelligence Strategy, the National Digital Skills Plan, and the Digitalisation Plan for Public Administrations, the Plan for Digitalisation of SMEs and the Spanish Audio-visual Hub Plan. The digital measures foreseen take into account the EU Digital Strategy, the European Industrial Strategy, the EU Skills Agenda, the European Pillar of Social Rights, the European Education Area and the Digital Education Action Plan.
            
            
               (38)The plan includes investments to close the digital divide between urban and rural areas and to enable the full potential of 5G connectivity. There are investments foreseen in the deployment of ultra-fast broadband in certain areas lacking this sort of infrastructure, such as rural areas or historic urban centres. 5G network is expected to be deployed along certain parts of the cross-border sections with France and Portugal, along certain parts of the main national transport corridors, in areas not covered by mobile operators, and in certain critical hotspots such as business parks, industrial areas and around focal public services. Connectivity services for vulnerable groups and SMEs are supported to expand the share of people and businesses connected to the internet. The plan includes measures to increase the level of digital skills of the population, targeted measures in the education system (such as digitalisation of education and training of teachers and vocational education), investments on reskilling and upskilling of workers and jobseekers. In addition, the plan includes support for the digitalisation of business and integration of advanced technologies, with specific support for SMEs through the substantial deployment of a ‘Digital Toolkit’. Furthermore, the plan includes reforms and investments on advanced digital skills, including artificial intelligence and cybersecurity, which are expected to increase trust on digital services and technologies, and help the adoption of these advanced digital technologies on a lasting basis. Finally, the plan includes a comprehensive package of reforms and investments to improve the digitalisation of the public administration at all levels, with specific consideration of interconnection and interoperability. These cover the justice system, the tax administration, public employment services, digital public procurement, public health, the transport sector, the conservation of ecosystems and biodiversity, coast preservation and water management, and electricity networks.
            
            
               Lasting impact
            
            
               (39)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (g) and section 2.7 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan is expected to have a lasting impact on Spain to a large extent (Rating A).
            
            
               (40)The reforms outlined in the plan are expected to bring about a structural change in relevant policies and in the administration, notably by strengthening the labour market and modernising social protection and by enhancing the functioning of the administration, including through its digitalisation. As regards the labour market, the plan presents a wide array of reforms aimed at tackling unemployment and labour market segmentation, including in the public administration. These measures are expected to bring a lasting impact, notably by promoting quality job creation and helping to reduce the long-standing high unemployment rate, while contributing to reinforce social cohesion in a sustainable manner. The plan also includes relevant reforms in the area of skills, notably digital, with a specific focus on upskilling of the low skilled and on reskilling of the labour force in line with labour market needs. Efforts to modernise and improve the effectiveness of social protection may have a durable effect on supporting higher labour market participation, stabilising income over the economic cycle, improving the social and economic integration of all, and reducing inequalities. The digitalisation of the public administration should be accompanied with measures ensuring that public policies are subject to impact assessments and evaluations, including for expenditure. In addition, the envisaged reforms of the public procurement system and the insolvency framework are expected to support a more effective allocation of funds and assets in the country. 
            
            
               (41)The recovery and resilience plan contains numerous investments supporting innovation and enhancing the modernisation and competitiveness of the industry, notably SMEs, with a view to bringing about a long-lasting impact. Measures should help Spain embrace faster the principles of sustainability and digitalisation. The full implementation of the investments envisaged in these areas has the potential to place Spanish firms in a better place to compete in the markets that will emerge from the digital and green transition, decarbonise traditional industry and boost a new efficient and sustainable economy. The recovery and resilience plan invests in the energy renovation of buildings in Spain. Moreover, the plan also seeks to contribute to the achievement of internationally agreed decarbonisation and air quality objectives through actions to transform urban environments. All these measures are expected to support the energy transition of Spain and reduce dependency on energy imports in the medium term, while protecting natural capital and ecosystems. The lasting impact of the plan can also be enhanced through synergies between the plan and other programmes financed by the cohesion policy funds, notably by addressing in a substantive manner the deeply rooted territorial challenges and promoting a balanced development.
            
         
         
            
               Monitoring and implementation
            
            
               (42)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (h) and section 2.8 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the arrangements proposed in the recovery and resilience plan are adequate (Rating A) to ensure effective monitoring and implementation of the recovery and resilience plan, including the envisaged timetable, milestones and targets, and the related indicators. 
            
            
               (43)The national arrangements for the implementation of the recovery and resilience plan are set out in Royal Decree-Law 36/2020 of 30 December approving urgent measures for the modernisation of the public administration and the implementation of the Recovery Plan. A Commission for the Recovery, Transformation and Resilience, which gathers all ministers competent for the plan, is in charge of the political guidance and should be chaired by the President of the Government. A new Secretariat-General for European Funds within the Ministry of Finance shall act as the responsible authority for the Recovery Plan. That body should draw up requests for payment to the Commission, once the bodies responsible for the achievement of the relevant milestones and targets declare that these have been met, and the General Comptroller of the central government (‘IGAE’) provides reasonable assurance of their achievement. In general, the milestones and targets are clear and realistic and the proposed indicators for them are relevant, acceptable and robust. Moreover, the sequencing of milestones and targets is sufficiently clear to allow for payments and monitoring progress and reflects a strong frontloading of the measures, with most of the milestones and targets concentrated in the period between 1 January 2021 and 31 December 2023. Milestones and targets are also relevant for measures already completed which are eligible according to Article 17(2) of the Regulation. The satisfactory fulfilment of these milestones and targets over time is required to justify a disbursement request. An integrated information system should be set up and shared between all relevant administrations. 
            
            
               (44)Member States should ensure that financial support under the Facility is communicated and acknowledged in line with article 34 of Regulation (EU) 2021/241. Technical support may be requested under the Technical Support Instrument to assist Member States in the implementation of their plan. 
            
            
               Costing
            
            
               (45)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (i) and section 2.9 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the justification provided in the plan on the amount of the estimated total costs of the recovery and resilience plan is to a medium extent (Rating B) reasonable and plausible, is in line with the principle of cost efficiency and is commensurate to the expected national economic and social impact.
            
            
               (46)Spain has provided individual cost estimates for all investments and reforms with an associated cost in the recovery and resilience plan, relying on a number of sources to justify them. These include calls of interest specifically launched for the purposes of the plan, external references provided by international organisations, and procurement contracts referring to similar services or past investments of similar nature, among others. As a result, cost estimates for most of the measures in the plan are deemed reasonable. Spain has used simplified cost options with respect to both flat rates and unit costs. An independent validation with regards to the reasonability of a significant share of the cost estimates in the plan has been provided by the General Comptroller of the central government (‘IGAE’). The amount of the estimated total costs of the plan is in line with the nature and type of the envisaged reforms and investments. As a result, cost estimates for most of the measures in the plan are deemed plausible. Spain has provided sufficient information and evidence that the amount of the estimated total costs is not covered by existing or planned Union financing. Finally, the amount of estimated total costs of the recovery and resilience plan is commensurate to the expected national economic and social impact. 
            
            
               Protection of financial interests
            
            
               (47)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (j) and section 2.10 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the arrangements proposed in the recovery and resilience plan and the additional measures contained in this Decision are adequate (Rating A) to prevent, detect and correct corruption, fraud and conflicts of interests when using the funds provided under that Regulation, and the arrangements are expected to effectively avoid double funding under that Regulation and other Union programmes. This is without prejudice to the application of other instruments and tools to promote and enforce compliance with EU law, including for preventing, detecting and correcting corruption, fraud and conflicts of interests, and for protecting the Union finances in line with Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092 of the European Parliament and of the Council.
            
            
               (48)The internal control system described in the recovery and resilience plan is based on robust processes and structures, previously developed for the monitoring of the Structural Funds. It identifies the actors and their roles and responsibilities for the performance of the internal control tasks clearly. The Spanish General Comptroller of the central government (IGAE) is the audit body, who will also coordinate the work of the regional bodies. IGAE, together with the internal control units of the different authorities are the main actors responsible for the control and audit of the plan. Altogether, the control system and other relevant arrangements, including for the collection and making available of data on final beneficiaries, are adequate with respect to preventing, detecting and correcting corruption, fraud, conflict of interest when using the funds under Regulation (EU) 2021/241 and to avoid double funding under that Regulation and other Union programmes. A specific milestone should be included in order to ensure the implementation of the integrated information system, including compliance with the obligation to collect and store data on final beneficiaries, contractors, subcontractors and beneficial owners in accordance with Article 22 of that Regulation.
            
            
               (49)Spain has indicated that an integrated system for the management and reporting of the milestones and targets is being developed in order to meet specific management and reporting requirements described in the plan. In accordance with Article 20(5), point (e) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241, Spain should implement this measure in order to comply with Article 22 of that Regulation and confirm the status of its implementation with the first payment request by means of a dedicated audit report. The report should analyse any related weaknesses found and corrective actions taken or planned. 
            
            
               (50)In addition, the establishment of the procedure and format of the information to be provided by the entities of the State, Autonomous Communities and local public sector for the monitoring of projects and the accounting execution of expenditure charged to projects under the plan should be set out as a specific milestone to be fulfilled at the latest by the time of the submission of the first payment request. 
            
            
               Coherence of the plan
            
            
               (51)In accordance with Article 19(3), point (k) and section 2.11 of Annex V to Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the plan includes to a high extent (Rating A) measures for the implementation of reforms and public investment projects that represent coherent actions. 
            
            
               (52)The recovery and resilience plan presents a comprehensive and balanced package of reforms and investments. Measures within components are mutually reinforcing, with all components including a set of well-balanced reforms and investments. Furthermore, measures are also mutually supportive and complementary across the different components. Finally, the plan proposes a broad set of reforms that should generally facilitate the implementation of all measures in the plan by enhancing sectoral regulation and the business climate. The strengthening of public institutions, with a set of reforms that aim at improving the functioning and interoperability of the public administration, is expected to facilitate the effective delivery of reforms and investments and enhance accountability to the civil society. Measures aimed at supporting strong public sector institutions and systems are also expected to contribute to fiscal health and sustainability. The fact that many of the reforms should be frontloaded to the first two years of the plan, between 1 January 2021 and 31 December 2022, should allow for an effective implementation of investments. 
            
            
               Equality
            
            
               (53)Spain has provided extensive information on the expected contribution of the plan to gender equality and equal opportunities for all and the mainstreaming of those objectives. The recovery and resilience plan has a strong focus on gender balance, which is one of the four cross-cutting lines of action in the plan. There are different measures across the plan with direct impact in reducing the gender gap, such as the promotion of information and communication technologies specialist vocations among women, measures to boost the implementation of pay transparency and gender equality plans in companies, an increase in the offer of early childhood education and care, investments supporting women entrepreneurship and the social and labour integration of women from vulnerable groups. 
            
            
               Security self-assessment
            
            
               (54)Spain has provided a security self-assessment for investments in digital capacities and connectivity, in accordance with Article 18(4), point (g) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241. In Component 15 (Digital Connectivity) of the plan, Spain has explained that as part of the two reforms envisaged under the component it will implement the recommendation of the European Commission on Connectivity
                  11
                and the law on the requirements to ensure the security of 5G electronic communications networks and services, and this law will include the key recommendations of the European Commission Communication of 29 January 2020 “Secure 5G deployment in the EU — Implementation of the EU toolbox”
                  12
               . 
            
            
               Cross-border and multi-country projects
            
         
         
            
               (55)The Spanish recovery and resilience plan includes measures that should allow for progress on existing cross-border or multi-country projects on transport (TEN-T: rail connections on the Mediterranean and Atlantic corridors and across the Central Pyrenees) and digital connectivity (by means of submarine cables). The plan also includes measures that are expected to facilitate the participation of Spanish firms in potential cross-border or multi-country projects, including on planned Important Projects of Common European Interest in areas such as microprocessors, renewable hydrogen, satellite secure communication and next generation cloud and edge computing.
            
            
               Consultation process
            
            
               (56)As required by Article 18(4), point (q) of the Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the recovery and resilience plan of Spain includes a summary of the consultation process carried out for its preparation and implementation. In the preparation of the plan, Spain carried out targeted consultations with social partners, stakeholders and advisory councils. Spain also made use of calls for expressions of interest to approach businesses for the design of investments. Through these calls, the authorities collected a wide range of proposals that should serve as the basis of the strategic projects to be supported by the plan.  
            
            
               (57)To ensure ownership by the relevant actors, it is crucial to involve all regional and local authorities and stakeholders concerned, including social partners, throughout the implementation of the investments and reforms included in the plan.  Ensuring a broader ownership for the implementation of the plan would contribute to enhance its effectiveness and expected long-lasting impact. The Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation recognises that regions and local authorities are important partners for the implementation of reforms and investments. For the implementation of the plan, Spain has set up a new Sectoral Conference for the Recovery, Transformation and Resilience to coordinate regions, local entities and the central government. In addition, existing sectoral conferences in various policy areas should support the implementation as regards specific measures within their area of competence. The plan highlights that social partners will be consulted in the final design of a number of relevant measures announced in the plan, such as the labour market and pension system reforms. 
            
            
               Positive assessment
            
            
               (58)Following the positive assessment of the Commission concerning the Spanish recovery and resilience plan with the finding that the plan satisfactorily complies with the criteria for assessment set out in Regulation (EU) 2021/241, in accordance with Article 20(2) and Annex V of that Regulation, this Decision should set out the reforms and investment projects necessary for the implementation of the plan, the relevant milestones, targets and indicators, and the amount made available from the Union for the implementation of the plan in the form of non-repayable financial support.
            
            
               Financial contribution
            
            
               (59)The estimated total cost of the recovery and resilience plan of Spain is EUR 69 528 050 000. As the recovery and resilience plan satisfactorily complies with the criteria for assessment set out in Regulation (EU) 2021/241 and, furthermore, as the amount of the estimated total costs of the recovery and resilience plan is higher than the maximum financial contribution available for Spain, the financial contribution allocated for Spain’s recovery and resilience plan should be equal to the total amount of the financial contribution available for Spain.
            
            
               (60)In accordance with Article 11(2) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241, the calculation of the maximum financial contribution for Spain is to be updated by 30 June 2022. As such, in accordance with Article 23(1) of that Regulation, an amount for Spain should be made available now for a legal commitment by 31 December 2022. Where necessary following the updated maximum financial contribution, the Council, on a proposal from the Commission, should amend this Decision to include the updated maximum financial contribution without undue delay.
            
            
               (61)The support to be provided is to be financed from the borrowing by the Commission on behalf of the Union on the basis of Article 5 of Council Decision (EU, Euratom) 2020/2053
                  13
               . The support should be paid in instalments once Spain has satisfactorily fulfilled the relevant milestones and targets identified in relation to the implementation of the recovery and resilience plan.
            
            
               (62)Spain has requested pre-financing of 13 % of the financial contribution. That amount should be made available to Spain subject to the entry into force and in accordance with the Financing Agreement provided for in Article 23(1) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241.
            
            
               (63)This Decision should be without prejudice to the outcome of any procedures relating to the award of Union funds under any other Union programme than Regulation (EU) 2021/241 or to procedures relating to distortions of the operation of the internal market that may be undertaken, in particular under Articles 107 and 108 of the Treaty. It does not override the requirement for Member States to notify instances of potential State aid to the Commission under Article 108 of the Treaty, 
            
            
               HAS ADOPTED THIS DECISION: 
            
            
               Article 1
                  Approval of the assessment of the recovery and resilience plan 
            
            
               The assessment of the recovery and resilience plan of Spain on the basis of the criteria provided for by Article 19(3) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241 is approved. The reforms and investment projects under the recovery and resilience plan, the arrangements and timetable for monitoring and implementation of the recovery and resilience plan, including the relevant milestones and targets, the relevant indicators relating to the fulfilment of the envisaged milestones and targets, and the arrangements for providing full access by the Commission to the underlying relevant data are set out in the Annex to this Decision.
            
            
               Article 2
                  Financial contribution
            
            
               1.The Union shall make available to Spain a financial contribution in the form of non-repayable support amounting to EUR 69 512 589 611.
                  14
                An amount of EUR 46 592 869 727 shall be available to be legally committed by 31 December 2022. Subject to the update provided for in Article 11(2) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241 calculating an amount for Spain equal to or more than this amount, a further amount of EUR 22 919 719 884 shall be available to be legally committed from 1 January 2023 until 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               2.The Union financial contribution shall be made available by the Commission to Spain in instalments in accordance with the Annex. An amount of EUR 9 036 636 649 shall be made available as a pre-financing payment, equal to 13 per cent of the financial contribution. The pre-financing and instalments may be disbursed by the Commission in one or several tranches. The size of the tranches shall be subject to the availability of funding.
            
            
               3.The pre-financing shall be released subject to the entry into force and in accordance with the Financing Agreement provided for in Article 23(1) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241. Pre-financing shall be cleared by being proportionally deducted against the payment of the instalments.
            
            
               4.The release of instalments in accordance with the Financing Agreement shall be conditional on available funding and a decision by the Commission, taken in accordance with Article 24 of Regulation (EU) 2021/241, that Spain has satisfactorily fulfilled the relevant milestones and targets identified in relation to the implementation of the recovery and resilience plan. Subject to the entry into force of the legal commitments referred to in paragraph 1, to be eligible for payment, milestones and targets shall be completed no later than 31 August 2026.
            
         
         
            
               Article 3
                  Addressee
            
            
               This Decision is addressed to the Kingdom of Spain.
            
            
               Done at Brussels,
            
            
               
                     For the Council
               
               
                     The President
               
            
         
         
            
                  
                     (1)
                  
                        OJ L 57, 18.2.2021, p. 17-75.
               
               
                  
                     (2)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) No 1176/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 November 2011 on the prevention and correction of macroeconomic imbalances (OJ L 306, 23.11.2011, p. 25).
               
               
                  
                     (3)
                  
                        Council Regulation (EU) 2020/2094 of 14 December 2020 establishing a European Union Recovery Instrument to support the recovery in the aftermath of the COVID-19 crisis (OJ L 433I , 22.12.2020, p. 23.).
               
               
                  
                     (4)
                  
                        These macroeconomic imbalances refer to the recommendations made pursuant to Article 6 of Regulation (EU) No 1176/2011 in 2019 and 2020.
               
               
                  
                     (5)
                  
                        These simulations reflect the overall impact of NGEU, which also includes funding for ReactEU, and increased funding for Horizon, InvestEU, JTF, Rural Development and RescEU. These simulations do not include the possible positive impact of structural reforms, which can be substantial.
               
               
                  
                     (6)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 June 2020 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment, and amending Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 (OJ L 198, 22.6.2020, p. 13).
               
               
                  
                     (7)
                  
                        Technical Guidance on the Application of ‘do no significant harm’ under the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation, COM (2021) C58/01.
               
               
                  
                     (8)
                  
                        https://ec.europa.eu/energy/sites/ener/files/documents/es_final_necp_main_en.pdf.
               
               
                  
                     (9)
                  
                        Based on the amended Commission proposal (COM(2020)563 final) for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the framework for achieving climate neutrality and amending Regulation (EU) 2018/1999 (‘European Climate Law’).
               
               
                  
                     (10)
                  
                        Regulation (EU) 2018/842 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 May  2018 on binding annual greenhouse gas emission reduction by Member States from 2021 to 2030 contributing to climate action   to   meet   commitments   under   the   Paris   Agreement   and   amending   Regulation  (EU)  No  525/2013 (OJ L 156, 19.6.2018, p. 26).
               
               
                  
                     (11)
                  
                        C (2020) 6270
               
               
                  
                     (12)
                  
                        COM/2020/50
               
               
                  
                     (13)
                  
                        OJ L 424, 15.12.2020, p. 1.
               
               
                  
                     (14)
                  
                        This amount corresponds to the financial allocation after deduction of the Spain’s proportional share of the expenses of Article 6(2) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241, calculated in accordance with the methodology of Article 11 of that Regulation.
               
            
      
    ---documentbreak--- 
      
         
               EUROPEAN COMMISSION
            Brussels, 16.6.2021
            COM(2021) 322 final
            ANNEX
            to the 
            Proposal for a Council Implementing Decision 
            on the approval of the assessment of the recovery and resilience plan for Spain
            {SWD(2021) 147 final}
            
               
         
         
            
               ANNEX
               
            
               SECTION 1: REFORMS AND INVESTMENTS UNDER THE RECOVERY AND RESILIENCE PLAN
            
            
            
               1.Description of Reforms and Investments 
            
            
               A. COMPONENT 01: SUSTAINABLE, SAFE AND CONNECTED MOBILITY SHOCK PLAN IN URBAN AND METROPOLITAN ENVIRONMENTS 
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan addresses challenges concerning air quality, which mainly affect major metropolitan areas, and have led to more than 20 000 premature deaths in Spain in 2018. The overarching objective of the reforms and investments in this component is to transit towards a clean, safe and smart urban mobility. The specific objectives pursued by this component are the following:
            
            
               ·accelerate the implementation of low-emission zones in all municipalities with more than 50 000 inhabitants and the capitals of the provinces, and the penetration of electric mobility;
            
            
               ·promote active mobility, as well as other measures to help reduce the use of private cars; 
            
            
               ·the digital and sustainable transformation of the public transport sector as a real alternative to the use of private vehicles;
            
            
               ·improving the quality and reliability of the short-distance railway services to increase its effective use in metropolitan environments, to the detriment of the private vehicle;
            
            
               ·optimising traffic management and facilitating decision making to promote cleaner mobility.
            
            
               The component addresses the Country Specific Recommendations on promoting public and private investment and fostering the green transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020), promoting investments in innovation and in energy efficiency (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019), as well as on strengthening cooperation across level of governments (Country Specific Recommendation 4 2019). 
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ (‘DNSH’) Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
            
               A.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C1.R1) - Roll-out plan for recharging and boosting electric vehicle infrastructure 
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to strengthen the operational and regulatory framework facilitating the deployment of recharging infrastructure to boost the use of electric vehicles. 
            
            
               The reform shall consist of the adoption of the following regulatory framework that aims at removing the barriers currently hampering the diffusion of charging points: 
            
            
               -Royal Decree regulating publicly accessible charging services and ensuring the proper and reliable functioning of the points installed;
            
            
               -Royal Decree Law 23/2020 of 23 June 2020, contributing to speed up the processing of recharging infrastructure by declaring the charging facilities with a power above 250kW to be of public benefit; 
            
         
         
            
               -Order TMA/178/2020, reducing the administrative burden for the approval and deployment of electricity charging facilities at fuel filling stations;
            
            
               -Amended Technical Building Code, increasing the minimum amounts of electric vehicle charging infrastructure in both residential and tertiary car parks, exceeding the minimum requirements of the Energy Efficiency in Buildings Directive; and
            
            
               -Amended Low Voltage Electrotechnical Regulation, incorporating obligations for charging infrastructure in car parks, which are not linked to a building.
            
            
               The implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 June 2022.
            
            
               Reform 2 (C1.R2) - Mobility and Financing of Transport Act
            
            
               The objective of this measure, implemented by means of a law, is to provide the regulatory framework underpinning the renewed mobility policy in Spain grounded on an improved sustainability and digital dimension. 
            
            
               The law shall foresee, at least:
            
            
               ·the set-up of a payment mechanism for the use of the State’s roads to be introduced from 2024 according to the ‘polluter-pays’ principle. The aim of such measure is to internalise the external cost of road transport, thereby creating incentives for greater efficiency in this sector and leading to a reduction of greenhouse gas emissions.
            
            
               ·a number of obligations and methodological guides applicable to municipalities and companies of a certain size to incentivise the implementation of a Sustainable Urban Mobility Plan and sustainable work-related mobility schemes respectively; 
            
            
               ·the set-up of mechanism to increase rigour in infrastructure planning in line with the recommendations issued by the independent fiscal authority (Autoridad Independiente de Responsabilidad Fiscal, AIReF), incorporating considerations on sustainability and social cost-benefit analysis; 
            
            
               ·the set-up of a predictable financing system of urban transport  across the country’s municipalities based on uniform distribution criteria of State funds; 
            
            
               ·the introduction of a regulatory sandbox facilitating innovations in mobility and transport sector and their entry into the market;
            
            
               ·the improvement of the governance in line with AIReF recommendations by establishing: (i) a National Mobility System to foster coordination and cooperation between the three territorial administrations with responsibility for transport and mobility; (ii) a Higher Council for Transport and Mobility, as a body for advising, discussing and involving the productive sectors, academia and civil society in defining transport and mobility policies; and (iii) an Integrated Transport and Mobility Information Platform to integrate information from different administrations and external sources on transport and mobility. This shall allow administrations to optimise the design of public policies and improve their capacity to respond to crises and emergencies.
            
            
               The measure shall be published in the official journal by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 1 (C1.I1) - Low-emission areas and transformation of urban and metropolitan transport
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to foster the sustainable and digital transformation of transport services, with the aim of contributing to reduce the use of private vehicles in urban environments by 35 % by 2030. The measure shall also cover incentives for the transition to cleaner passenger and freight transport fleets of companies providing transport services. This investment shall be implemented by the local authorities, the Autonomous Communities and the Ministry of Transport, Mobility and Urban Agenda (MITMA). 
            
            
               The investment projects the Autonomous Communities are set to undertake may relate to: (a) the conversion of public transport fleets in order to achieve the objectives of the Clean Vehicles Directive and in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01); (b) the implementation and management of low emissions zones (LEZs); (c) the digitalisation of public transport, its administrative management and the improvement of its accessibility; (d) measures for prioritising collective transport and active mobility, including cycling infrastructure and pedestrian lanes; (e) incentivising the penetration in Spain of new zero-emission technologies in transport; (f) parkings for deterrence located outside these municipalities and capitals of province to reduce traffic entering to the urban centre and (g) the extension or upgrading of the rail transport system (e.g. metros or railways); (h) digitalisation projects complementing measures to support sustainable mobility, including  real time information systems on public transport services, mobility as a service, projects to improve intermodal or inter-service ticketing, projects to support traffic and mobility management and information analysis in order to increase the efficiency of the transport system and (i) any other project that: i. contribute to improving air quality, especially in urban areas ii. incentivise the reduction of the use of private transport in urban and metropolitan areas iii. incentivise the use of public transport or iv. incentives active and healthy mobility.
            
            
               Projects by the local authorities will for instance consist of: (a) the conversion of public transport fleets in order to achieve the objectives of the Clean Vehicles Directive and in compliance with the ‘do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01); (b) the implementation and management of low emissions zones (LEZs); (c) the digitalisation of public transport, its administration management and the improvement of its accessibility; and (d) measures to incentivise and prioritise collective transport and active mobility 
            
            
               This aid shall be allocated to municipalities with more than 50 000 inhabitants and the capitals of the provinces and, under certain conditions, may also be allocated to municipalities of between 20 000 and 50 000 inhabitants. 
            
            
               The investment projects MITMA is set to undertake concern the humanisation and organisation of traffic in urban roads under its responsibility. Investments shall contribute to promoting the mobility of pedestrians and cyclists and other new forms of mobility (scooters) or reducing car spaces and reducing vehicle speed, with the aim of reducing both air emissions and noise pollution. 
            
         
         
            
               The incentives to transform passenger and freight fleets of transport companies shall consist on the following aid lines: (a) aid for the acquisition of zero- and low-emission passenger and freight vehicles; (b) aid for the deployment of refuelling infrastructure for commercial vehicles with alternative fuels (electric, LNG, CNG and biomethane); (c) aid for undertakings for the acquisition or adaptation of trailers and semi-trailers to intermodal transport; and (d) aid for undertakings for the scrapping of old vehicles. 
            
            
               It is expected that this measure does not do significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measure and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). In particular, support for aid line (a) shall only cover electric and hydrogen ‘low-floor’ buses (M2 and M3 categories, typically urban and suburban buses); ‘high-floor’ buses, including LNG/CNG, hybrid, electric and hydrogen (M2 and M3 categories, typically inter-urban coaches) compliant with EURO VI-E (M2 and M3 categories, typically inter-urban coaches); and zero-emission
                  1
               , low-emission
                  2
                and LNG/CNG trucks running on biofuels, bioliquids and biomass fuels
                  3
               . For aid line (b), the refuelling infrastructure for commercial vehicles shall comply with conditions for biofuels, bioliquids and biomass fuels
                  4
               .
            
            
               Selection criteria shall ensure that at least EUR 310 000 000 contribute to the climate change objectives with a 100 % climate coefficient and at least EUR 2 195 000 000 with a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation (EU) 2021/241. 
            
            
               The investments under this measure shall be implemented by 31 December 2025.
            
            
               Investment 2 (C1.I2) – Incentive scheme for the installation of recharging points, the purchase of electric and fuel cell vehicles and innovation in electro-mobility, recharging and green hydrogen
            
            
               This measure aims at supporting the compliance with the Spanish National Framework for Alternative Energy in Transport, accelerating the implementation of the National Integrated Energy and Climate Plan and supporting territorial cohesion by electrifying mobility in rural areas. The investment is articulated in different aid schemes that shall incentivise the roll-out of electric vehicle and fuel cell vehicles while encouraging individual innovation projects linked to the electro-mobility, value chain and vehicle fleet renewal at large-  including exploiting the green hydrogen technology. The investment shall also include the installation of public charging stations in residential areas as well as on the national road network. The selection criteria used in the calls for proposals to allocate the aid schemes shall include: i) the environmental impact reduction, ii) technical-economic viability, iii) level of technological development and innovation, iv) replicability and scalability, v) employment generation associated with the project, direct and indirect and vi) impact on value chain and synergy with other sectors, mainly industrial.
            
            
               This investment shall be implemented by 31 August 2025. 
            
            
               Investment 3 (C1.I3) - Measures to improve the quality and reliability of rail transport services 
            
            
               The objective of this measure is improving the attractiveness and accessibility of the public short-distance railway network (so-called Cercanías) so that it becomes the backbone of mobility in urban areas and replaces the use of private vehicles in metropolitan areas. The projects shall be executed by ADIF (railway infrastructure manager) and RENFE (the operator of rail services with Public Service Obligations).
            
            
               ADIF shall implement infrastructure investments in the Cercanías railways, including track renewal, upgrading of stations and improvements in the electrification and signalling system. Furthermore, RENFE shall be responsible for the implementation of investments for the modernisation of the management of public rail transport. Investments shall mainly range across five dimensions: (a) digitalisation of security systems in stations; (b) passenger information systems; (c) improvement of access control; (d) the adaptation of self-selling machines to new technologies; and (e) fitting-out of facilities in the stations of the Cercanías network. 
            
            
               The implementation shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               A.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Order TMA/178/2020 and Royal Decree-Law 23/2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the order and Royal-Decree Law indicating their entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of i) Order TMA/178/2020 to reduce the administrative burden for installing the electric recharging facilities in fuel service stations and defining the time required for the infrastructure disposal, (ii) Royal Decree-Law 23/2020 of June 23, declaring of public utility  the recharging infrastructure with power greater than 250 kW to accelerate the deployment of this type of facilities
                     
                  
               
                     
                        2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Amendments to the Technical Building Code (TBC),  the Low Voltage Electrotechnical Regulation (LVER) and approval of a Royal Decree to regulate public recharging services
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the Code, Regulation and Royal Decree indicating their entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of:
                           i) amendments to the Technical Building Code (TBC) to provide for a) the obligation to provide pre-installation for charging points in 100 % of the new parking spaces in residential buildings and 20 % of new parking spaces in commercial and other buildings, b) to install one charging point for every 40 new parking spaces (and one for every 20 parking spaces in General State Administration buildings) and c) the obligation for previously existing non-residential car-parks of more than 20 parking spaces to adapt to the above requirement (i.e. installation of one charging point for every 40 parking spaces) by 2023;
                           ii) amendments to the Low Voltage Electrotechnical Regulation (LVER) to incorporate obligations for charging infrastructure of car-parks which are not linked to a building and;
                           iii)  the Royal Decree to regulate public recharging services, including the relationship of subjects participating in the provision of the service (charging point operators, electric mobility service providers) and establishing their rights and obligations
                     
                  
               
                     
                        3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of a Law on sustainable mobility and transport financing 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the adoption of a Law on sustainable mobility and transport financing improving the planning, coordination and efficiency of public transport policies, supporting transport digitisation and the use of public transport and setting-up a financing system for the conservation and maintenance of public infrastructures which internalises environmental costs
                     
                  
               
                     
                        4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget spent in purchases or awarded by municipalities aiming at promoting sustainable mobility
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Million EUR
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        400
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the award of the project or subsidies in the OJ or in the Public procurement platform or execution of expenditure associated to purchases by municipalities that shall contribute to promote sustainable mobility in municipalities with more than 50 000 inhabitants and capitals in the province and, under certain conditions, may also be allocated to municipalities of between 20 000 and 50 000 inhabitants. Projects shall support for instances: (a) the conversion of public transport fleets in order to achieve the objectives of the Clean Vehicles Directive and in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01); (b) the implementation and management of low emissions zones (LEZs); (c) the digitalisation of public transport, its administration management and the improvement of its accessibility; (d)  measures to incentivise and prioritise collective transport and active mobility.
                           Selection criteria shall ensure that out of the total final budget of EUR 1 500 000 000, at least EUR 310 000 000 contribute to the climate change objectives with a 100 % climate coefficient and at least EUR 1 190 000 000 with a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation (EU) 2021/241. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget spent in purchases or awarded by Autonomous Communities of at least EUR 900 million aiming at promoting sustainable mobility 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Million EUR
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        900
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the award of project or subsidies in the OJ or in the Public procurement platform or execution of expenditure associated to purchases by Autonomous Communities. Projects and subsidies awarded and purchases carried out by Autonomous Communities shall:
                           1) contribute to promote sustainable mobility by providing subsidies to private companies to (a) scrap old heavy vehicles (b)  renew their heavy passenger and freight fleets with cleaner vehicles, (c) buy or adapt their trailers or semi-trailers for intermodal transport or (d) install recharging and refuelling points with alternative fuels (electric, LNG, CNG and biomethane); Subsidies should be provided in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01); 
                           or
                           2) contribute to promote sustainable mobility in municipalities with more than 50 000 inhabitants and capitals in the province by supporting for instances (a) the conversion of public transport fleets in order to achieve the objectives of the Clean Vehicles Directive and in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01); (b) the implementation and management of low emissions zones (LEZs); (c) the digitalisation of public transport, its administration management and the improvement of its accessibility; (d) measures for prioritising collective transport and active mobility, including cycling infrastructure and pedestrian lanes; (e) incentivising the penetration in Spain of new zero-emission technologies in transport; (f) parking for deterrence located outside these municipalities and capitals of province to reduce traffic entering to the urban centre; (g) the extension or upgrading of the rail transport system such as metros or railways;(h) digitalisation projects complementing measures to support sustainable mobility, including  real time information systems on public transport services, Mobility as a service, projects to improve intermodal or inter-service ticketing, projects to support traffic and mobility management and information analysis in order to increase the efficiency of the transport system and (i) other projects that: i. Contribute to improving air quality, especially in urban areas ii. Incentivise the reduction of the use of private transport in urban and metropolitan areas iii. Incentivise the use of public transport or iv. Incentives active and healthy mobility.  
                           Selection criteria shall ensure that at least EUR 900 000 000 contribute to the climate change objectives with a 40 % climate coefficient in accordance with Annex VI to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation (EU) 2021/241.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects completed  promoting sustainable mobility, including in urban and metropolitan areas 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        25
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 25 projects to promote sustainable mobility, in 150 urban and metropolitan areas with more than 50 000 inhabitants and, under certain conditions, to the urban areas between 20 000 and 50 000 inhabitants, have been completed.
                           Projects promoting sustainable mobility are the following:
                           i. Projects developed by municipalities that shall contribute to promote sustainable mobility in municipalities with more than 50 000 inhabitants and capitals in the province and, under certain conditions, may also be allocated to municipalities of between 20 000 and 50 000 inhabitants. Projects shall support for instances: (a) the conversion of public transport fleets in order to achieve the objectives of the Clean Vehicles Directive and in compliance with the ‘do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01); (b) the implementation and management of low emissions zones (LEZs); (c) the digitalisation of public transport, its administration management and the improvement of its accessibility; (d)  measures to incentivise and prioritise collective transport and active mobility. A project is a set of defined, interrelated and coordinated activities, carried out with a common objective within certain time and budget limits, for which a subsidy is requested. One municipality can develop more than one project.
                           ii. Projects promoting sustainable mobility in urban and metropolitan areas developed by Autonomous Communities. This shall concern the typologies a) to i) specified in the investment C1.I1. Urban and metropolitan areas are defined as municipalities with more than 50 000 inhabitants, capitals in the provinces and, under certain conditions, municipalities with more than 20 000 inhabitants. Each Autonomous Community can develop more than one project.
                           iii. Projects providing subsidies to private companies to (a) scrap old heavy vehicles, (b) renew their heavy passenger and freight fleets with cleaner vehicles, (c) buy or adapt their trailers or semi-trailers for intermodal transport or (d) install refuelling points with alternative fuels (electric, LNG, CNG and biomethane). At least 8 500 heavy vehicles or refuelling points need to be subsidised so as to consider that one project promoting sustainable mobility has been completed. Subsidies should be provided in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget spent in purchases or awarded by municipalities aiming at promoting sustainable mobility
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Million EUR
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        400
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 500
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the award of the project or subsidies in the OJ or in the Public procurement platform or execution of expenditure associated to purchases by municipalities that shall contribute to promote sustainable mobility in municipalities with more than 50 000 inhabitants and capitals in the province and, under certain conditions, may also be allocated to municipalities of between 20 000 and 50 000 inhabitants. Projects shall support for instances: (a) the conversion of public transport fleets in order to achieve the objectives of the Clean Vehicles Directive and in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01); (b) the implementation and management of low emissions zones (LEZs); (c) the digitalisation of public transport, its administration management and the improvement of its accessibility; (d)  measures to incentivise and prioritise collective transport and active mobility.
                           Selection criteria shall ensure that at least EUR 310 000 000 contribute to the climate change objectives with a 100 % climate coefficient and at least EUR 1 190 000 000 with a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation (EU) 2021/241.
                     
                     
                        (Baseline: 31 December 2022)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        8
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award in projects improving new forms of mobility in state roads
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Million EUR
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        105
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ or in the Public procurement platform of the award by the Ministry of Transport, Mobility and Urban Agenda of at least EUR105 million in projects improving state roads in urban areas. Projects will consist of constructing new cycling lanes, enlarging the pedestrian areas, reducing the parking areas or improving the safety on crossings 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        9
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects completed  promoting sustainable mobility, including in urban and metropolitan areas
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        25
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        280
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 280 projects to promote sustainable mobility, including in urban and metropolitan areas, have been completed, to contribute to sustainable mobility in the 150 urban areas with more than 50 000 inhabitants and, under certain conditions, to the urban areas between 20 000 and 50 000 inhabitants.
                           Projects promoting sustainable mobility are the following:
                           i. Projects developed by municipalities that shall contribute to promote sustainable mobility in municipalities with more than 50 000 inhabitants and capitals in the province and, under certain conditions, may also be allocated to municipalities of between 20 000 and 50 000 inhabitants. Projects shall support for instances: (a) the conversion of public transport fleets in order to achieve the objectives of the Clean Vehicles Directive and in compliance with the ‘do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01); (b) the implementation and management of low emissions zones (LEZs); (c) the digitalisation of public transport, its administration management and the improvement of its accessibility; (d)  measures to incentivise and prioritise collective transport and active mobility. A project is a set of defined, interrelated and coordinated activities, carried out with a common objective within certain time and budget limits, for which a subsidy is requested. One municipality can develop more than one project.
                           ii. Projects promoting sustainable mobility in urban and metropolitan areas developed by Autonomous Communities. This shall concern the typologies a) to i) specified in the investment C1.I1. Urban and metropolitan areas are defined as municipalities with more than 50 000 inhabitants, capitals in the province and municipalities with more than 20 000 under certain conditions. Each Autonomous Community can develop more than one project. 
                           iii. Projects providing subsidies to private companies to (a) scrap old heavy vehicles, (b) renew their heavy passenger and freight fleets with cleaner vehicles, (c) buy or adapt their trailers or semi-trailers for intermodal transport or (d) install refuelling points with alternative fuels (electric, LNG, CNG and biomethane). At least 3 000 heavy vehicles or refuelling or recharging points or refuelling points need to be subsidised so as to consider that one project promoting sustainable mobility has been completed. Subsidies should be provided in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
                     
                     
                        (Baseline: 31 December 2023)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        10
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        State roads in urban areas improved to promote new forms of mobility
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        34
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 34 state roads in urban areas improved by constructing new cycling lanes, enlarging the pedestrian areas, reducing the parking areas or improving the safety on crossings.
                           This investment shall be undertaken by the Ministry of Transport, Mobility and Urban Agenda in the roads it owns in urban areas.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        11
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of innovative projects promoting electro-mobility 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Million EUR
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        250
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ of the award of at least EUR 250 million in calls supporting innovative projects promoting electro-mobility. The selection criteria used in the calls for proposals to allocate the aid schemes shall include: i) the environmental impact reduction, ii) technical-economic viability, iii) level of technological development and innovation, iv) replicability and scalability, v) employment generation associated with the project, direct and indirect and vi) impact on value chain and synergy with other sectors, mainly industrial.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        12
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Electric vehicles and recharging points deployed 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        238 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 238 000 electric vehicles (BEV, REEV, PHEV, FCEV) and recharging points subsidised 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        13
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of  innovative projects promoting electro-mobility
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        85
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of at least 85 projects deployed under the support program for innovation projects on electromobility (MOVES Singulares). 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        14
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Short distance (Cercanías) rail lines 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (Km)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        200
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 200 km of short distance rail lines upgraded in any of the subsystems: platform, track, electrification, security and communications/signalling facilities.
                           The length of short distance rail lines being upgraded should be interpreted in terms of the length located in urban or metropolitan areas where a significant intervention which is not the amount to make or repair has been implemented. Interventions could include the electrification, track renewal, improvement of Signalling and safety systems and station improvements which go beyond maintenance and repairs and shall be implemented along the national territory in all population centres which have services from Cercanías Ferroviarias.  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        15
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Stations improved with digitalisation 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        420
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 420 stations improved with all or some of the projects developed by RENFE as SPO operator, listed next: 
                           • Digitalization of security systems in stations (such as intelligent video analytics, cybersecurity and fraud control)
                           • Passenger information systems
                           • Improvement of access control to stations
                           • Ticket vending machines projects
                           • Facilities adaptation 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        16
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Improved “Cercanías” stations 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 20 “Cercanías” stations improved by ADIF mainly in terms of accessibility works and new or renovated railway tracks 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        17
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cumulative budget awarded for investments in short distance rail lines 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Million EUR
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 619
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ of the cumulative budget awarded for investments in short distance rail lines: at least: EUR 1 619 000 000. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        18
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Short distance (Cercanías) rail lines upgraded 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (km)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        200
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        700
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 700 km of short distance rail lines upgraded in any of the subsystems: platform, track, electrification, security and communications/signalling facilities.
                           The length of short distance rail lines being upgraded should be interpreted in terms of the length located in urban or metropolitan areas where a significant intervention which is not the amount to make or repair has been implemented. Interventions could include the electrification, track renewal, improvement of signalling and safety systems and station improvements which go beyond maintenance and repairs and shall be implemented along the national territory in all population centres which have services from Cercanías Ferroviarias.  
                     
                     
                        (Baseline: 31 December 2023)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        19
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Stations improved with digitalisation 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        420
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        850
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 850 stations improved  with all or some of the projects developed by RENFE as SPO operator, listed next: 
                           • Digitalization of security systems in stations (such as intelligent video analytics, cybersecurity and fraud control)
                           • Passenger information systems
                           • Improvement of access control to stations
                           • Ticket vending machines projects
                           • Facilities adaptation 
                     
                     
                        (Baseline: 31 December 2023)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Improved “Cercanías” stations 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        70
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 70  “Cercanías” stations improved by ADIF mainly in terms of accessibility works and new or renovated railway tracks
                     
                     
                        (Baseline: 31 December 2023)
                     
                  
               
               
            
               B. COMPONENT 02: Implementation of the Spanish Urban Agenda: Urban Rehabilitation and Regeneration Plan
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan shall address the energy rehabilitation of buildings, their decarbonisation, and the improvement of their quality and comfort. It shall also address social rental housing, increasing its stock and ensure a fairer and more inclusive recovery. In addition, the component seeks to address energy poverty by supporting social or affordable rental housing. Digitalisation activities are also included. This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan supports implementing the National Energy and Climate Plan (NECP) of Spain, which provides for the renovation of 1 200 000 residential buildings by 2030, and of the heating and cooling systems of on average 300 000 residential buildings per year. In this context, Spain proposes to:
            
            
               a)Develop and implement reform measures, including the Spanish Urban Agenda, Spain’s long term renovation strategy, a Housing Law, a Law to improve the Architectural landscape and the creation of ‘one-stop-shops’ for building renovations;
            
            
               b)renovate at least 355 000 unique residential dwellings as part of at least 510 000 renovation actions, at least 600 hectares of urban areas, an equivalent of at least 40 000 residential buildings and 690 000 m2 of non-residential buildings, at least 26 000 residential buildings in municipalities and urban areas with fewer than 5 000 inhabitants, and at least 1 230 000 m2 of public buildings by 2026, achieving on average primary energy savings of more than 30 %, including by renovating and upgrading heating and cooling systems;
            
         
         
            
               c)construct at least 20 000 new dwellings for social rental purposes or at affordable prices with primary energy demand of at least 20 % below the requirements of nearly zero-energy buildings; and
            
            
               d)implement at least 100 pilot projects at local level that support energy efficiency and the implementation of the Spanish Urban Agenda.
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan supports the green transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019) and energy efficiency improvements in particular (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020). It also improves support to families (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2019; Country Specific Recommendation 2 2020) and helps front-loading mature public investment projects and promote private investment to foster the economic recovery (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
            
               B.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C2.R1) – Implementation of the Spanish Urban Agenda (and associated action plan)
            
            
               The objective of this measure is the preparation and approval of the Spanish Urban Agenda, which shall be a strategic and non-regulatory document incorporating sustainability into the field of urban development policy. It shall also be a working method guiding all public and private stakeholders to achieve equitable, fair and sustainable development within their particular areas and serve local administration, cities and villages, regardless of their population size as a tool with a strategic, integrated and comprehensive perspective, as required by the Urban Agenda for the EU and the New Leipzig Charter. 
            
            
               The Spanish Urban Agenda shall include a diagnosis of the weaknesses and challenges faced by Spain’s cities and villages, in order to achieve urban development that is environmentally sustainable, socially cohesive and economically feasible. It shall include a strategic framework structured around the following ten strategic challenges: demographic; environmental; economic and social; the current building stock situation; vulnerability to the adverse effects of climate change; (high) dependence on tourism; and pollution-related risks. 
            
            
               The Urban Agenda shall also include a specific action plan for the National Administration and include guidance to support local entities in preparing their own local action plans in accordance with the methodology proposed by the General State Administration, committing to improving the public and public-private governance. Investment 6 shall complement this reform by supporting the preparation of at least 100 local action plans.
            
            
               As part of the Urban Agenda and the need to meet Directive (EU) 2018/844 on the energy performance of buildings and on energy efficiency, Spain shall establish a long-term renovation strategy to support the renovation of the national stock of residential and non-residential buildings. This shall include both public and private buildings and shall achieve a highly energy efficient and decarbonised building stock by 2050, facilitating the cost-effective transformation of existing buildings into nearly zero-energy buildings.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 June 2020.
            
            
               Reform 2 (C2.R2) – 2020 update of the Spanish long-term renovation strategy and associated action plan
            
            
               The objective of this measure is the implementation of the Long-Term Renovation Strategy (ERESEE). This shall include actions for preparing, discussing in dedicated Working Groups, approving and disseminating the strategic document of the Long-Term Renovation Strategy action plan. The action plan shall be in accordance with the actions included in the ERESEE. In order to implement the ERESEE, several Working Groups shall be created in order to develop clear recommendations for the implementation of the action plan for Urban Rehabilitation and Regeneration. Reports with the recommendations by the Working Groups shall be published.
            
            
               In Part III of the ERESEE, ‘Implementation’, the ERESEE shall include a set of actions, among which a set of reforms is outlined as part of a roadmap promoting urban rehabilitation and renewal, and fostering the green and digital transitions. The roadmap shall be structured around eleven axes and actions aimed at improving governance, regulations and financing. This roadmap shall be included in the strategic document as the main step towards implementing the ERESEE. The most relevant actions include:
            
            
               ·Refurbish public administration buildings (aligned with Component 11 of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan);
            
            
               ·fund areas identified for improvement, including new taxation favourable to renovation, both in the residential and tertiary sectors;
            
            
               ·promote and mobilise private finance;
            
            
               ·fight energy poverty;
            
            
               ·deploy a new energy model in the building sector, to encourage renewable energy consumption in buildings;
            
            
               ·activate and aggregate demand for rehabilitation;
            
         
         
            
               ·improve supply-side conditions, by boosting the modernisation of the rehabilitation sector through research, development and innovation, digitalisation, and monitoring, reinforcing skills and trainings;
            
            
               ·disseminate information to citizens and businesses, and exchange good practices between administrations; and
            
            
               ·develop statistics and indicators to monitor publicly funded actions so that public policies can be properly assessed.
            
            
               This strategic document shall allow the implementation of the ERESEE, within the framework of the Spanish Urban Agenda, integrating the different administrations (central, regional and local).
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 June 2023.
            
            
               Reform 2 (C2.R3) – Housing Law
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to implement, by means of the Housing Law, a first of a kind regulation in Spain, to address the various public planning, programming and collaboration instruments already in place to support the right to decent and adequate housing. It shall address the rehabilitation and improvement of the existing housing stock, both public and private, and regeneration and renewal of the residential environments in which they are located, to improve the quality of life. The law addresses the achievement of a sufficient level of housing stock for rental property, available at affordable prices.
            
            
               The legislation shall address various planning, programming and collaboration instruments to ensure fulfilment of the right to decent and adequate housing, including, as one of its priorities, the rehabilitation and improvement of the existing housing stock, as well as the regeneration and renovation of the residential environments in which they are located. 
            
            
               In addition, the law shall encourage an increase in the supply of affordable and social housing by ensuring compliance with the requirements currently laid down for nearly zero-energy buildings according to the Basic Energy Saving Document (DB-HE) of the Technical Building Code (CTE) and shall avoid measures that could hinder housing supply in the medium term.
            
            
               This implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 September 2022.
            
            
               Reform 3 (C2.R4) – Law on the Quality of Architecture and Building Environment and New National Architecture Strategy
            
            
               The objective of this law is to declare the quality of architecture and buildings as a public good, to improve the quality of life, promote architecture’s social roots, promote the sustainable development of urban areas and hubs, contribute to economic and social development, and protect and safeguard the cultural and natural heritage.
            
            
               To this end, the Law shall address various initiatives and actions closely linked to the rehabilitation and regeneration programmes in this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan. In particular, the law shall regulate: (i) inter-administrative cooperation measures in the field of procurement of architectural, engineering and urban planning projects and works; (ii) tools to disseminate good practice and support, training and public-private partnerships; and (iii) the promotion of rehabilitation from a comprehensive perspective, such as the one described above. 
            
            
               This implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 September 2022.
            
            
               Reform 4 (C2.R5) – Renovation offices (‘one-stop-shop’)
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to encourage and extend the local renovation offices set up in some municipalities to accompany households and communities of owners in the highly complex tasks of rehabilitating a residential building.
            
            
               To this end, this measure shall further encourage and extend this approach by establishing a process to ensure an effective collaboration and cooperation between central, regional and/or local governments. This includes reinforcing coordination of all public support (at central, regional or local levels). All levels of government shall be involved in these one-stop shops to maximise the effectiveness of renovation actions.
            
            
               The implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 September 2021.
            
            
               Reform 5 (C2.R6) – Improved funding for renovation actions
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to addresses one of the main impediments to the launching of the renovation activity, namely access to finance on favourable terms. To have a renovation loan approved it is, at times, necessary to grant an individual personal loan to every individual owner within a building. This has represented an obstacle for the deep and integrated renovation of buildings.
            
         
         
            
               To address this issue, the measure:
            
            
               ·Establishes a new Instituto de Crédito Oficial (ICO) guarantee line to partially cover the risk of loans granted by private financial institutions to renovate residential buildings;
            
            
               ·promotes the adoption of specific regulatory provisions, including the reform of the Horizontal Property Law, to improve access to finance for communities of owners; and
            
            
               ·encourages the deployment of green finance by financial institutions.
            
            
               The implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 September 2022.
            
            
               Investment 1 (C2.I1) – Rehabilitation programme for economic and social recovery in residential environments
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to support energy efficiency renovations in residential buildings and neighbourhoods. The actions under this measure shall implement at least 510 000 renovation actions in at least 355 000 unique dwellings, achieving on average a primary energy demand reduction of at least 30 % verified by energy performance certificates. The following actions shall be supported:
            
            
               a)A programme to support energy renovations at neighbourhood level, by providing grants and other support with on average EUR 20 000 per dwelling. The programme shall renovate at least 600 hectares of urban areas, achieving on average a primary energy demand reduction of at least 30 % verified by energy performance certificates. The actions include improving energy efficiency, deploying infrastructure for electric mobility, improving the accessibility of buildings and removing hazardous substances. A maximum of 15 % of the measure shall be dedicated to improvements at the level of neighbourhoods, such as improvements of outdoor lighting, cycling paths, green infrastructure and drainage systems, taking into account the socio-economic characteristic of the neighbourhood. 
            
            
               b)A programme to support energy renovations of residential buildings by providing grants of on average EUR 15 000 per dwelling. The level of support is higher for those actions for which the reduction of primary energy demand is higher and for low-income households. The actions include improving energy efficiency, deploying infrastructure for electric mobility, improving the accessibility of buildings and removing hazardous substances.
            
            
               c)A set of activities shall address the incentives for energy renovations. This comprises, among others, (i) the possibility to deduct renovations from the personal income tax if at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction is achieved, and (ii) the improvement of the funding framework by encouraging public-private partnerships.
            
            
               A Royal Decree shall lay down the technical requirements to ensure compliance with the 30 % average reduction in primary energy demand. Amendments to the personal income tax shall be approved by Royal Decree-Law and, their objective shall be to define the tax incentives for the building renewal actions to achieve an improvement in energy efficiency.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment 2 (C2.I2) – Programme for the construction of social rented housing in energy-efficient buildings
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to build at least 20 000 new dwellings for social rental purposes or at affordable prices compliant with energy efficient criteria. These shall be built in particular in areas in which social housing is currently insufficient and on publicly owned land.
            
            
               The primary energy demand of the social housing shall be at least 20 % below the requirements of nearly zero-energy buildings. To this end, a Royal Decree shall lay down the technical requirements to limit the value of primary energy demand to 80 % of the limit set in section HE 0 of the Basic Energy Saving Document (DB-HE) of the Technical Building Code (CTE).
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment 3 (C2.I3) – Energy Rehabilitation of Buildings Programme
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to support energy renovations of an equivalent of at least 40 000 residential buildings and 690 000 m2 of non-residential buildings and by improving energy efficiency and integrating renewable energy. The programme only supports renewable energy, excluding fossil fuels, provides a higher aid intensity for Energy Communities and allows for pre-financing the renovation actions. The specific actions cover the improvement of energy efficiency by thermal insulation, the use of renewable energy in heating and cooling systems, and improving the lighting system. An eligibility criterion is foreseen that on average a primary energy demand reduction of at least 30 % is achieved verified by energy performance certificates.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment 4 (C2.I4) – Regeneration programme and demographic challenge
            
         
         
            
               The objective of this measure is to support renovations of buildings in municipalities and urban areas with fewer than 5 000 inhabitants. Actions include improving the energy efficiency of buildings, public equipment and infrastructure, renewable energy generation and consumption, self-consumption and local energy communities of owners, and sustainable mobility (such as electric charging stations). Two types of actions shall take place:
            
            
               a)For energy efficiency, at least 26 000 energy renovations shall take place in residential buildings, achieving on average a primary energy demand reduction of at least 30 % verified by energy performance certificates. 
            
            
               b)At least 250 unique clean energy projects shall be implemented through competitive tenders or investments by local authorities in the following areas: (i) installation of electrical or heating and cooling renewable for public buildings or infrastructure (including at least 80 % self-consumption); (ii) energy renovations of public buildings or infrastructure (achieving at least 30 % primary energy savings verified by energy performance certificates); (iii) sustainable mobility (projects for modal shift or electric mobility); (iv) reducing light pollution through improved public lighting; and (v) local energy community or other community-led projects in these municipalities.
            
            
               To this end, the regulatory bases and call for investment aid extended to local authorities shall be published in the Official Journal. 
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment 5 (C2.I5) – Public Buildings Rehabilitation Programme
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to support energy renovations in public buildings, including in public administration, educational, social care, sports, health, cultural or public service. At least 1 230 000 m2 of public buildings shall be renovated, achieving on average a primary energy demand reduction of at least 30 % verified by energy performance certificates. The measure supports: (i) improvements in the use of water, materials, waste management and climate change adaptation; (ii) improvements in the accessibility of buildings; (iii) removal of hazardous substances and improving indoor air quality; and (iv) the conservation of buildings. 
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment 6 (C2.I6) – Support programme for the development of pilot projects for local action plans of the Spanish Urban Agenda
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to support local authorities in implementing the ten strategic objectives of the Spanish Urban Agenda through approving at least 100 local action plans. The ten strategic objectives of the Spanish Urban Agenda are: (i) planning land use and using it more rationally, preserving and protecting it; (ii) avoiding urban sprawl and revitalising existing cities; (iii) preventing and reducing the impacts of climate change and resilience; (iv) using resources sustainably and promoting the circular economy; (v) promoting proximity and sustainable mobility; (vi) encouraging social cohesion and striving for equality; (vii) promoting and encouraging the urban economy; (viii) ensuring access to housing; (ix) leading and promoting digital innovation; and (x) improving instruments of participation and governance.
            
            
               The measure shall (i) serve as a role model and guide for other local authorities in developing their own action plans; (ii) implement the Spanish Urban Agenda with action plans at local level; and (iii) implement concrete projects as part of the local action plans to highlight the potential of the Spanish Urban Agenda. The support is awarded through competitive tendering, and comprise in particular crosscutting and integrated projects with a strategic vision and through a governance model that ensures the widest participation. 
            
            
               The investments under this measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               B.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        21
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Spanish Urban Agenda and the Long-Term Renovation Strategy for Energy Rehabilitation in the Building Sector in Spain 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the Official Journal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Spanish Urban Agenda as a national urban policy that shall ensure an integrated and comprehensive strategic planning of towns and cities, and the 2020 update of the Long-Term Renovation Strategy (LTRS) for Energy Rehabilitation in the Building Sector in Spain (ERESEE). The purpose of the ERESEE strategy is to make a diagnosis of the building stock in Spain and to remove obstacles and generate new approaches to scale up building renovation, to foster investment in the sector, to increase energy saving and to reduce carbon emissions in line with climate goals.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        21bis
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of recommendations of Working Groups to implement the Long-Term Renovation Strategy in Spain
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the recommendations of the Working Groups
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of detailed recommendations of Working Groups to implement the 2020 update of the Long-Term Renovation Strategy (LTRS) for Energy Rehabilitation in the Building Sector in Spain (ERESEE). The purpose of the ERESEE strategy is to make a diagnosis of the building stock in Spain and to remove obstacles and generate new approaches to scale up building renovations, to foster investments in the sector, to increase energy saving and to reduce carbon emissions in line with climate goals. In order to implement the ERESEE, several Working Groups shall be created in order to develop clear recommendations for the implementation of the action plan for Urban Rehabilitation and Regeneration. The detailed recommendations shall include a roadmap and methodological guides for every measure to be taken and addressed to every agent involved (public administration, stakeholders, etc.).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        22
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Housing Law, including actions supporting the increase of housing supply in compliance with nearly zero-energy buildings 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the Housing Law on the entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Housing Law shall address various planning, programming and collaboration instruments to ensure proper fulfilment of the right to decent and adequate housing, including, as one of the priorities, the rehabilitation and improvement of the existing housing stock, as well as the regeneration and renovation of the residential environments in which they are located. The law shall encourage an increase in the supply of affordable and social housing by ensuring compliance with the requirements currently laid down for nearly zero-energy buildings according to the Basic Energy Saving Document (DB-HE) of the Technical Building Code (CTE). 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        23
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on Quality of Architecture and the Building Environment 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the Law on Quality of Architecture and the Building Environment on the entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of the Law on Quality of Architecture and the Building Environment including an integrated approach to rehabilitation which shall boost the growth of the nearly zero-energy building stock, not only among new buildings but also between existing buildings. The law shall lay down the principle of quality in architecture and built environment, establishing environmental sustainability and the contribution to the achievement of energy efficiency targets as one of the key assessment criteria, and guiding the necessary rehabilitation of the park towards an integrated approach to rehabilitation. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        24
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree on Renovation Offices (‘one-stop shops’) 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the Royal Decree on Renovation Offices on the entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of Royal Decree setting out the scope of Renovation Offices (‘one-stop shops’) and their financing. The Sectoral Housing Conference shall be held and the public information phase and other legal procedures shall be completed before finalisation of the Royal Decree. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        25
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.R6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendments to the Horizontal Property Law to facilitate funding for rehabilitation 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the Horizontal Property Law on the entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Amendments to Law 49/1960 (Horizontal Property Law), of 21 July, on co-ownership in order to promote the implementation of renovation and improvements in buildings by communities of owners, and access to finance. The objective of the amendment is to facilitate decision-making by the communities of owners to undertake building renovation works that contribute to the improvement of energy efficiency and to facilitate access to bank financing.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        26
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree on the regulatory framework for the implementation of the renewal programme; and Royal Decree-Law regulating personal income tax incentives to support the programme 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the Royal Decree and Royal Decree-Laws on the entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of a Royal Decree, defining the regulatory framework for the implementation of the renewal programme; and a Royal Decree-Law regulating personal income tax incentives to support the programme. The Royal Decree defining the regulatory framework shall lay down the technical requirements to ensure compliance with the 30 % average reduction in non-renewable primary energy consumption. The Sectoral Conference on Housing shall be held and the public information phase and other legal procedures shall be completed before finalisation of the Royal Decree.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        27
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of residential dwelling renovation actions, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction (at least 231 000 actions in at least 160 000 unique dwellings)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        231 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 231 000 residential dwelling renovation actions in at least 160 000 unique dwellings completed, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction (cumulative). For the purposes of the indicator, the concept of housing shall be compatible with the Eurostat definition (‘A dwelling is a room or suite of rooms - including its accessories, lobbies and corridors - in a permanent building or a structurally separated part of a building which, by the way it has been built, rebuilt or converted, is designated for housing by one private household all year round’) and may include, where appropriate, social or public housing. The energy performance improvement indicators used shall be accredited through the relevant energy performance certificate in the framework of Directive 2010/31/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 May 2010 on the energy performance of buildings. The number of housing rehabilitation actions shall be determined as the sum of all improvement and rehabilitation actions (within the demarcated neighbourhoods, at building or housing level) carried out through the implementation of one of the aid lines (full rehabilitation or building elements) or tax incentive. The average saving percentage of non-renewable primary energy consumption for the purpose of complying with the minimum value of 30 % shall be obtained by weighting the set of rehabilitation actions by the amount of aid or financing applied under the recovery and resilience plan. This indicator includes improvement and rehabilitation actions in all municipalities, regardless of their size. To justify compliance with the energy savings obtained, the energy performance certificates of completed works are required and aggregated to confirm the average energy savings achieved.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        28
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Hectares of land in areas or neighbourhoods subject to renewal completed, with at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction on average
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (hectares)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        600
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 600 hectares of land in areas or neighbourhoods subject to renewal completed. This figure includes the surface area of those districts or urban areas which have been the subject of actions on the basis of agreements under the programme. The actions shall be carried out by ensuring the technical requirements to ensure compliance with the 30 % average reduction in non-renewable primary energy consumption in the renovation of buildings. To justify compliance with the energy savings obtained, the energy performance certificates of completed works are required and aggregated to confirm the average energy savings achieved.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        29
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of residential dwelling renovation actions, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction (at least 510 000 actions in at least 355 000 unique dwellings) 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        231 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        510 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 510 000 residential dwelling renovation actions in at least 355 000 unique dwellings completed, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction (cumulative). For the purposes of the indicator, the concept of housing shall be compatible with the Eurostat definition (‘A dwelling is a room or suite of rooms - including its accessories, lobbies and corridors - in a permanent building or a structurally separated part of a building which, by the way it has been built, rebuilt or converted, is designated for housing by one private household all year round’) and may include, where appropriate, social or public housing. The energy performance improvement indicators used shall be accredited through the relevant energy performance certificate in the framework of Directive 2010/31/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 May 2010 on the energy performance of buildings. The number of housing rehabilitations shall be determined as the sum of all improvement and rehabilitation actions (within the demarcated neighbourhoods, at building or housing level) carried out through the implementation of one of the aid lines (full rehabilitation or building elements) or tax incentive. The average saving percentage of non-renewable primary energy consumption for the purpose of complying with the minimum value of 30 % shall be obtained by weighting the set of rehabilitation actions by the amount of aid or financing applied under the recovery and resilience plan. This indicator includes improvement and rehabilitation actions in all municipalities, regardless of their size. To justify compliance with the energy savings obtained, the energy performance certificates of completed works are required and aggregated to confirm the average energy savings achieved. (Baseline: 31 December 2023.)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree on the definition of the regulatory framework for the implementation of the programme on energy efficient social rental dwellings compliant with energy efficient criteria 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the Royal Decree on the entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of the Royal Decree defining the regulatory framework for the implementation of the Programme on energy efficient social rental dwellings compliant with energy efficient criteria. The Royal Decree shall set out the technical requirements to ensure in the construction of buildings the objective of achieving a primary energy demand at least 20 % lower than the nearly zero-energy buildings requirement according to national guidelines. To this end, a requirement shall be to limit the value of non-renewable primary energy consumption to 80 % of the limit set in section HE 0 of the Basic Energy Saving Document (DB-HE) of the Technical Building Code (CTE). The Sectoral Conference on Housing shall be held and the public information phase and other legal procedures shall be completed before finalisation of the Royal Decree.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        31
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New dwellings built for social rental or at affordable prices compliant with energy efficient criteria
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 20 000 dwellings built for social rental or at affordable prices compliant with energy efficient criteria. This figure corresponds to the number of dwellings for which construction shall be completed and shall address social rental at affordable prices, as attested by a certificate or proof of completion and use of the dwellings by the competent authority. In addition, compliance with the requirement to limit the value of non-renewable primary energy consumption to 80 % of the limit set in section HE 0 of the Basic Energy Saving Document (DB-HE) of the Technical Building Code (CTE) shall be ensured through an energy performance certificate.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        32
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of renovations for residential dwellings and non-residential buildings, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Aggregated concession decisions by autonomous communities
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An equivalent of at least 40 000 residential dwellings renovations and 690 000 m2 of non-residential buildings awarded, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction. Equivalence shall be defined in relation to the respective average energy savings achieved per m2 of each type of intervention. For the purposes of the indicator, the concept of housing shall be compatible with the Eurostat definition (‘A dwelling is a room or suite of rooms - including its accessories, lobbies and corridors - in a permanent building or a structurally separated part of a building which, by the way it has been built, rebuilt or converted, is designated for housing by one private household all year round’) and may include, where appropriate, social or public housing. The energy performance improvement indicators used shall be accredited through the relevant energy performance certificate in the framework of Directive 2010/31/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 May 2010 on the energy performance of buildings.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        33
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of renovations for residential dwellings and non-residential buildings, achieving on average at least a 30% primary energy demand reduction 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Aggregated energy performance certificates of completed works-
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An equivalent of at least 40 000 residential dwellings and 690 000 m2 of non-residential buildings renovated, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction. Equivalence shall be defined in relation to the respective average energy savings achieved per m2 of each type of intervention. For the purposes of the indicator, the concept of housing shall be compatible with the Eurostat definition ‘A dwelling is a room or suite of rooms - including its accessories, lobbies and corridors - in a permanent building or a structurally separated part of a building which, by the way it has been built, rebuilt or converted, is designated for housing by one private household all year round’ and may include, where appropriate, social or public housing. The energy performance improvement indicators used shall be accredited through the relevant energy performance certificate in the framework of Directive 2010/31/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 May 2010 on the energy performance of buildings. To justify compliance with the energy savings obtained, the energy performance certificates of completed works are required and aggregated to confirm the average energy savings achieved.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        34
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Renovation of residential dwellings in municipalities with less than 5 000 inhabitants completed, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        26 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 26 000 residential dwellings renovated in municipalities with less than 5 000 inhabitants, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction. To justify compliance with the energy savings obtained, the energy performance certificates of completed works are required and aggregated to confirm the average energy savings achieved.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        35
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Clean energy projects in municipalities with less than 5 000 inhabitants 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        250
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 250 unique clean energy projects completed at local level in municipalities with less than 5 000 inhabitants. Characteristics: The projects including projects awarded in competitive tenders or investments by local authorities, in a selection or combination of the following:
                           - Installation of electrical or heating and cooling renewable for public buildings or infrastructure (including at least 80% self-consumption). May include district heating/cooling.
                           - Energy renewal of public buildings or infrastructure (achieving at least 30% primary energy savings)
                           - Sustainable mobility (projects for modal shift or electric mobility)
                           - Reducing light pollution through improved public lighting
                           - Local energy community or other community-led projects in these municipalities.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        36
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of public buildings renovations, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction (at least 290 000 m2)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (m2)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        290 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 290 000 m2 (cumulative) of renovated public buildings achieving on average at least 30 % reduction in primary energy demand. Verification of end-of-works certificates or certificate of acceptance of the works (Autonomous Communities) or supporting document from each of the municipalities receiving it, as laid down in Article 30 of the Subsidies Law (38/2003), shall be verified after completion of the project (EELL). In order to justify compliance with the energy savings obtained, the energy certification of completed works is required and aggregated to confirm the average energy savings achieved.  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        37
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of public buildings renovations, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction (at least 1 230 000 m2) 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (m2)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        290 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 230 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 1 230 000 m2 (cumulative) of renovated public buildings achieving on average at least 30 % reduction in primary energy demand. Verification of end-of-works certificates or certificate of acceptance of the works (Autonomous Communities) or supporting document from each of the municipalities receiving it, as laid down in Article 30 of the Subsidies Law (38/2003), shall be verified after completion of the project (EELL). In order to justify compliance with the energy savings obtained, the energy certification of completed works is required and aggregated to confirm the average energy savings achieved. (Baseline: 31 December 2024.) 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        38
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Actions plans under the Spanish Urban Agenda 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        100
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 100 municipalities shall have their Local Action Plan (City Strategy) approved, and equipped with the criteria set out in the Spanish Urban Agenda, comprising an assessment and lines of actions in accordance with its ten strategic objectives. 
                     
                  
               
            
            
            
               C. COMPONENT 03: Environmental and Digital Transformation of the Agri-Food and Fisheries System
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan shall improve the sustainability, competitiveness and resilience of the agri-food and fisheries sector economically, environmentally and socially. To meet this objective, the investments and reforms included in this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan focus on the following elements:
            
         
         
            
               a)Improving the efficiency and sustainability of irrigation;
            
            
               b)boosting the sustainability and competitiveness of agriculture and livestock farming;
            
            
               c)enacting a strategy to promote the digitalisation in the agri-food and rural sectors as a whole; and
            
            
               d)boosting the sustainability, research, innovation and digitalisation of the fisheries sector.
            
            
               The component addresses the Country Specific Recommendations on the promotion of investments in innovation and in energy efficiency (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019), improving access to digital learning (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2020), and on promoting public and private investment and fostering the green transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). 
            
            
               C.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C3.R1) – Amendment of the rules governing trade relations in the food chain, including amending Law 12/2013 of 2 August 2007 on measures to improve the functioning of the food chain
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to improve the functioning of the food chain by amending the national legislation governing trade relations in the food chain (Law 12/2013), including but going beyond the transposition of Directive (EU) 2019/633. The measure shall at least cover:
            
            
               a)Extending the scope of the law by including (i) trade relations to both Member States and third countries whenever an operator is located in Spain, and (ii) raw materials and other products covered by Annex I to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union;
            
            
               b)extending the minimum content of food contracts by including (i) contractual penalties, (ii) exceptions for reasons of force majeure, and (iii) a reference to the request for mediation by involved parties to address cases of non-agreement;
            
            
               c)expanding the list of unfair commercial practices such as the unilateral amendment of contracts in terms of volume or the return of unsold products; and
            
            
               d)recognising the Food Information and Control Agency as the body responsible for establishing and developing the control system necessary to check compliance with the law at national level, and as a contact point for cooperation between enforcement authorities, as well as with the European Commission and the Autonomous Communities in their respective territorial areas.
                     
            
            
               The measure is complementary to (i) the Royal Decree-Law 5/2020 of 25 February 2020, which adopted urgent measures regarding agriculture and food, and (ii) Law 8/2020 for the modification of Law 12/2013, on urgent measures to improve the functioning of the food chain.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2021.
            
            
               Reform 2 (C3.R2) – Development and review of the regulatory framework for the environmental sustainability of livestock farming
            
            
               This measure shall improve the environmental sustainability of livestock farming by developing and revising the legislative framework as follows:
            
            
               a)Developing a general register of Best Available Techniques (BATs) to facilitate calculations of polluting and greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions in pig and poultry farms, as well as the covering of other environmental data. It shall provide a better assessment of livestock farmers’ compliance with GHG and pollutant emission commitments.
            
            
               b)Gradually revising the planning legislation in the livestock sectors, which lays down requirements on location, distance, size, health conditions, biosecurity and the environmental and animal welfare infrastructure on farms in sectors that already have it (pig farming), as well as establishing a new regulatory framework in sectors (poultry farming), which had not yet been regulated. It shall establish individual sectoral emission reduction commitments, laying down requirements according to their contribution to the generation of the pollutants, in application of the principle of proportionality.
            
            
               The measure includes both legislative provisions, to be published by the end of 2022. It also anticipates that the implementation of the general register of BATs shall be operational for pig and poultry farms by 31 December 2023. The application of the revised planning legislation shall be carried out progressively within approximately two years of its publication.
            
         
         
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Reform 3 (C3.R3) – Legislative framework on sustainable nutrition in agricultural soils, and legislation on pollution of agricultural origin
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to regulate agricultural fertilisation to address the different sources of nutrient input to agricultural soils in a consistent manner. In addition, it shall provide technical advice to farmers to support them complying with legal requirements and rationalising fertilisation. This shall: (i) address the adverse effects of climate change; (ii) reduce water pollution by nitrates and phosphates of agricultural origin; and (iii) improve air quality.
            
            
               The proposed legislative framework is connected to another legal instrument: the draft Royal Decree on the protection of waters against diffuse pollution caused by nitrates from agricultural sources (which shall replace Royal Decree 261/1996 of 16 February). It also links to the drawing up of an action plan to prevent, correct and reduce diffuse pollution caused by nitrates, especially from agricultural sources. This measure shall introduce a Royal Decree, transposing Directive 91/676/EEC of 12 December 1991 concerning the protection of waters against pollution caused by nitrates from agricultural sources, setting more ambitious objectives than the Nitrate Directive and increase convergence with water planning objectives under the Water Framework Directive.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 March 2023. 
            
            
               Reform 4 (C3.R4) – Boosting the governance and sustainable management of Spanish irrigation
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to establish a governance mechanism at national level to allow all sectors and levels of public authorities concerned to cooperate on irrigation. This includes environmental sustainability, implementation criteria and aspects related to the applicable legislation. The measure shall set up an observatory on the sustainability of irrigation in Spain to provide data on the economic, social and environmental impacts of irrigation on the territory.
            
            
               The implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Reform 5 (C3.R5) – Implementation of the Action Plan II of the Strategy for Digitising the Agri-Food and Rural Areas
            
            
               This measure seeks to continue the implementation of the Spanish Strategy for the Digitalisation of the Agri-food and Rural Areas, adopted by the Spanish government in March 2019. The measure shall set out a second action plan that responds to the strategy’s three basic objectives: (i) reducing the digital divide; (ii) promoting the use of data; and (iii) boosting business development and new business models. 
            
            
               The measure shall continue supporting the adoption and incorporation of digital processes and skills in economic activity linked to rural areas and their social fabric. The measure shall design, elaborate and implement the second action plan of the Digitalisation Strategy of the Agri-food Sector and the Rural Areas.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Reform 6 (C3.R6) – Revision of the national regulatory framework for the regulation of sustainable fisheries
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to: (i) encourage integration of economic and social sustainability into fisheries management; (ii) provide greater legal certainty for all actors in the fisheries sector; and (iii) provide greater transparency, modernisation and digitalisation in fisheries management. The measure shall take into account the objectives of EU policies and challenges, including the reform of the Common Fisheries Policy, the Strategy Biodiversity 2030, Marine Strategies, and the Sustainable Development Goals.
            
            
               To achieve these objectives, the measure shall achieve the following:
            
            
               a)Revising the current Fisheries Law to align it to the new sustainability criteria and research needs in fisheries; 
            
            
               b)updating the management of the different tools, methods and censuses of the national fishing grounds trough a Royal Decree; and
            
            
               c)implementing a law to modernise control, inspection and sanctioning systems in the field of fishing.
            
            
               The publication of a Royal Decree on upgrading the management of the different tools, methods and complaints of the national fishing grounds is foreseen by 30 June 2022. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
         
         
            
               Investment 1 (C3.I1) – Plan to improve efficiency and sustainability in irrigation 
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to improve the efficiency and sustainability of irrigation through a set of selected actions. It shall promote water savings and energy efficiency in irrigation activities. These actions include:
            
            
               a)Modernising actions, including at least: (i) actions in areas replacing surface water or groundwater with the use of unconventional water resources (such as reclaimed water in accordance with Regulation (EU) 2020/741 and desalinated water in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance 2021/C58/01) as part of a modernisation process; and (ii) actions that increase water savings or achieve a further decrease in water demand or higher energy savings;
            
            
               b)modernising irrigation systems with an energy impact, including (i) a preferential treatment of actions that do not require electricity for their operation over those that need it or require renewable energy; and (ii) modernisation measures to facilitate energy self-sufficiency, including the use of renewable energy; and
            
            
               c)fostering new technologies, such as: (i) actions enabling higher levels of implementation of new technologies and innovations to achieve more efficient irrigation; and (ii) actions proposing a higher degree of intensity in the modernisation of irrigation.
            
            
               Implementation of the measure shall be carried out by the public enterprise Sociedad Estatal de Infraestructuras Agrarias (SEIASA). To this end, an agreement between the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAPA) and SEIASA shall regulate the public/private financing regime for the investments in the modernisation of irrigation, the project selection criteria, the plan implementation procedures as well as the list of actions to be carried out. This list of actions shall at least include:
            
            
               a)The substitution of the use of groundwater or surface water by the use of non-conventional water resources (reclaimed water or desalinated water in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01)); 
            
            
               b)the implementation of water regulation systems (reservoirs) that allow for gravity irrigation;
            
            
               c)the replacement of open-air ditches with underground pipes;
            
            
               d)the construction of filtering and pumping systems; and
            
            
               e)the installation of meters and remote management systems.
            
            
               It is expected that this measure does not do significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measure and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). In particular, desalinated water shall be produced using the best available technology with the lowest environmental impacts in the sector. All irrigation activities shall be carried out in compliance with the Water Framework Directive, the necessary Environmental Impact Assessments shall be carried out in accordance with Directives 2009/147/EC and 92/43/EEC, and the required mitigation steps for protecting the environment shall be implemented.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment 2 (C3.I2) – Plan to boost the sustainability and competitiveness of agriculture and livestock farming (I): Modernising animal and plant health laboratories 
            
            
               This measure shall improve food security in the agricultural and livestock sector by ensuring rapid actions in response to outbreaks of animal diseases, including those affecting humans, as well as plant pests by building facilities that have a biosafety level 3. Specifically, the measure shall ensure the entry into operation of the following facilities:
            
            
               a)the Level 3 Biological Safety Laboratory (LSCA-Santa Fe);
            
            
               b)the Level 3 Biological Safety Animal Facility (LCV-Algete); and
            
            
               c)the National Plant Health Laboratory in Lugo.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Investment 3 (C3.I3) – Plan to boost the sustainability and competitiveness of agriculture and livestock farming (II): Strengthen capacity building and biosecurity systems in nurseries, cleansing and disinfection centres 
            
         
         
            
               This measure shall strengthen the prevention and protection against animal diseases and plant pests whose incidence has increased by climate change, by improving capacity building and biosecurity systems in nurseries as well as cleansing and disinfection centres. It shall strengthen biosecurity systems in facilities producing plant reproductive material, which play an important role in obtaining pest-free material with a reduction in the use of plant protection products. 
            
            
               Support shall take the form of investment aid targeted at agricultural holdings of plant reproductive material, and centres for cleaning and disinfection of means of transport for live animals. Specifically, grants are envisaged for the technological improvement of these facilities through automation, robotisation, and the installation of new cleaning and disinfecting systems such as thermal disinfection. 
            
            
               The measure includes the strengthening of at least 465 cleansing and disinfecting centres, and centres producing plant reproduction material with increased training and biosecurity systems.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Investment 4 (C3.I4) – Plan to boost the sustainability and competitiveness of agriculture and livestock farming (III): Investments in precision agriculture, energy efficiency and circular economy in the agriculture and livestock sector 
            
            
               This measure shall promote the sustainability and competitiveness of the agriculture and livestock sector via investments in: (i) precision agriculture; (ii) energy efficiency; (iii) the circular economy; and (iv) the use of renewable energy. 
            
            
               More specifically, investments relate to the following: 
            
            
               a)Implementing new systems to manage agricultural waste, and livestock effluents and their by-products, including structural reforms; 
            
            
               b)modernising greenhouses, both their installations and equipment; 
            
            
               c)promoting the use of bio-gases and renewable energies; and
            
            
               d)collecting real time data using sensors that make it possible to use precision agriculture and technology on farms, which includes the implementation of satellite navigation systems (GNSS) and geolocation in livestock farming.
            
            
               The measure shall be implemented in the form of individual or collective investments in agricultural holdings or agricultural service companies. At least 5 000 farms shall have completed projects for precision agriculture, energy efficiency, the circular economy and the use of renewable energy.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment 5 (C3.I5) – Strategy for the Digitisation of the Agri-Food and Forestry Sector and the Rural Environment: development of actions to support the digitalisation and entrepreneurship of the agri-food and forestry sector and the rural environment 
            
            
               This measure shall set out actions in the Strategy for the Digitalisation of the Agri-food, Forestry and Rural Sectors, adopted by the Spanish government in March 2019, and in its second action plan 2021-2023. The actions shall include:
            
            
               a)A specific financial support line for SMEs in the agri-food sector to incentivise innovative and digital business projects, to be implemented through the provision of participative loans;
            
            
               b)a digital innovation hub for businesses in the agri-food sector, to be implemented through an in-house contract and public procurement by competitive tendering;
            
            
               c)an observatory on digitalisation in the agri-food sector via a partnership agreement between the MAPA and the collaborating body; and
            
            
               d)a platform of Agricultural Knowledge and Information System (AKIS) advisors to function as a tool to foster the transfer of knowledge and information between AKIS actors, to be implemented though an in-house contract and public procurement by competitive tendering.
            
            
               As part of the measure, at least 60 agri-food SMEs shall implement innovative and digital business projects that shall be compliant with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) and financed through participative loans by the end of 2023. 
            
         
         
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the legal agreement between the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, and the Empresa Nacional de Innovación (ENISA) and the subsequent investment policy of the financial instrument shall: 
            
            
               I.require the application of the Commission’s technical guidance on sustainability proofing for the InvestEU Fund; and
            
            
               II.exclude the following list of activities and assets from eligibility: (i) activities and assets related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  5
               ; (ii) activities and assets under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  6
               ; (iii) activities and assets related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  7
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  8
               ; and (iv) activities and assets where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment; 
            
            
               III.require the verification of legal compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation of the projects by ENISA for all transactions, including those exempted from sustainability proofing.
            
            
               No activities related to carbon capture and storage shall be supported. 
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment 6 (C3.I6) – Plan to promote sustainability, research, innovation and digitalisation in the fisheries sector (I): Modernisation of the network of marine reserves of fisheries interest 
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to modernise the network of marine reserves of fisheries interest by means of the following actions:
            
            
               a)The acquisition of two special-purpose support vessels to ensure control and surveillance of the activities carried out in the reserves;
            
            
               b)the implementation of information and communication technology to enable control and monitoring of the reserves, by acquiring (i) at least four pieces of night vision equipment to detect prohibited activities; and (ii) drones with sufficient power to allow control and monitoring activities and optimise the existing means;
            
            
               c)the extension of the network of reserves by the creation of a new marine reserve; and
            
            
               d)the updating of an existing marine reserve, Faro de Alborán, and its surroundings in order to facilitate access, improve its energy efficiency as well as to equip it with adequate facilities (i.e. a radar radio link to the Peninsula) to monitor and control the reserve. 
            
            
               The acquisition of the two special-purpose support vessels and the implementation of information and communication technology to enable control and monitoring shall be implemented via public procurement procedures. 
            
            
               It is expected that this measure does not do significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measure and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). In particular, the two special-purpose support vessels shall be of the best available technology with the lowest environmental impacts in the sector. The investment concerning the extension of the network of marine reserves shall consist of a study for the creation of a new marine reserve, which is planned to be carried out through an in-house contract. The same applies to the works planned to update the Faro de Alborán reserve and its surroundings, which shall include a necessary study on the construction and optimisation of energy.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
            
            
               Investment 7 (C3.I7) – Plan to boost the sustainability, research, innovation and digitalisation of the fisheries sector (II): Boosting fisheries and aquaculture research and supporting training
            
            
               This measure shall improve the quantity and the quality of the scientific knowledge that informs decision-making in matters of fisheries management. The measure includes: (i) the purchase of at least two acoustic probes to equip two existing fishing and oceanographic research vessels to ensure the quality of the data obtained for the scientific assessment of the different stocks of pelagic species; and (ii) the promotion of fisheries and aquaculture research to ensure an ecosystem-based approach to decision-making in fisheries management.
            
            
               The acquisition of the two acoustic probes shall be implemented on the basis of a public procurement procedure in which the tender shall take place on an exclusive basis. The promotion of fisheries and aquaculture research shall be achieved through the signing of agreements with public research bodies and, where appropriate, through assignments to own resources for the recruitment of on-board observers, or tendering.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2022.
            
            
               Investment 8 (C3.I8) – Plan to boost the sustainability, research, innovation and digitalisation of the fisheries sector (III): Technological development and innovation in fisheries and aquaculture 
            
         
         
            
               The objective of this measure is to establish a more environmentally, economically and socially sustainable fisheries and aquaculture sector by means of two lines of action:
            
            
               a)The creation of public-private partnerships to boost blue growth in the sector, in order to implement projects that serve as catalysts for blue economy processes; and
            
            
               b)support for technological development and innovation in the sector. 
            
            
               The measure envisages the completion of at least 20 research, development and innovation projects for the adoption of new technologies that favour the resilience and sustainability of the fisheries and aquaculture sector.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Investment 9 (C3.I9) – Plan to boost sustainability, research, innovation and digitalisation in the fisheries sector (IV): Digitalisation and use of ICTs in the fisheries sector 
            
            
               This measure aims to improve the surveillance of fishing activity to ensure environmental sustainability as well as the medium and long-term viability of the fisheries sector. The measure comprises two lines of action:
            
            
               a)An aid scheme for the digitalisation of the fisheries and aquaculture sector, including (i) aid for devices for electronic submission of catches as well as their geolocation for vessels less than 12 metres in length; and (ii) aid for the installation of a surveillance system using cameras for remote monitoring of fisheries and combating discards for vessels over 24 metres in length; and
            
            
               b)modern ICT solutions for fishing surveillance, including (i) a catch registration system with the possibility of tracking vessels of less than 12 metres in length; (ii) the establishment of a drone flight service for fisheries control and surveillance, and a remote monitoring system for catches of fishing vessels over 24 metres in length; and (iii) devices and software (i.e. the installation of a second firewall) for the reinforcement of the security of the Spanish Fisheries Information System. 
            
            
               The digitalisation of the Spanish fisheries and aquaculture sector shall be implemented in the form of grants for competitive tendering, whilst the implementation of modern ICT solutions for fishing surveillance shall proceed through open and centralised procurement.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
            
            
               Investment 10 (C3.I10) – Plan to boost the sustainability, research, innovation and digitalisation of the fisheries sector (V): Support to the fight against illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing
            
            
               This measure shall support the fight against illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing, which continues to be a threat to marine ecosystems. To this end, the measure supports the following investments:
            
            
               a)The acquisition of four patrol vessels; and
            
            
               b)the modernisation of three high seas patrol vessels that shall be used to combat illegal, reported and unregulated fishing. 
            
            
               The measure shall be implemented through a public procurement procedure for the construction of patrol vessels and through the amendment of an agreement with the Spanish Navy in the case of offshore patrol vessels, which shall provide legal cover for the transfer to be made to the Navy, managing the above-mentioned modernisation works. 
            
            
               It is expected that this measure does not do significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measure and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). In particular, the acquisitions and modernisations of vessels shall only be of the best available technology with the lowest environmental impacts in the sector. 
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Investment 11 (C3.I11) – Plan to boost sustainability, research, innovation and digitalisation in the fisheries sector (VI): Support for the financing of the fisheries sector 
            
            
               This measure shall provide financing for investment projects in the fisheries sector through the provision of a loan to the Sociedad Anónima Estatal de Caución Agraria (SAECA). The objective of the measure is creating a financial line of funding for projects related to sustainable fishing action, including: (i) improving working and safety conditions; (ii) digitising of processes and systems; (iii) improving the value and traceability of products; (iv) searching for new products and presentations, including packaging; and (v) boosting innovation, energy improvement and efficiency, and the transition to energy with a lower climate impacts.
            
         
         
            
               The measure is implemented through an agreement between the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, and SAECA to support the financing of investment projects in the fishing sector. The mechanism is based on a loan to SAECA for the creation of a line of financing intended to re-guarantee projects with actions related to sustainable fishing activity. The agreement shall include a condition that guarantees that the investments made with this financing complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the legal agreement between the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, and SAECA and the subsequent investment policy of the financial instrument shall 
            
            
               I.require the application of the Commission’s technical guidance on sustainability proofing for the InvestEU Fund; and
            
            
               II.exclude the following list of activities and assets from eligibility: (i) activities and assets related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  9
               ; (ii) activities and assets under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  10
               ; (iii) activities and assets related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  11
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  12
               ; and (iv) activities and assets where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment; and
            
            
               III.require the verification of legal compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation of the projects by SAECA for all transactions, including those exempted from sustainability proofing.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2022.
            
            
               C.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        39
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree-Law 5/2020, on urgent measures regarding agriculture and food  and Law 8/2020 on the modification of Law 12/2013, on measures to improve the functioning of the food chain
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions of the Royal Decree-Law 5/2020, Law 8/2020, Law 12/2013 on the entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree-Law 5/2020 (February 25 2020) with urgent measures regarding agriculture and food, in order to improve the functioning of the food chain by amending the national legislation governing trade relations in the food chain. The main objectives are to fulfil that the prices of food products cover the costs of production, to avoid the destruction of value in the food chain and to ban promotions intended to mislead the consumers about the price and image of products.
                           Entry into force of Law 8/2020 on the modification of Law 12/2013, on urgent measures to improve the functioning of the food chain, in order to validate the above mentioned Royal Decree-Law by adopting a Law.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        40
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the second amendment to Law 12/2013 on measures to improve the functioning of the food chain 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of Law 12/2013 on the entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of second amendment to Law 12/2013 on measures to improve the functioning of the food chain, beyond the minimum requirements of the Directive 2019/633/EU. This legal amendment promotes different actions towards a more transparent and balanced food value chain that implies changes to (i) the extended scope of the law to trade relations; (ii) the minimum content of food contracts is extended to practically all transactions. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        41
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the regulatory framework to develop a general register of Best Available Techniques on farms to inform on pollutant and GHG emissions, and reform the planning legislation with criteria on farms across sectors
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the regulatory framework on the entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The regulatory framework for the development of the general register of Best Available Techniques shall facilitate calculations of polluting and greenhouse gas emissions in pig and poultry farms, as well as the recording of other environmental data. The gradual revision of planning legislation in the livestock sectors shall regulate requirements of location, size, sanitary conditions and infrastructures in farms, modifying the requirements for pigs farms, and creating a new regulatory framework for the poultry sector
                     
                  
               
                     
                        42
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the normative framework on sustainable nutrition in agricultural soils.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the normative framework on the entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        This normative framework is intended to regulate fertilisation work and promote technical advice to farmers to rationalise fertilisation and meet legal requirements. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        43
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree for a governance mechanism to improve the Spanish irrigation system.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the Royal Decree on the entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Royal Decree shall establish a governance mechanism at the national level so that the affected sectors can cooperate in aspects related to Spanish irrigation, such as sustainability, execution criteria, regulations, etc. It is also intended to create an observatory of sustainable irrigation in Spain
                     
                  
               
                     
                        44
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of the second action plan of the Digitalisation Strategy of the Agri-food Sector and the Rural Areas.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication on webpage of Ministry of Agriculture
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The measure shall give continuity to the digitisation strategy of the agri-food sector and the rural environment with a second plan, with the objectives of reducing the digital divide, promoting the use of data, and promoting business development and new business models. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        45
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.R6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree on the management of national fishing grounds 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the Royal Decree on the entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Royal Decree shall align the management of the different tools, methods and censuses of national fishing grounds, facilitating better business management and taking into account the objectives of the major policies and challenges of the EU such as the reform of the Common Fisheries Policy, the Strategy Biodiversity 2030, Marine Strategies, or SDGs among others.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        46
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the contractual agreement between the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAPA) and SEIASA to support the improvement and the sustainability of irrigated areas (Phase I)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         Million EUR
                     
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        260
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The collaboration agreement between the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAPA) and SEIASA (Phase I; Budget execution of EUR 260 000 000) shall implement the conditions of the plan to improve efficiency and sustainability in irrigation that is being carried out with this investment. This legal norm shall regulate, among other aspects, the public / private financing regime for these irrigation modernisation investments, the project selection criteria, the plan execution procedures as well as the list of actions to be carried out linked to the budget execution under this measure. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        47
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Implementation of the agreement between the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAPA) and SEIASA to support the improvement and the sustainability of irrigated areas (Phase II)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         Million EUR
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        303
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The collaboration agreement between the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAPA) and SEIASA (Phase II; EUR 303 000 000 of budget execution) shall implement the conditions of the plan to improve efficiency and sustainability in irrigation that is being carried out with this investment project. This legal norm shall regulate, among other aspects, the public / private financing regime for these irrigation modernisation investments, the project selection criteria, the plan execution procedures as well as the list of actions to be carried out linked to the budget execution under this measure.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        48
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernisation of irrigation systems modernised in terms of water savings and energy efficiency  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (hectares)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        100 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 100 000 hectares of irrigation systems modernised in terms of water savings and energy efficiency. The surface modernised with the investments of the recovery and resilience plan as well as the typology of actions carried out shall be reflected in the collaboration agreements signed by SEIASA with the affected Irrigation Communities or the entities that manage water resources on the Canary Islands. These agreements shall establish the specific actions to be carried out to guarantee water savings and energy efficiency in modernised irrigation systems. Some of the actions that shall be carried out with this plan are the following: (i) Substitution of the use of groundwater or surface water by the use of non-conventional water resources (reclaimed or desalinated in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) (ii) implementation of water regulation systems  that allow gravity irrigation (using the elevation difference so that the transport of water does not require the use of energy), (iii) the replacement of energy from fossil sources necessary for pumping by renewable energy sources (mainly photovoltaic), (iv) replacement of open-air ditches made of concrete or earth with buried pipes, (v) construction of filtering and pumping stations, and (vi) installation of meters and remote management systems. By Q2 2026, at least 100 000 hectares of irrigation systems are modernised in terms of water savings and energy efficiency, verifiable through the SIEASA-Irrigation Communities agreements.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        49
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into operation of an animal facility, a laboratory, both having a biosafety level 3, and a National Plant Health Laboratory
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The three facilities are the Level 3 Biological Safety Laboratory (LCSA-Santa Fe), the Level 3 Biological Safety Animal Facility (LCV-Algete), and the National Plant Health Laboratory in Lugo.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        50
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Improved cleaning and disinfection centres and plant reproduction material production centres with strengthened training and biosecurity systems
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        465
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 465 cleaning and disinfection centres and plant reproduction material production centres with strengthened training and biosecurity systems. Capacity development includes the improvement and construction of cleaning and disinfection facilities throughout Spain, and biosecurity consists of having accessible, modern and equipped cleaning and disinfection facilities. Cleaning and disinfection is a key pillar within biosafety measures, so the technological improvement of these facilities is essential, such as automation, robotisation, installation of new cleaning and disinfection systems, such as thermal disinfection or installation of systems. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        51
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Investment plan to promote the sustainability and competitiveness of agriculture and livestock 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         Million EUR
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        307
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of the investment plan to promote the sustainability and competitiveness of agriculture and livestock activities in precision agriculture, energy efficiency and circular economy (budget execution of EUR 307 000 000). The regulatory bases shall establish who the beneficiaries are, the requirements they must meet, the type of eligible investments, and the eligibility criteria for investments in: precision agriculture, energy efficiency, circular economy and the use of renewable energies. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        52
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects for precision agriculture, energy efficiency, the circular economy and the use of renewable energy  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        5 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 5 000 farms having completed projects for precision agriculture, energy efficiency, the circular economy and the use of renewable energy. Precision agriculture includes geolocation and satellite navigation systems (GNSS), real-time data collection through sensors and satellite and airborne imagery, together with Geographic Information Systems (GIS), mapping, communication and connectivity, energy efficiency includes the conditioning and insulation of buildings (warehouses and auxiliary buildings) and systems that optimise the climate control of greenhouses gases and the energy and thermal consumption of agricultural and livestock farms, the circular economy includes structures for the use and recovery of agricultural remains and livestock by-products through pre-treatment operations and techniques that improve their management and subsequent use, and the use of renewable energy includes the installation of energy production infrastructures from multiple renewable sources to support electricity and thermal energy needs.  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        53
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Signature of contractual agreements between the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAPA) and ENISA
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         Million EUR
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Signature of three contractual agreements (one per year) between the  Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAPA) and ENISA to support the digital transformation of agri-food SMEs through a line of support for innovative or technology-based entrepreneurship in the Spanish agri-food sector (budget execution: EUR 30 000 000; EUR 10 000 000 per year). The collaboration agreements between the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food and ENISA shall establish the conditions of the technology-based entrepreneurship line to support SMEs in the agri-food sector that present innovative and digital business projects, through the granting of participative loans, the investment policy and eligibility criteria. The aforementioned agreements shall include a clause that guarantees that the investments made with this financing comply with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) of supported transactions under this measure through the use of sustainability proofing, an exclusion list, and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. The objective of this investment is to respond to several of the objectives of the Spanish strategy for the digitisation of the agri-food sector and the rural environment, and of its action plans. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        54
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Agri-food SMEs supported to implement innovative and digital business projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        60
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 60 agri-food SMEs granted with credits for the implementation of innovative and digital business projects.  The objective of this line of support is to grant participative loans to encourage companies to develop viable and innovative projects, linked to electronic commerce and the consolidation of Industry 4.0, among many other levers of change in digital business models for the food industry.
                           It shall be guaranteed including through selection criteria that the transactions under this investment made by these SMEs with these loans comply with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) of supported transactions under this measure through the use of sustainability proofing, an exclusion list, and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        55
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Acquisition of ICT equipment for the Marine Reserves of Fishing Interest and contracts for the acquisition of special-purpose vessels for the marine reserves
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in public procurement platform of the contract award 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in Public Procurement Platform of the contract awarded for the acquisition of ICT equipment for the Marine Reserves of Fishing Interest and the award of two contracts for the acquisition of two special-purpose vessels for the marine reserves. The ICT equipment for the Marine Reserves consists of (i) Alborán Lighthouse radar radio link to Peninsula, (ii) purchase of at least four night vision equipment to detect prohibited activities, and (iii) purchase of drones with sufficient power that allow control and monitoring activities and optimise the existing means, also reducing the environmental impact. For the purchase of a special-purpose vessel for a new marine reserve, the best technology that allows compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) shall be sought. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        56
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Agreements with Public Research Bodies
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Signing of agreements with Public Research Bodies
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Signing of agreements with Public Research Bodies to promote fisheries and aquaculture research, ensuring an ecosystem-based approach to decision-making in fisheries management  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        57
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Acquisition of acoustic probes for research in fisheries
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in Public Procurement Platform of the contract awarded for the acquisition of two acoustic probes dedicated to fisheries research. The objective of acquiring two probes for two existing fishing research vessel is to ensure the quality of the data obtained and consequently favour scientific evaluations of the different stocks of pelagic species, contributing to the sustainability of fisheries and decision-making in matters of fisheries management that is based on the best scientific knowledge.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        58
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I8
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Research Development and Innovation projects to support the resilience and sustainability of the fisheries and aquaculture sector
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of at least 20 research, development and innovation projects for the adoption of new technologies that favour the resilience and sustainability of the fisheries and aquaculture sector.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        59
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I9
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digital reinforcement of the Spanish Fisheries Information System (SIPE) and of the fishing surveillance system 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Installation of second firewall barrier
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digital reinforcement of the fishing information and surveillance including Installation of a second firewall barrier (firewall) to increase the security of the Spanish Fisheries Information System (SIPE), following the requirements established in the National Security Scheme (ENS) for the high level of security, and digitalisation of fishing vessels.  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        60
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I10
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Purchase of light patrol boats and high seas patrol vessels to combat illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in public procurement platform of the contract award 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in Public Procurement Platform of the award of the contract for four new light patrol boats and three renewed high seas patrol vessels that shall be used to combat illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing, which continues to be one of the greatest existing threats to marine ecosystems. The best technology that allows compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) shall be sought.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        61
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I11
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Financing of investment projects in the fishing sector
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Million EUR
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The endorsement of the agreement between the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food, and SAECA to support the financing of investment projects in the fishing sector by granting a at least EUR 5 000 000 loan to the Sociedad Anónima Estatal de Caución Agraria (SAECA) for the creation of a line of financing destined to re-guarantee projects with actions related to sustainable fishing activity; to improve the working conditions and safety of the activity; and to the digitisation of processes and systems. The aforementioned agreement shall include a clause that guarantees that the transactions supported under this investment complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) of supported transactions under this measure through the use of sustainability proofing, an exclusion list, and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
            
               D. COMPONENT 04: Ecosystems and Biodiversity
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan shall address Spain’s vulnerability to the direct and indirect adverse effects of climate change due to its biogeography and geomorphology by enhancing the conservation status of ecosystems, through their ecological restoration, where necessary, and reversing biodiversity loss, ensuring sustainable use of natural resources and preserving and improving ecosystem services. This component shall also contribute to the adaptation of ecosystems to the adverse effects of climate change by adopting measures to minimise its effects, by focusing on forest fires. Additional emphasis shall be placed on the protection, preservation and restoration of marine ecosystems. 
            
            
               The implementation of this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan shall (i) launch the blue agenda to improve the seas and their biodiversity; (ii) increase the share of marine protected areas, by protecting at least 18 % of the Spanish territory by the end of 2025, defending both fauna and flora; and (iii) introduce, for the first time in Spain, a framework for marine management. 
            
            
               In addition, it will also preserve and sustainably manage rural areas, their ecosystems, biodiversity and woodland. Rural areas – where depopulation has had a particularly adverse impact – are home to a large part of Spain’s rich natural heritage and are, therefore, a source of local wealth, opening opportunities to reverse demographic decline. 
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan supports investment in the green and digital transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020). It also supports proper land management, in particular, forest management, nature protection and restoration aligned with the objectives of the European Green Deal and the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030. 
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               D.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C4.R1) – Conservation of terrestrial and marine biodiversity
            
            
               This reform shall update the biodiversity and natural heritage legislation to support meeting commitments stemming from the Convention on Biological Diversity and the recently adopted EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030. 
            
            
               The main action of this reform shall be to prepare, approve and deploy the Strategic Plan for Natural Heritage and Biodiversity (as set out in Law 42/2007 on Natural Heritage and Biodiversity), to have a long lasting impact on the conservation and management of all Spanish natural systems as well as on the services it provides to society. This reform shall also include the following actions under this measure: 
            
         
         
            
               a)Adoption of the Biodiversity, Science and Knowledge Strategy that shall identify the main research gaps and establish specific areas in which research in biodiversity is necessary. 
            
            
               b)Adoption of the Royal Decree approving the Plan for the Marine Protected Areas Network that shall promote an ecologically coherent network contributing to the conservation of areas of natural heritage and marine biodiversity, fostering a planned, effective and coherent management of marine protected areas. 
            
            
               c)The National Strategy for the Conservation of Pollinators shall provide the necessary actions to improve the situation of pollinators. This Strategy shall focus especially on the (i) promotion of favourable areas for pollinators; (ii) improvement in its management and reduction of risks created by harmful species; (iii) phytosanitary products; and (iv) promotion of research on the conservation of pollinators, and the dissemination of the related research findings in this area. 
            
            
               d)Adoption of the regulation for updating authorities, administrative and scientific, under the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora Regulation (CITES Regulation) that shall guarantee the implementation of the measures derived from CITES, and shall ensure that trade is not detrimental to the conservation status of species and their long-term survival. 
            
            
               e)The Wetlands Conservation and Restoration Plan that shall guarantee the preservation and rational use of wetlands. 
            
            
               The development of these actions under this measure shall be directly supported by Investment 1 and Investment 2 of this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan (described below). It shall also complement the other two reforms and investment described in this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022. 
            
            
               Reform 2 (C4.R2) – Restoration of ecosystems and green infrastructure
            
            
               The aim of this reform is to develop and implement the central government Strategy for Green Infrastructure, Connectivity and Ecological Restoration, to restore damaged ecosystems and consolidate a network of fully functional terrestrial and marine natural and semi-natural areas connected in Spain by 2050.
            
            
               This reforms incorporates seven different lines of action to: (i) reduce the effects of fragmentation and loss of ecological connectivity; (ii) restore habitats and ecosystems in key areas; (iii) maintain and improve the provision of ecosystem services of green infrastructure elements; (iv) improve the resilience of elements linked to green infrastructure; (v) ensure territorial coherence; (vi) incorporate effective green infrastructure; and (vii) ensure adequate communication, education and participation of interest groups and society in the development of green infrastructure. 
            
            
               This reform is further supported by Investment 3 of this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan, addressing in particular the recommendations of the EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 on the incorporation of ecological corridors, large-scale planting of trees, significant progress in the rehabilitation of contaminated land and the objective of ensuring that cities with at least 20 000 inhabitants have an ambitious urban greening plan. It is also related to Reform 1 and Investment 1 of this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 June 2021. 
            
            
               Reform 3 (C4.R3) – Sustainable forest management
            
            
               This reform shall update the 1999 Spanish Forest Strategy together with the 2002-2032 Spanish Forestry Plan, developing a package of actions to boost the forestry sector, covering the Spanish forest as a whole: protection of species and areas, fires, ownerships, evolution, the current status and trends in forest areas and resources, among others. The reform shall address the economic and social revitalisation of large rural areas, which face serious problems of depopulation and it shall be well aligned with the European Green Deal. 
            
            
               The Spanish Forestry Strategy shall have five strategic priorities:
            
            
               1)The conservation and enhancement of natural heritage, biodiversity and connectivity.
            
            
               2)Protection, health security and protection of prevention and adaptation to natural and environmental risks. 
            
            
               3)Forest bio-economy: green economy and jobs, mobilisation of forest resources, and sustainable socio-economic development of the forestry sector.
            
            
               4)Development and improvement of knowledge and forestry culture.
            
            
               5)Forest governance model: the regulatory, administrative and instrumental framework of the Spanish forestry policy.
            
         
         
            
               There are two main instruments in the Spanish Forest Strategy, which are necessary to reform the forestry sector as a whole. The first is the adoption of guidelines for sustainable forest management. These guidelines shall cover issues such as biodiversity, climate change and the circular bio-economy. Secondly, Strategic Guidelines for Forest Fires Management in Spain, which shall establish the objectives to follow, define the main lines of work and identify the groups in society with certain degree of responsibility. These strategic guidelines are crucial to control forest fires and increase the strategic positioning of the forest sector in the context of the ecological transition. 
            
            
               The implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 June 2022. 
            
            
               Investment 1 (C4.I1) - Digitalisation and Knowledge of natural heritage
            
            
               The investment shall establish a system to digitalise the management, control and monitoring of natural heritage, covering both the terrestrial and marine fields. This investment shall achieve a substantial improvement in knowledge of species and habitats, as well as in mapping information and natural heritage, including geological. The investment focuses on the acquisition of information and its management, including:
            
            
               1)A programme to improve knowledge and digitalisation of biodiversity and natural heritage management at national level with the development of monitoring networks, the deployment of sensor and the use of fixed and mobile digital information acquisition systems. 
            
            
               2)Development of an information management systems or platforms at national level with additional analytical and dissemination capabilities. 
            
            
               The avionics system of the amphibian aircraft fleet shall be updated. This investment shall improve the operation of fire-fighting devices by introducing technological updates, such as better cameras and sensors of fire coordination, to render aircrafts safer and more efficient at firefighting. 
            
            
               It is expected that this measure does not do significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measure and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). In particular, improving the avionics system in the amphibian aircraft fleet shall be incorporated only into existing aircrafts and shall not increase the lifetime or capacity of these aircrafts. It shall only ensure safety and flight conditions during operations where they are used to extinguish forest fires. 
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               Investment 2 (C4.I2) - Conservation of terrestrial and marine biodiversity
            
            
               This investment shall comprise a set of direct investments and grant lines for the conservation of both terrestrial and marine biodiversity. It shall include five lines of actions, which shall be aligned with Reform 1: 
            
            
               1)Conservation of terrestrial biodiversity, addressing improvement of the conservation status of species and habitat, the prevention of threats and mortality as well as actions to control and eradicate invasive alien species. 
            
            
               2)Improvement of infrastructures, which includes actions such as the provision, refurbishment and upgrading of facilities and infrastructure associated with the management of natural heritage and awareness-raising as well as highlighting and disseminating the importance of biodiversity conservation for human health and well-being. 
            
            
               3)Conservation of marine biodiversity, which shall establish a conservation plan for 30 % of the sea area by 2030. This investment shall protect at least 18 % of the Spanish marine territory by 2025.   
            
            
               4)Restoring wetlands, through actions to conserve, improve and restore wetlands and in particular, those linked to the Wetland Conservation and Restoration Plan provided in Reform 2. 
            
            
               5)Control of international trade to improve and consolidate the network of CITES rescue centres and strengthen the action plan against illegal trafficking. 
            
            
               It is expected that this measure does not do significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measure and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). In particular, for the purchase of special-purpose vessels, the selection criteria for the investment shall ensure that only the best available technologies with the lowest environmental impacts in the sector shall be selected, taking into account the special purpose they are serving. 
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               Investment 3 (C4.I3) – Restoration of ecosystems and green infrastructure
            
            
               This investment shall contain a set of actions to support the implementation of Reform 2. The aim is to restore natural ecosystems and areas degraded by mining activities, as well as other initiatives in urban environments aimed at promoting urban connectivity and reversal. 
            
         
         
            
               The investment sets a target of restoring at least 30 000 hectares of natural ecosystems. The restoration actions shall focus on degraded territories or ecosystems by the elimination of artificial elements, the improvement of the soil and morphology and revegetation and naturalisation. Regarding mining, the investment shall rehabilitate at least 30 former mining sites. The rehabilitation of former mining sites includes decontamination of the soil, recovery of the morphology and revegetation and naturalisation of the former mining sites that are no longer in operation. 
            
            
               Finally, the investment shall promote green infrastructure, covering the needs of local authorities, including: (i) urban planning and regeneration strategies with the objective to create and regenerate green and blue infrastructure and freeing up urban space to increase biodiversity, soil permeability and natural connectivity in the cities; (ii) actions and projects covering governance and participation processes, management of green and blue spaces and urban metabolism projects related to biodiversity; and (iii) support for equipment and infrastructure projects for urban planning. 
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               C4.I4 Sustainable forest management
            
            
               This investment shall comprise investments in sustainable forest management: 
            
            
               1)Actions that shall improve forest management addressing the combating of forest fires and other forest management interventions; technical support to forest owners and administrations to consolidate public ownership; forest management plans to promote biodiversity and the sustainable use of forests. 
            
            
               2)Actions that shall protect and adapt to climate change, including the renewal of at least 100 special purpose firefighting assets, fire brigade bases and progress on forest improvement actions. 
            
            
               3)A set of actions shall support the forestry sector as a key resource for addressing the demographic challenge, with a special focus on green entrepreneurship and the local bio-economy. This part of the investment shall include grants to local authorities and other public and private actors to promote competitiveness, entrepreneurship and sustainability of the forestry sector and its industry. These actions shall have a special focus on the creation of green jobs, in particular by supporting the participation of women and young people in the forestry sector and green entrepreneurship. 
            
            
               It is expected that this measure does not do significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measure and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). In particular, the measure shall explicitly prevent and exclude support for monoculture plantations, especially eucalyptus, in order to minimise water stress and fire risks. For the acquisition of aerial assets (airplanes or helicopters) and the purchase of new land-based firefighting equipment, only the best available technologies with the lowest environmental impacts in the sector shall be supported, taking into account the special purpose they are serving.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               D.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                         / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        62
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strategic Plan for Natural Heritage and Biodiversity  and Plan on the Network of Protected Marine Areas 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the Official Journal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of the Strategic Plan for Natural Heritage and Biodiversity (Royal Decree) and of the Plan on the Network of Protected Marine Areas Plan (Royal Decree), including the set-up of at least nine marine management bases.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        63
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of the National Strategy for Green Infrastructure, Connectivity and Ecological Restoration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the Official Journal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of the National Strategy for Green Infrastructure, Connectivity and Ecological Restoration. The Strategy shall include lines of action to achieve: (i) Reduction of the effects of fragmentation and loss of ecological connectivity; (ii) restoration of ecosystems in key areas; (iii) maintaining and improving the provision of eco-system services; (iv) improvements in resilience; (v) definition of a governance model; and (vi) communication, education and participation of stakeholders.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        64
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the Spanish Forest Strategy and Support Plan
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in Official Journal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of the Spanish Forest Strategy and Support Plan, which shall include guidelines for sustainable forest management.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        65
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Awarding contracts for special-purpose aircrafts for firefighting, and setting up of the biodiversity knowledge monitoring and management system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Awarding contracts
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Awarding contracts for updating and upgrading at least ten special-purpose aircrafts (Canadair) for firefighting, and making available the biodiversity knowledge monitoring and management system. The system includes increasing knowledge of species and habitats and a digital platform. The investment shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) by upgrading only existing aircrafts, which shall not increase their lifetime or capacity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        66
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of updates and upgrades of firefighting aircrafts, and operationalisation of the biodiversity knowledge monitoring and management system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Acta de Recepción
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least ten updated and upgraded special-purpose aircrafts for firefighting (Canadair) completed, and the biodiversity knowledge monitoring and management system is completed and operational (including the digital platform). 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        67
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Marine protected areas 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % of Spanish marine territory
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        13
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        15
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Achieving marine protected area of at least 15 % of the Spanish marine territory. Marine protected area is a marine territory included in the Natura 2000 Network or other categories of protected natural spaces, as established by Law 42/2007; areas protected by international instruments and Marine Reserves will be included in the RAMPE (Spanish Marine Protected Areas Network). (Baseline: 31 December 2020.) 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        68
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Marine protected areas 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % of Spanish marine territory
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        15
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        18
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Achieving marine protected area of at least 18 % of the Spanish marine territory. Marine protected area is a marine territory included in the Natura 2000 Network or other categories of protected natural spaces, as established by Law 42/2007; areas protected by international instruments and Marine Reserves will be included in the RAMPE (Spanish Marine Protected Areas Network). (Baseline: 31 December 2023.)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        69
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Biodiversity conservation actions
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (hectares)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        50 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 50 000 hectares covered by completed biodiversity conservation actions. Conservation actions include the following: (i) actions preventing the mortality of endemic species of fauna and flora, (ii) actions for early detection, control or elimination of invasive species, (iii) management and habitat improvement measures taken on endangered species, (iv) actions restoring wetlands such as improving the natural dynamic, the water quantity and quality, and the natural fauna and flora. and (v) actions providing, refurbishing and upgrading facilities and infrastructure associated with the management of natural heritage and in particular protected areas (Natura 2000 and Protected Natural Spaces), and upgrading Convention of the Illegal Trade of Endangered Species (CITES) infrastructure, including the setting up of a new Rescue Reference Centre. For the purchase of special-purpose vessels, the selection criteria for the investment shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) by supporting only the best available technologies with the lowest environmental impacts in the sector, taking into account the special purpose they are serving. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        70
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Rehabilitation of former mining sites (at least 20 former mining sites)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (mining sites)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Rehabilitation of at least 50 % of each mining site, targeting at least 20 former mining sites, including decontamination of the soil, recovery of the morphology, and revegetation and naturalisation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        71
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Ecosystem restoration actions 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (hectares)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 30 000 hectares covered by completed ecosystem restoration actions in degraded territories or ecosystems, including the elimination of artificial elements, improvement of the soil and morphology, and revegetation and naturalisation. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        72
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of rehabilitation of former mining sites (at least 30 former mining sites)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (mining sites)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 30 former mining sites have been rehabilitated, including decontamination of the soil, recovery of the morphology, and restoration and naturalisation of the former mining sites that are no longer in operation. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        73
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Actions on sustainable forest management 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Certificate signed by MITERD
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of actions on sustainable forest management, including renewal of at least 100 special-purpose vehicles for firefighting, renovation of fire brigade bases and completion of forest improvement actions, including planning adaptive sustainable forest management practices and enrichment of species. The selection criteria for the investment shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) by supporting only the best available technologies with the lowest environmental impacts in the sector, taking into account the special purpose they are serving. 
                     
                  
               
            
               E. COMPONENT 05: Coast and Water Resources
            
            
               This component shall aim to improve the management of water resources, implement a coastal adaptation policy to address the adverse effects of climate change, and strengthen the implementation of marine strategies and maritime spatial plans. 
            
            
               To improve the management of water resources Spain needs to address different challenges such as identifying new emerging pollutants (e.g. micro plastics), an existing investment gap in the planning, adaptation of the coast to climate change, control and management of the Public Hydraulic Domain, Maritime-Terrestrial Property and water treatment, and the delay taking place in the deployment of new technologies and ICT technologies for water management. To this end, Spain shall improve the efficiency of the sector. Spain shall also aim to better align its management of water resources with environmental objectives such as those set out in the European Green Deal, the Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 and the EU Zero Pollution Action Plan. To this end, different strategies shall be deployed such as the digitalisation of public administration to have access to information, including water quality and compliance with ecological flows, the provision and improvement of environmental infrastructure, the safety of infrastructure, or the improvement of groundwater status and aquifer recovery.
            
            
               The impact of erosion and flooding on the coast has been exacerbated by climate change. Therefore, this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan shall also implement a policy of adaptation of the Spanish coast to the adverse effects of climate change. To combat erosion and reduce the risk of flooding, a number of adaptation measures shall be introduced such as the environmental recovery of degraded areas, improving orderly and correct accessibility to the public land-based maritime domain, or drafting and implementing nature-based solutions, among others. This line of action shall create a more resilient coastline to the effects of climate change, and shall also better prepare the tourism sector and other sectors dependent on the state of coastal areas. In addition, this shall further strengthen the role of the Copernicus programme, which is crucial to prevent and assess the damage and impact of extreme weather events.
            
            
               As part of this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan, Spain shall promote the optimal sustainable development of maritime sectors, and protect the marine environment with the aim of achieving its good environmental status by adopting a law, transposing the Marine Strategy Framework Directive and strengthening its implementation. 
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan contributes to focus investment-related economic policy on fostering energy efficiency and resource use (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019). It also focuses investment on the green and digital transition, in particular by fostering research and innovation, clean and efficient production and use of energy sources, energy infrastructure, water and waste management and sustainable transport (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020). 
            
         
         
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               E.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C5.R1) – Water plans and strategies and regulatory changes
            
            
               The reform shall address the review and update of the Water Law, its regulations and other secondary legislation, to ensure a legal framework favourable to foster investments. The reform shall include the adoption and revision of a number of plans and strategies that form the basis of investments and water management that shall strengthen and increase investments. These regulatory changes shall be aligned with the European Green Deal. 
            
            
               This reform shall address numerous issues regarding all types of water such as an improved financial framework for wastewater reuse, a Water Strategy for Ecological Transition, adoption of technical standards for the safety of dams and their reservoirs, adoption of a national plan for purification, remediation, efficiency, savings and reuse of water (implementation of treatment, sanitation, efficiency, savings, re-use and infrastructure safety – DSEAR Plan), the third cycle of river basin management plans and second-cycle review of flood risks management plans, among others. 
            
            
               The measure shall be completed by 30 June 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 1 (C5.I1) – Implementation of treatment, sanitation, efficiency, savings, re-use and infrastructure safety (DESEAR) actions
            
            
               This investment shall carry out the following actions:
            
            
               1)Implementation of purification, sanitation and reuse of water measures. The objective of this line of action is to improve the collection and treatment of urban wastewater. In some cases, actions shall reuse urban wastewater, thus reducing the current abstraction pressures. The new treatment measures shall achieve a net zero energy consumption of the complete wastewater treatment system. Infrastructures shall be considered at least for new or upgraded wastewater treatment infrastructures providing additional capacity for wastewater treatment. The treatment will be newly designated or upgraded to a level at least in accordance with the Urban Waste Water Treatment Directive (Directive 91/271/EEC). The improvement and renewal of existing infrastructure shall result in a reduction in average energy consumption of at least 10 %. These savings shall be achieved through the implementation of energy efficiency measures (cogeneration, energy and heat recovery, photovoltaic panels, LED lighting, etc.) in the drafting of the projects and the introduction of energy efficiency clauses and criteria in calls for projects and works. 
            
            
               2)Actions to improve efficiency and reduce water losses. The actions shall implement a subsidy scheme for the improvement of efficiency in the supply networks of medium and small municipalities, allowing municipalities or public bodies with responsibility for water supply to improve it by reducing losses in distribution networks and actions to repair and improve water storage facilities as well as facilities in medium and small municipalities. The inhabitants served by these infrastructures shall correspond to those served by the water distribution system. 
            
            
               3)Investments to improve the safety of dams and reservoirs. These are actions shall ensure the safety of existing large state-owned dams by implementing the corresponding emergency plans and other complementary actions. This shall not lead to the construction of new dams or the extension of existing dams.
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 30 September 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 2 (C5.I2) - Monitoring and restoration of river ecosystems, aquifer recovery and flood risk mitigation
            
            
               The objectives of this investment are to:
            
            
               1)Monitor and restore river ecosystems and natural river reserves. This line encompasses a number of concrete actions aimed at restoring river space, expanding monitoring networks and improving inventories of hydro morphological pressures threatening it.
            
            
               2)Establish actions to mitigate flood risk. This line of action includes already existent flood risks management plans, including prevention measures for spatial and town planning, the development of technical guidelines to reduce the vulnerability of exposed areas in flood zones and to promote the adaptation to flood risk of different economic sectors. Furthermore, municipalities shall address the implementation of river restoration measures in urban environments, introduce sustainable drainage systems, and improve the permeability of urban environments and their connection with the environmental values of rivers in urban areas by developing technical guidelines and objectives of water planning.
            
            
               3)Adopt measures to reduce groundwater abstraction by drawing from alternative resources (aquifer recovery). These measures shall reduce the abstraction of some groundwater bodies – in particular those threatening the Doñana area and certain aquifers in the southeast of Spain – and expand piezometric monitoring networks.
            
            
               This investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 3 (C5.I3) – Digital transition in the water sector (Digital Environmental Enforcement)
            
            
               The digital transition can play a crucial role in improving the efficiency of the water sector. In order to improve the digitalisation of water management, there shall be three lines of action in this investment:  
            
         
         
            
               1)Improve knowledge and use of water resources, following actions such as improving digital water monitoring systems, strengthening the monitoring and control of public water resources and infrastructure, and implementing effective forecasting and alert systems to reduce the impact of floods. 
            
            
               2)Actions to monitor rainfall in river basins and coastal areas. This line of action shall promote renewing the network of meteorological radars and completing it with new short-band facilities such as the renewal and improvement of automatic meteorological stations for radar real time calibration and the design, development and implementation of a national radar centre. 
            
            
               3)Improved meteorological observation and monitoring and prevention of climate risks, this shall include a new integrated meteorological aid system, tools for meteorological observation for early warning including the implementation of the Integrated Global Observing System, the establishment of outsourcing, the automatic quality control and labelling of meteorological data through the use of artificial intelligence techniques, the depth of NoSQL data for the effective implementation of data based on the processing of large volumes of data. 
            
            
               The investment shall address the entry into service of 26 tools or renewed infrastructure to improve the knowledge and use of water resources, and to monitor rainfall and other meteorological data to prevent climate risks.
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 4 (C5.I4) – Adapting the coastline to climate change, and implementing Marine Strategies and Maritime Spatial Planning Plans
            
            
               Climate change is having and is expected to have strong adverse effects on the Spanish coast. This investment shall implement the Strategy for Adaptation of the Coastal to the Effects of Climate Change, with the objective to increase the resilience of the Spanish coast to climate change and climate variability, and to integrate climate change adaptation into the planning and management of the Spanish coast. This shall include the creation of escorts, artificial beaches, floating surfaces, sediment management, nature based solutions, beach and dune system restoration, coastal protection infrastructure, implementation of smart grids for coastal erosion remote monitoring, or actions with similar effects. 
            
            
               This investment shall protect and restore the coastal ecosystems or degraded areas. This shall be achieved through different actions such as: (i) relocating installations affected by backsliding; (ii) delimiting the State-owned land-based maritime domain; (iii) recovering improperly or inappropriately occupied State-owned maritime land; (iv) risk assessment and management or similar actions; (v) environmental recovery of degraded coastal areas and ecosystems, conservation and management of the coastline; and (vi) actions with similar effects. 
            
            
               The measure shall also improve the orderly and correct accessibility to the public land-based maritime domain by recovering land to provide access to the public domain, planning, management and restoration of access or actions with similar effect. The investment shall address the implementation of strategic marine planning policies. This shall be implemented by Maritime Spatial Planning, Marine Strategies, scientific advice on oceans, and climate and the development of a georeferenced web application for sea users. 
            
            
               This investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               E.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                         / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        74
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C5.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendments of the Hydrological Planning Regulation 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the Royal Decree on the entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Royal Decree amending the Hydrological Planning Regulation (Official Journal). Amendments shall concern aspects related to droughts and water scarcity, the implementation requirements of the Water Framework Directive and the relevant standards within the framework of the Common Strategy for the Implementation of the Water Directives. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        75
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C5.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendment of the Water Law and the new Regulation replacing the Royal Decree 1620/2007
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the Water Law on the entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Amendment of the Water Law to include a revision of taxes for wastewater discharges and the system for the recovery of water infrastructure costs in line with the polluter pays and cost recovery principles. The new Regulation replacing the Royal Decree 1620/2007 shall change the regulatory and financial framework for the reuse of wastewater in line with the polluter pays and cost recovery principles, improving the monitoring and protection of water bodies, including groundwater, and address droughts and scarcity aspects. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        76
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C5.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Improved water and wastewater treatment infrastructures 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (population)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        175 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into service of water and wastewater treatment infrastructures providing service to at least 175 000 population equivalents, aiming at ensuring compliance with Directive 91/271/EEC and achieving energy efficiency criteria, or at improving the efficiency and/or reducing water losses in water distribution systems.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        77
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C5.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Restoration of riverbanks protection against flood risks
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Certificates signed by MITERD
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 200 km of riverbanks restored and at least 40 000 inhabitants being protected against flood risks.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        78
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C5.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Reduction in the volume of water extracted from aquifers 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (hm3/year)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        510
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        470
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Reduction in the annual volume of water extracted from aquifers located in Doñana, Segura-Mar Menor, Mancha Oriental and Rules from 510 hm3/year to 470 hm3/year.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        79
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C5.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into service of tools to improve the knowledge and use of water resources, and to monitor rainfall and other meteorological data 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Certification of expenditures
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into service of 26 tools or renewed infrastructure to improve the knowledge and use of water resources, and to monitor rainfall and other meteorological data to prevent climate risks. The actions shall primarily relate to the design and implementation of the electronic water registry, management of hydrological data and water quality, digitisation of the processing of files, and modernisation of the aeronautical meteorological surveillance network.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        80
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C5.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Restoration of degraded areas and ecosystems across at least 50 kilometres of coastline 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (kilometres)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        50
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of at least 50 kilometres of coastline in restoration of degraded areas and ecosystems, protection and increase accessibility to coastal areas, mitigation of erosion, better knowledge and increase coastal areas resilience and adaptation to the effects of climate change, remote monitoring and implementation of strategic marine planning policies. Actions shall consider any of the following:
                           (i) Increase the resilience of the Spanish coast to the adverse effects of climate change by combating erosion and strengthening the coastline. This shall consider the creation of escorts, artificial beaches, floating surfaces, sediment management, nature based solutions, beach and dune system restoration, coastal protection infrastructure, implementation of smart grids for coastal erosion monitoring, or actions with similar effects.
                           (ii) Protect and restore the coastal ecosystems or degraded areas. This shall be done by (a) relocating installations affected by backsliding; (b) delimiting the State-owned land-based maritime domain; (c) recovering improperly or inappropriately occupied Stated-owned maritime land; (d) risk assessment and management or similar actions; (e) environmental recovery of degraded coastal areas and ecosystems; (f) conservation and management of the coastline; and (g) actions with similar effects.
                           (iii) Improve orderly and correct accessibility to the public land-based maritime domain. This shall be done by recovering land to provide access to the public domain, planning, management and restoration of access or actions with similar effects.
                           (iv) Implementation of strategic marine planning policies. This shall be done by the implementation of Maritime Spatial Planning, Marine Strategies, scientific advice on oceans, climate and coasts, and the development of a georeferenced web application for sea users.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        81
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C5.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Restoration of degraded areas and ecosystems across at least 100 kilometres of coastline
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (kilometres)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        50
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        100
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of works across at least 100 kilometres of coastline in restoration of degraded areas and ecosystems, protection and increase accessibility to coastal areas, mitigation of erosion, better knowledge and increase coastal areas resilience and adaptation to the effects of climate change, remote monitoring and implementation of strategic marine planning policies. Works shall include any of the following:
                           (i) Increase the resilience of the Spanish coast to the adverse effects of climate change by combating erosion and strengthening the coastline. This shall consider the creation of escorts, artificial beaches, floating surfaces, sediment management, nature based solutions, beach and dune system restoration, coastal protection infrastructure, implementation of smart grids for coastal erosion monitoring, or actions with similar effects.
                           (ii) Protect and restore the coastal eco-systems or degraded areas. This shall be done by (a) relocating installations affected by backsliding; (b) delimiting the State-owned land-based maritime domain; (c) recovering improperly or inappropriately occupied Stated-owned maritime land; (d) risk assessment and management or similar actions; (e) environmental recovery of degraded coastal areas and ecosystems; (f) conservation and management of the coastline; and (g) actions with similar effects.
                           (iii) Improve orderly and correct accessibility to the public land-based maritime domain. This shall be done by recovering land to provide access to the public domain, planning, management and restoration of access or actions with similar effect.
                           (iv) Implementation of strategic marine planning policies. This shall be done by the implementation of Maritime Spatial Planning, Marine Strategies, scientific advice on oceans, climate and coasts, and the development of a georeferenced web application for sea users. (Baseline: 31 December 2022.)
                     
                  
               
               F. COMPONENT 06: Sustainable Mobility (Long-Distance)
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan addresses the following challenges: 1) the transition towards more sustainable modes of transport; 2) reducing the emissions of the transport sector; 3) making the transport sector safer, more accessible, sustainable and inclusive.
            
            
               The objectives of the component are: the development the Spanish rail network (in particular the core TEN-T corridors and the non-core TEN-T network); establishing a more interoperable transport network (rail, road, ports) with the objective to reduce its carbon footprint; the improvement of cross-border connections with France and Portugal; the modernisation of the transport sector with the adoption of advanced digital technologies. 
            
            
               This component addresses the Country Specific Recommendations on the promotion of investment on energy efficiency and resource use and on the promotion of rail freight infrastructure (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019) and on the investment on the green and digital transition and sustainable transport (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               F.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C6.R1) – Safe, Sustainable and Connected Mobility Strategy
            
         
         
            
               The objectives of the measure are to: 
            
            
               a)Increase security of the mobility network ensuring better protection of people and goods, improving standards and reducing accidents. 
            
            
               b)Increase sustainability prioritising daily mobility, economic and social equity, energy efficiency and the fight against climate change. 
            
            
               c)Enhance connectivity with digitalisation, technological progress and multimodal connectivity.
            
            
               The strategy shall address specific actions in the following nine areas: 
            
            
               I.Mobility for all (ensuring universal accessibility at a reasonable costs); 
            
            
               II.New Investment Policies (to ensure adequate financing of transport infrastructures and services); 
            
            
               III.Secure mobility (prioritizing investment in monitoring, maintenance, and cybersecurity); 
            
            
               IV.Low-emission mobility (increase efficiency, reduce energy consumption); 
            
            
               V.Smart mobility (boost R&D and mobility innovation, build and manage intelligent infrastructure); 
            
            
               VI.Smart Intermodal Logistics Chains (prioritize the transport of goods by rail in public and private agendas); 
            
            
               VII.Connecting Europe and Connected to the World (connect ports to intermodal logistic terminals and intensify cooperation with neighbouring countries to coordinate the construction and/or improvement of cross-border infrastructures); 
            
            
               VIII.Social and labour aspects (gender balance and re- and upskilling actions for the transport workforce); and
            
            
               IX.Digitalisation of the ministry of transport, mobility and urban agenda to embrace digital transition and become more open and innovative.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2021.
            
            
               Reform 2 (C6.R2) – Indicative Rail Strategy
            
            
               The objectives of the reform is the establishment of instruments to ensure that the rail network meets the mobility needs of the future in a coherent and effective way. The strategy shall set up a clear planning scenario for the railway transport mode and it shall make it possible to align investment priorities with the Strategy for Safe, Sustainable and Connected Mobility (R1).
            
            
               The reform shall consist of several actions including: 
            
            
               a)establishing a clearer planning of actions in the railway sector, especially geared toward everyday mobility; 
            
            
               b)improving network maintenance; 
            
         
         
            
               c)ensuring economic sustainability of the rail network; 
            
            
               d)prioritising resource efficiency, with an ex-ante and ex-post evaluation of investment projects; 
            
            
               e)enhancing interoperability of the network, especially on the trans-European network corridors, and intermodality of the network; 
            
            
               f)boosting rail freight traffic; 
            
            
               g)enhancing safety in rail transport and
            
            
               h)fostering the digitalisation of transport and innovation to ensure connected mobility.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Investment 1 (C6.I1) – National transmission network: European Corridors
            
            
               The objectives of the measure are to build new railway infrastructure in the core European TEN-T corridors and modernising and upgrading the existing ones.
            
            
               The investment shall consist in actions on the following main dimensions: 
            
            
               a)Platform: Projects that make it possible to set up the infrastructure that shall support the rail tracks and which includes embankments, clearance, viaducts, tunnels, etc. These are mainly construction of new infrastructure;
            
            
               b)Replacement of services: Actions that shall restore existing services (light, irrigation, water, etc.) which are affected during the execution of the railway works;
            
            
               c)Tracks: Actions for the assembly and supply of track materials (ballast, sleepers, rail, switches and expansion devices) on new railway sections, as well as the renewal of existing tracks;
            
            
               d)Electricity: Actions addressing the electrification of lines including: overhead contact line, traction substations, transformation centres, power remote control, high-voltage power lines;
            
            
               e)Traffic signalling and control: Projects addressing the implementation of new signalling and traffic control systems;
            
            
               f)Telecommunications: Projects addressing fixed and mobile telecommunications on railway lines.
            
            
               g)Stations: Upgrading and rehabilitation of existing stations, as well as the construction of new stations.
            
            
               Works shall be completed on at least 1 400 kilometres of network included within the Atlantic and Mediterranean Corridors, including actions to improve existing sections and investments to make progress in the construction of new sections. 
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment 2 (C6.I2) – Trans-European Network for Transport Program, other works
            
         
         
            
               The objectives of the measure are to improve the national transport network covering all transport modes (rail, road, air) in order to make it more reliable, sustainable, secure and resilient. 
            
            
               The investment shall consist in the following actions:
            
            
               a)Upgrading the rail network in relation to the non-core TEN-T network with works on at least 900 kilometres;
            
            
               b)Making road network safer in accordance with national and European regulations.
            
            
               c)Boosting the development of the Single European Sky (20 projects); 
            
            
               d)Supporting the digital transformation of the Ministry of Transport, Mobility and Urban Agenda. 
            
            
               Selection criteria shall ensure that at least EUR 1 010 000 000 contribute to the climate change objectives with a 100 % climate coefficient and at least EUR 301 000 000 with a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation (EU) 2021/241.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment 3 (C6.I3) – Intermodality and logistics
            
            
               The objective of the measure is to implement Axis 6 of the Secure, Sustainable and Connected Mobility Strategy (R1) on Smart Intermodal Logistics Chains.
            
            
               The investment consists in three lines of actions: 
            
            
               a)development or upgrade of nine strategic intermodal and logistical terminals to, in some cases, integrate the intermodal terminals with the logistics area and, in all cases, to boost the shift of freight from road to rail; 
            
            
               b)improve rail and road access to Spanish ports to boost rail freight transport, by improving connection of ports to the rail (2 ports) and road network (one port); 
            
            
               c)improved accessibility (19 projects) and sustainability in ports (projects in 25 port authorities).
            
            
               Selection criteria shall ensure that at least EUR 584 000 000 contribute to the climate change objectives with a 100 % climate coefficient and at least EUR 217 000 000 with a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation (EU) 2021/241.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment 4 (C6.I4) – Support programme for sustainable and digital transport
            
            
               The objectives of the measure are to improve the efficiency of the transport system by digitising and introducing new technologies in the sector, and by supporting the most sustainable means of transport, in particular rail. This investment is aligned with the initiatives of the Connecting Europe Facility (CEF) work programme and calls for the development of the Trans-European Transport Network.
            
            
               The investment shall consist in a package of 15 actions in the following areas:
            
            
               Action line 1. Interoperability in rail freight transport 
            
         
         
            
               1. On-board European Rail Traffic Management Systems (ERTMS); 
            
            
               2. Actions removing barriers to rail interoperability;
            
            
               3. Innovation and development of the variable gauge axis in locomotives;
            
            
               Action line 2. Promotion of transport intermodality 
            
            
               4. Construction, adaptation or upgrading of cargoes and intermodal Rail-Road terminals and their land connections;
            
            
               5. Support for sustainable freight transport (rail and maritime) based on ECO-INCENTIVES to supply and demand;
            
            
               Action line 3. Modernisation of rail freight equipment
            
            
               6. Actions supporting the refurbishment or upgrading of wagons for rail freight, including for the establishment of rail highway services;
            
            
               7. Actions to support the refurbishment or adaptation of railway equipment with other material using alternative fuels as hydrogen or electricity;
            
            
               Action line 4. Safe, sustainable and connected road transport
            
            
               8. Construction and upgrading of secure parking areas for commercial vehicles and provision of information services;
            
            
               9. Intelligent Transport Services for the Road Sector (ITS) in toll motorway concessions and other road safety and conservation services;
            
            
               10. Actions supporting the deployment of alternative refuelling infrastructure for heavy duty vehicles on the road network. The eligibility criteria of this measure shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) by setting out a condition under which the transition and distribution infrastructure of gaseous fuels shall be enabled at the time of construction for the transport of renewable and low-carbon gases;
            
            
               11. Actions to support the refurbishment or adaptation of machinery for sustainable road pavement, reduced carbon footprint and sound reductions;
            
            
               Action line 5. Sustainability of maritime and air transport
            
            
               12. Support for the deployment of alternative fuels in Ports and Airports. The eligibility criteria of this measure shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) by setting out a condition under which the transition and distribution infrastructure of gaseous fuels shall be enabled at the time of construction for the transport of renewable and low-carbon gases;
            
            
               13. Support for the uptake of alternative energy technologies in the maritime sector;
            
            
               Action line 6. Digitalisation of transport
            
            
               14. Projects for the digitalisation of passenger and freight transport services at national level;
            
            
               Transfer to Autonomous Communities 
            
         
         
            
               15. Projects for the digitalisation of passenger and freight transport services at regional and local level;
            
            
               Selection criteria shall ensure that at least EUR 63 500 000 contribute to the climate change objectives with a 100 % climate coefficient and at least EUR 210 000 000 with a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation (EU) 2021/241.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               F.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        82
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strategy on sustainable, secure and connected mobility (public consultation)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Notice of end of consultation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        End of the public consultation process of the strategy addressing actions in the following nine areas:
                           1) Mobility for all (to ensure universal accessibility at a reasonable costs);
                           2) New Investment Policies (to ensure adequate financing of transport infrastructures and services);
                           3) Secure mobility (prioritizing investment in monitoring, maintenance, and cybersecurity);
                           4) Low-emission mobility (increase efficiency, reduce energy consumption);
                           5) Smart mobility (boost R&D and mobility innovation, build and manage intelligent infrastructure);
                           6) Smart Intermodal Logistics Chains (to prioritize the transport of goods by rail);
                           7) Connecting Europe and Connected to the World (connect ports to intermodal logistic terminals and intensify cooperation with neighbouring countries to coordinate the construction and/or improvement of cross-border infrastructures);
                           8) Social and labour aspects (gender balance and re- and upskilling actions for the transport workforce);
                           9) Digitalisation of the ministry of transport (MITMA).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        83
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strategy on sustainable, secure and connected mobility (approval) 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by Council of Ministers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by Council of Ministers of the strategy addressing actions in the following nine areas:
                           1) Mobility for all (with the aim to ensure universal accessibility at a reasonable costs);
                           2) New Investment Policies (to ensure adequate financing of transport infrastructures and services);
                           3) Secure mobility (prioritizing investment in monitoring, maintenance, and cybersecurity);
                           4) Low-emission mobility (increase efficiency, reduce energy consumption);
                           5) Smart mobility (boost R&D and mobility innovation, build and manage intelligent infrastructure);
                           6) Smart Intermodal Logistics Chains (prioritize the transport of goods by rail in public and private agendas);
                           7) Connecting Europe and Connected to the World (connect ports to intermodal logistic terminals and intensify cooperation with neighbouring countries to coordinate the construction and/or improvement of cross-border infrastructures);
                           8) Social and labour aspects (gender balance and re- and upskilling actions for the transport workforce);
                           9) Digitalisation of the ministry of transport MITMA.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        84
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative Rail Strategy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the Official Journal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the Official Journal of the approval resolution of the Indicative Rail Strategy with actions on: 
                           a) establishing a clearer planning of actions in the railway sector, especially geared toward everyday mobility; 
                           b) improving network maintenance; 
                           c) ensuring economic sustainability of the rail network; 
                           d) prioritising resource efficiency, with an ex-ante and ex-post evaluation of investment projects; 
                           e) enhancing interoperability of the network, especially on the trans-European network corridors, and intermodality of the network; 
                           f) boosting rail freight traffic; 
                           g) enhancing safety in rail transport; 
                           h) fostering the digitalisation of transport and innovation to ensure connected mobility.
                           For all actions included in the ‘Indicative Rail Strategy’, ensure the fulfilment of the provisions of Law 21/2013 on environmental impact assessment and Law 9/2018 of 5 December, amending Law 21/2013, and implement the required mitigation actions for protecting the environment of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        85
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Core TEN-T network: award of projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Official notification of project award-
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least EUR 1 400 000 000 budget awarded on the core TEN-T network  in the following corridors: 
                           ATLANTIC CORRIDOR
                           • Y Vasca: Vitoria-Bilbao-San Sebastian/Astigarraga-Irun
                           • Valladolid-Palencia-León
                           • León-La Robla-Pola de Lena
                           • Castejón-Pamplona
                           • Ourense-Monforte
                           • Talayuela-Plasencia-Cáceres-Mérida-Badajoz
                           MEDITERRANEAN CORRIDOR:
                           • Frontera francesa-Barcelona/Tarragona-Vandellós
                           • Sagunto-Teruel — Zaragoza
                           • Zaragoza-Tarragona
                           • Castellón-Valencia-La Encina-Alicante
                           • Murcia-Cartagena
                           • Murcia-Almería
                           COMMON TO BOTH CORRIDORS
                           • Linking HSL Barcelona — HSL Levante
                           • Alcázar de San Juan-Manzanares
                           • Madrid-Seville
                           The works shall include the following types of actions:
                           • Platform. It includes projects that make it possible to set up the infrastructure that shall support the tracks and which includes embankments, clearance, viaducts, tunnels, etc. These are mainly construction of new infrastructure.
                           • Replacement of services. It includes actions aimed at the restoration of existing services (light, irrigation, water, etc.) which are affected during the execution of the railway works.
                           • Tracks. It includes actions for the assembly and supply of track materials (ballast, sleepers, rail, switches and expansion devices) on new railway sections, as well as the renewal of existing tracks.
                           • Electricity. It includes actions aimed at the electrification of lines including: overhead contact line, traction substations, transformation centres, power remote control, high-voltage power lines, etc.
                           • Traffic signalling and control. It includes projects aimed at the implementation of new signalling and traffic control systems (ERTMS, etc.).
                           • Telecommunications. Includes projects related to fixed and mobile telecommunications on railway lines (such as fibre optic, GSM-R)
                           • Stations. It includes the upgrading and rehabilitation of existing stations, as well as the construction of new stations.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        86
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Core TEN-T network: progress of works 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (km)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        335
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 335 kilometres of completed works on the core TEN-T network in the corridors and with the characteristics defined in target #85 of Q4 2022 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        87
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Core TEN-T network: completion of works 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (km)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        335
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 400
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 1 400 kilometres of completed works on the core TEN-T network in the corridors and with the characteristics defined in target #85 of Q4 2022. (baseline: 31 December 2024).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        88
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        TEN-T network different transport modes (rail and road): partial budget award
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Official notification of project award-
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cumulative budget awarded of at least EUR 1 000 000 000 (total budget EUR 1 717 000 000) in interventions in the non-core TEN-T network in different transport modes (rail and road). Projects shall be selected with the following selection criteria:
                           a) Make rail network more interoperable mainly in relation to TEN-T with works on at least 900 km of network (EUR 1 010 000 000). This shall include the following interventions:
                           • Improvement of the technological infrastructure for rail traffic management
                           • Security (such as cybersecurity, installation of crash detectors)
                           • Acoustic protections/Noise maps
                           • Development of satellite technology applied to ERTMS rail signalling
                           • Electrification of sections (such as Monforte-Lugo)
                           • Track renewal (such as Soria-Torralba, Xátiva-Ontinyent and Monforte-Lugo)
                           • Improvement of the control-command and signalling subsystem (such as Soria-Torralba and Ávila-Salamanca)
                           • Creation of new sections or variants (such as Palencia-Santander, variant of Rincón de Soto and Variant of Ourense) 
                           b) Make road network safer in accordance with national and European regulations, (EUR 707 000 000).
                           • Improving road safety (including road safety in at least 80 tunnels) and protecting vulnerable wildlife and users (EUR 357 000 000)
                           • Sustainability and energy efficiency and noise reducing action (EUR 302 000 000) 
                           • Digitalisation: Implementation of monitoring systems for bridges, tunnels, using Big Data analytics and Internet of Things; digitalisation of road for monitoring and maintenance (EUR 35 000 000). 
                           • Implementation of Intelligent Transport Systems in bus-VAO lanes (EUR 13 000 000)
                           • Update of the primary preliminary draft of the fixed link across the Strait of Gibraltar (EUR 2 300  000) 
                           Selection criteria shall ensure that at Q2 2026 at least EUR 1 010 000 000 contribute to the climate change objectives with a 100 % climate coefficient and at least EUR 301 000 000 with a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation (EU) 2021/241.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        89
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Non-core TEN-T network: progress on rail works
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (km)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        347
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 347 kilometres of works completed with the aim to make the rail network more interoperable mainly in relation to TEN-T with a final target of overall works on at least 900 kilometres of network. Works are in areas defined in the project award of Q4 2022 point a) (Milestone 88) 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        90
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Single European Sky: project awarded and progress on projects completion
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        15
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A cumulative total at least 15 projects completed (final target 20 projects) in digitalization and security for the development of the Single European Sky from the following list of selection criteria: A cumulative total at least 15 projects completed (final target 20 projects) in digitalization and security for the development of the Single European Sky from the following list of selection criteria:
                           • Direct investments through ENAIRE (Air Navigation Manager in Spain) for the development of the Single European Sky, related to the modernisation of air traffic control systems and surveillance systems, the digital transformation of the information systems and the evolution of communications systems.
                           • Digitalisation of aeronautical documentation (data and mapping) available to users for the operation of flights
                           • Extension of Earth/Air coverage and Digitisation of Voice in Pilot-Controller Communications. Improve low-level coverage in certain airspace areas by modernising ground communications infrastructure
                           • Evolution of the voice communications system in air traffic control centres through digitalisation and advanced technology, providing improved quality, increased safety, availability of information and increased contingency capacity
                           • Technological modernisation of the primary radar network, improving performance and directing systems towards a complete digitisation of primary radars using all available technological advances to increase operational efficiency
                           • Evolution of radar systems secondary to Modo S. technology providing information to the Air Traffic Control System
                           • Replacement of the Hardware equipment of the different ENAIRE systems
                           • Development of different management and operation applications for the management of ENAIRE
                           • Technological modernisation of shipping systems by prioritising their complete digitisation and the implementation of systems monitoring and remote control solutions
                           • Creation of infrastructure for the implementation of new air traffic control systems. Essential to ensure the implementation of the new operational concepts in Spain. In addition, modernisation of installations to ensure resilience against failures is included.
                           • Digitalisation and automation of technical operation management for the improvement of remote systems monitoring tools in an integrated way
                           • Modernisation of the air traffic control system for compliance with regulatory criteria, incorporating improvements in capacity, safety, cybersecurity and digitalisation concepts all stemming from the Single European Sky
                     
                  
               
                     
                        91
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digitalisation of Ministry of Transport, Mobility and Urban Agenda
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Official notification of work completion
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of the following projects:
                           • Building Information Modeling (BIM) launching a collaborative platform for managing digital information and models.
                           • Boosting Mobility as a Service, providing open data and using new technologies for mobility analysis and optimisation.
                           • Implementation of a system of analysis, monitoring, surveillance, control of needs, service implementation and deployment and application of new technologies in land transport. 
                           • The Digitisation Plan of the Directorate-General for Roads.
                           • Development of new services and improved management in the fields of air, maritime and geographical information, among others.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        92
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New or upgraded TEN-T network, other works 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (km) 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        347
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        900
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 900 kilometres of works completed with the aim to make rail network more interoperable mainly in relation to TEN-T with works. Works are in areas defined in the selection criteria of project award of Q4 2022 point a) (Milestone 88). (baseline: 31 December 2024).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        93
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Single European Sky: project completion
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        15
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 20 projects completed in digitalization and security for the development of the Single European Sky with projects selected accordingly to the project award (Milestone 90) selection criteria.(baseline: 31 December 2024).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        94
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        State Road network adapted to current regulation 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Project completion
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of the works to make the State road network safer in accordance with national and European regulations Works are in areas defined in the selection criteria of project award of Q4 2022 point b) (Milestone 88) and include works in at least 80 tunnels, works to improve fences and signage to reduce the likelihood of wildlife being struck, implementation of actions to improve the safety conditions of the most vulnerable road users such as pedestrians and cyclists (walkways, cycle lanes), noise reducing action, digitalisation (implementation of monitoring systems for bridges, tunnels, using Big Data analytics and Internet of Things; digitalisation of road for monitoring and maintenance), implementation of Intelligent Transport Systems in bus-lanes.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        95
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Intermodal and Logistic Infrastructures: partial budget award 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Official notification of project award-
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cumulative budget awarded of at least EUR 330 000 0000 (total target budget of EUR 974 000 000) in interventions provided to improve intermodal and logistic infrastructures
                           Projects shall be awarded accordingly to the following selection criteria:
                           a) development and upgrade of nine strategic intermodal and logistical terminals (TILOS EUR 217 000 000), to integrate the intermodal terminal with the logistics area, in some cases, and to boost modal shift of freight from road to rail, in all cases. These terminals and logistic facilities are: 
                           • Vicálvaro in Madrid;
                           • La Llagosta in Barcelona
                           • San Luis in Valencia
                           • Júndiz in Álava.
                           • Logistic facility of Can Tunis (Barcelona)
                           • Orduña terminal (Bizkaia)
                           • Logistics facility in Lezo (Gipuzkoa)
                           • Muriedas (Santander)
                           • Escombreras terminal (Murcia)
                           b) improvement in rail access to two Spanish ports (EUR 407 700 000) and in road access to one port (EUR 43 000 000) , including: 
                           • Rail access to the Port of A Coruña
                           • Rail access to the port of Castellón
                           • Access to the Port of Algeciras 
                           • Construction of 750-metre sidings.
                           c) improved accessibility (19 projects) and sustainability (25 projects) in ports (EUR 306 000 000), including:
                           • Accessibility (EUR 176 000 000,): railway access works, including works to refurbish and upgrade, as well as new access and improvement of internal traffic in ports, by adapting the infrastructure that continues its external land-based access.
                           • Sustainability: including adequacy of water supply and sanitation systems; air quality improvement plans; installation of more efficient energy networks; solar photovoltaic installations; renovation of lighting networks and installation of LED technology; power consumption control systems; refurbishment of processing systems 
                           The objective of the actions is to implement Area 6 of the Secure, Sustainable and Connected Mobility Strategy (R1) on Smart Intermodal Logistics Chains.
                           Selection criteria shall ensure that out of the total target budget of EUR 974 000 000, at least EUR 584 000 000 contribute to the climate change objectives with a 100 % climate coefficient and at least EUR 217 000 000 with a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation (EU) 2021/241.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        96
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget execution  for the intermodal and logistics infrastructure 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Official notification of budget execution 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cumulative Budget executed for at least EUR 590 000 000 for the intermodal and logistics infrastructure structures Works are in areas defined in the selection criteria of project award of Q4 2022, points a), b) and c) (Milestone 95)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        97
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Intermodal and logistic infrastructure  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        12
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of works in nine strategic intermodal and logistic terminals (Tilos) and three ports access new or upgraded to boost rail freight transport. Works are in areas defined in the selection criteria of project award of Q4 2022, points a) and b) (Milestone 95). 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        98
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects of rail accessibility and of projects of sustainability in ports 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        44
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of 44 actions (19+25): at least 19 projects of rail accessibility and completion of projects of sustainability within the ports in different 25 port authorities. Works are in areas defined in the selection criteria of project award of Q4 2022, points c) (Milestone 95). 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        99
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support to the programme of sustainable and digital transport. 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication Official Journal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the Official Journal of the award of EUR 800 000 000under the programme of sustainable and digital transport. 
                           Projects shall be awarded for the following 15 actions.
                           Action line 1. Interoperability in rail freight transport – EUR 45 000 000
                           1. On-board European Rail Traffic Management Systems (ERTMS) 
                           2. Actions removing barriers to rail interoperability in accordance with the TSIs.
                           Noise reduction systems in rolling stock
                           Adaptation of locomotives to various working voltages
                           Installation of variable gauge axles on freight wagons
                           3. Innovation and development of the variable gauge axis in locomotives.
                           Action line 2. Promotion of transport intermodality EUR195 000 000
                           4. Construction, adaptation or upgrading of cargoes and intermodal rail-road terminals and their land connections 
                           5. Support for sustainable freight transport (rail and maritime) based on ECO-INCENTIVES to supply and demand 
                           Action line 3. Modernisation of rail freight equipment EUR 125 000 000
                           6. Actions supporting the refurbishment or upgrading of wagons for rail freight, including for the establishment of rail highway services.
                           7. Actions to support the refurbishment or adaptation of railway tractor equipment with other material using alternative fuels (hydrogen or electricity). 
                           Action line 4. Safe, sustainable and connected road transport EUR 56 500 000
                           8. Construction and upgrading of secure parking areas for commercial vehicles and provision of information services (Delegated Regulation (EU) No 885/2013).
                           9. Intelligent Transport Services for the Road Sector (ITS) in toll motorway concessions and other road safety and conservation services.
                           10. Actions supporting the deployment of alternative fuels refuelling infrastructure for heavy duty vehicles on the road network
                           11. Actions to support the refurbishment or adaptation of means and machinery to achieve sustainable pavement: reduced carbon footprint and sound reducers 
                           Action line 5. Sustainability of maritime and air transport EUR 111 000 000
                           12. Support for the deployment of alternative fuels in Ports and Airports.
                           13. Support for the uptake of propulsive alternative energy technologies in the maritime sector.
                           Action line 6. Digitalisation of transport EUR 47500 000
                           14. Projects for the digitalisation of passenger and freight transport services at national level.
                           Transfer to Autonomous Communities EUR 220 000 000
                           15. Projects for the digitalisation of passenger and freight transport services at regional and local level.
                           For actions 10 and 12, selection criteria shall comply with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), ensuring that the infrastructure is enabled at the time of construction for the transport of renewable and low-carbon gases.
                           Selection criteria shall ensure that at least EUR 63 500 000 contribute to the climate change objectives with a 100 % climate coefficient and at least EUR 210 000 000 with a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation (EU) 2021/241.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        100
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Sustainable and digital transport: start of works
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Official notification of start of works 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Start of works in all projects awarded in Q4 2022 (Milestone 99) to promote sustainable and digital transport. Works are in areas defined in the selection criteria of project award of Q4 2022 (Milestone 99).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        101
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Sustainable and digital transport: completion of works
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Official notification of work completion
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of all projects awarded in Q4 2022 (Milestone 99) to promote sustainable and digital transport. Works are in areas defined in the selection criteria of project award of Q4 2022.
                           For measures 10 and 12, selection criteria shall comply with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), ensuring that the infrastructure is enabled at the time of construction for the transport of renewable and low-carbon gases.
                     
                  
               
            
               G. COMPONENT 07: Deployment and Integration of Renewable Energy Sources
            
            
               The National Energy and Climate Plan (NECP) of Spain for 2021-2030 projects a significant growth in renewable energy penetration in Spain, reaching 74 % in the electricity sector and 42 % in final use in 2030. In this context, the objective of this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan is to increase the use of renewable energy through the following elements: 
            
            
               a)the development of a clear and predictable regulatory framework that promotes investment in renewables; 
            
            
               b)the establishment and consolidation of the industrial value chain in the field of renewables; 
            
            
               c)the support of innovative sources of renewable generation technologies, including their integration into end uses; and 
            
            
               d)the development of green skills. 
            
            
               In addition, the component specifically seeks to promote the deployment of renewable energies on the Spanish islands, as well as the participation of citizens through renewable energy communities.
            
            
               The component is related to the promotion of investments in innovation and in energy efficiency (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019). It also promotes public and private investment and fosters the green transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
            
               G.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C7.R1) – Regulatory framework for the promotion of renewable generation
            
         
         
            
               The objective of this measure is to strengthen the regulatory framework for the promotion of renewable generation, in order to increase certainty and encourage private investment in renewable energy, to remove barriers to the deployment of renewables and to improve their integration in the environment, the electrical system and into different sectors. 
            
            
               The measure shall include a number of legislative and regulatory steps including: 
            
            
               -the adoption of Royal Decree Law 23/2020 in June 2020, which sets up a new auction system for renewable generation and improves the mechanism for access of renewable generation to the electricity grid; 
            
            
               -the adoption of Royal Decree 960/2020 in November 2020, which enhances the predictability of the revenues to be obtained by renewable generation in the new auctions; 
            
            
               -Royal Decree 1183/2020 in December 2020, which regulates the access and connection conditions for renewable generation, in line with the provisions of Royal Decree Law 23/2020; and
            
            
               -The Law on Climate Change and Energy Transition, envisaged for adoption in the first half of 2021, which will establish into law the renewable targets for 2030 and the objective of climate neutrality by 2050 (including a 100 % renewable electricity system). This law also includes elements that are relevant to other components in the plan (such as the reduction of administrative barriers and requirements for the installation of public recharging points).
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Reform 2 (C7.R2) – National self-consumption strategy
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to boost self-consumption as an alternative form of renewable generation, to set targets in this area for the period 2021-2030 and to identify and develop measures to mitigate the main barriers to their deployment. Self-consumption contributes to the integration of renewable generation in buildings and urban environments, and it boosts local employment. 
            
            
               The measure shall include the adoption by the Spanish government of a National self-consumption Strategy during the second half of 2021 in order to reduce administrative barriers to self-consumption. The strategy shall diagnose the current and potential situation in Spain, and identify measures aimed at: (a) better coordination between administrations; (b) the dissemination of information to consumers and awareness-raising; (c) identifying existing relevant skills, as well as further training opportunities connected to the deployment of self-consumption. 
            
            
               The measure shall address the implementation of key elements of the National Self-Consumption Strategy, including the publication of guidance on how to foster self-consumption and the completion of trainings aimed at improving required skills. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 June 2023. 
            
            
               Reform 3 (C7.R3) - Development of energy communities
            
            
               This measure has the objective of developing energy communities to boost citizens’ participation in the energy transition, through renewable energy communities and citizen energy communities. The measure will support training, participatory and community building processes, and support to specific projects. 
            
            
               The measure shall award a first pilot project for energy communities on the basis of a competitive call for tender, in order to demonstrate the viability of this model. It shall implement 37 pilot projects with participation from the local community by the end of 2023, with a roadmap of actions carried out and identification of appropriate future steps. These projects shall be based on renewable energy. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Reform 4 (C7.R4) - Framework for innovation and technological development in renewable energy
            
            
               This measure shall strengthen the framework for innovation and technological development of a number of renewable energy sources, and contribute to progress towards the goal of 100 % of renewable sources in energy demand. The renewable sources covered in this measure shall include offshore wind energy and biogas. The measure shall also facilitate R&D in renewable technologies. 
            
            
               The measure shall include the publication of a roadmap for offshore wind and other marine energy. The aim of this roadmap is to reduce administrative barriers for the development of this source of renewable energy. Specifically, the roadmap shall seek to: (a) promote research, development and innovation through a more agile regulatory framework, and by strengthening technology centres and testing platforms for new prototypes; (b) identify opportunities and synergies with key industrial sectors; (c) develop an appropriate regulatory framework for the deployment in Spain (especially of floating technology); and (d) identify measures to minimise environmental effects (whilst at the same time seeking to simplify administrative procedures). The measure shall implement the key regulatory measures identified in the road map to promote offshore wind farms, boost research and development and support the deployment of floating technologies.
            
            
               The second element of this measure is the publication of a roadmap for biogas, which shall analyse the appropriate regulatory and sectoral tools to promote biogas, with a focus on the efficient use of this energy source (such as in agro-industrial applications, and for heavy-duty vehicles where electrification is not yet an alternative). This part of the reform shall address the implementation of key activities from the biogas roadmap, including: (a) the establishment of a system of guarantees of origin for renewable gases, aimed at fostering investment in biogas and at decarbonising sectors such as industry and transport; (b) the development of a tool to compute the contribution of biogas to decarbonisation; and (c) pre-feasibility studies to promote the implementation of biogas production facilities. 
            
         
         
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Investment 1 (C7.I1) - Development of innovative renewable energies, integrated into buildings and production processes
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to foster the development of innovative renewable energies, and those to be integrated into buildings and into production processes. It shall support renewable self-consumption and technologies that are not yet fully competitive, including electric and thermal renewables sources in the agricultural sector, renewable sources aimed at cooling/heating requirements of the residential and service sector, thermal energy from renewable sources for industrial processes, bioenergy, and marine renewables. Support will take the form of investment aid, to be awarded via tenders ensuring a cost-efficient outcome, or direct equity support to renewable projects. The investment would also support reskilling and upskilling in the area of renewable generation. 
            
            
               At least 3 800 MW of innovative or value-added renewable generation shall be installed under this investment by the first half of 2026.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               Investment 2 (C7.I2) – Sustainable energy in islands
            
            
               This investment shall support sustainable energy in the Spanish islands (the Canary and Balearic islands) as part of a broader strategy to support the energy transition in the islands, in particular through the support for projects for the penetration and integration of renewable energy into islands and non-peninsular systems. This is in line with Spain’s National Energy and Climate Plan, which includes actions to decarbonise the islands and reduce their dependency on oil.
            
            
               Specific investments to be supported shall include renewable electricity sources, storage solutions, and smart projects (as part of the program ‘Smart Islands’). Part of the activities under this investment will rely on the knowledge acquired through the program “Clean Energy for EU Islands”.  
            
            
               At least 200 MW of innovative renewable generation shall be installed under this investment, as well approximately 200 interventions under the “Smart Islands” and “Clean Energy for EU Islands” programmes, and approximately 400 storage projects.
            
            
               The implementation of the reform shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               G.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020, unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                         / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        102
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Royal Decree Law 23/2020 (energy measures)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in Royal Decree Law 23/2020 on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Royal Decree Law 23/2020 approves energy measures aiming at setting the legal basis for a new auction scheme, defining new participants in the energy sector, such as independent aggregators and renewable energy communities, and contributing to rationalize access and connection permits
                     
                  
               
                     
                        103
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Royal Decree 960/2020 (economic regime for renewable energy)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in Royal Decree 960/2020 on entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Royal Decree 960/2020 regulates the economic regime for renewable energy
                     
                  
               
                     
                        104
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Royal Decree 1183/2020 (connection of renewables to the electricity grid)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in Royal Decree 1183/2020 on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Royal Decree 1183/2020 regulates hybridisation and ordering access to and connection of renewables to the electricity grid.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        105
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Law on Climate Change and Energy Transition 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the Law on Climate Change and Energy Transition on entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Law on Climate Change and Energy Transition shall provide alternative regulatory stability to the development of renewable resources, reduced administrative barriers and minimum requirements for the installation of public recharging points in service
                     
                  
               
                     
                        106
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional production capacity for renewable energy 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (MW)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        8 500
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cumulative additional production capacity for renewable energy supported under the new enabling legislative framework included in reform C7.R1 (including the auction mechanism established through RD 960/2020, new regulation on access and connection permits, and on hybridisation): at least 8 500 MW awarded 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        107
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cumulative additional renewable energy capacity installed in Spain 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (MW)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 500
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cumulative additional renewable energy capacity installed in Spain during the period Q1 2020-Q42023, under the new enabling legislative framework included in reform C7.R1 (including the auction mechanism established through RD 960/2020, new regulation on access and connection permits, and on hybridisation): at least 1 500 MW built
                     
                  
               
                     
                        108
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        National self-consumption Strategy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication on webpage
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption by the Council of Ministers and publication on government website of the National self-consumption Strategy in order to reduce administrative barriers to self-consumption.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        109
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of measures under the National self-consumption Strategy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of results on the webpage
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of key measures under the National self-consumption Strategy, including: the publication on the website of the Ministry for the Ecological Transition of technical guidance and the guidance to municipalities on how to foster self-consumption and the completion of trainings made at improving required technical skills on renewable sources of renewable self-consumption for at least 500 professionals.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        110
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Pilot project for energy communities 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication on webpage
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of the first pilot project for energy communities on the basis of calls for tender, in order to demonstrate the viability of this model. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        111
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of energy-related pilot projects in local communities
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        37
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of at least 37 energy-related pilot projects with participation from the local community, on the basis of a roadmap spelling out the actions carried out and next steps forward. These pilot projects may include participative processes, support for the set-up of local energy communities or the deployment of renewable energy projects themselves.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        112
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Roadmap for offshore wind and other marine energy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication on webpage
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the Roadmap for offshore wind and other marine energy in order to reduce administrative barriers to the development of this source of renewable energy
                     
                  
               
                     
                        113
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the regulatory measures identified in the map for offshore wind and other marine energy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the regulatory measures on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the key regulatory measures identified in the map for Offshore wind and other marine energy, to promote research and innovation, and to support deployment of floating technologies. These key measures shall include: final approval of the Maritime Spatial Planning Plans, better coordination of the grid planning and the offshore strategy and updating of the regulatory framework.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        114
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of measures identified in the roadmap on biogas
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication on webpage
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of key measures identified in the roadmap on biogas, including the establishment of a guarantees of origin scheme for renewable gases, to improve the competitiveness of biogas and to foster the investments in biogas production ensuring a faster decarbonisation in sectors such as industry and transport.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        115
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Tender for investment support to innovative or value added renewable capacity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ of the first tender for investment support to innovative or value added renewable capacity 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        116
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New projects, technologies or installations of marine renewable energy infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award decision / investment authority decision
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 6 developments awarded promoting new projects, technologies or installations of marine renewable energy infrastructure. The 6 developments should contribute to the implementation of marine renewable energy projects in Spain. The developments may include SMEs with marine renewable energy activity which receive grants, loans or equity investment, take part in pre-commercial public procurement, as well as grants given directly to renewable energy marine projects or to a prototype of a marine renewable energy new technology manufacturing or deployment. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        117
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional production capacity for innovative or value added renewable energy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (MW)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        3 800
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cumulative additional production capacity for renewable energy procured through tenders for innovative or value added renewable capacity (at least 3 800 MW installed)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        118
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Clean Energy and Smart Projects for Islands Office 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication on webpage
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Creation of the Clean Energy and Smart Projects for Islands Office with the objective of managing the support programmes under the Recovery and Resilience Facility. The office will coordinate the dynamisation and development of the energy transition in the islands
                     
                  
               
                     
                        119
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects to support the energy transition on islands
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        500
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 500 actions, projects or programmes supported or carried out, including: dynamisation programmes or offices, island roadmaps, investment or aid projects, linked to clean energy for EU Islands or Smart Islands Programme, renewable energy or sustainable storage projects. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        120
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional production capacity for renewable energy in the islands
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (MW)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        180
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cumulative additional production capacity for renewable energy procured through tenders for renewable capacity in the islands (at least 180 MW installed).
                     
                  
               
            
               H. COMPONENT 08: Electricity Infrastructure, Smart Grids and Deployment of Flexibility and Storage
            
            
               The National Energy and Climate Plan (NECP) of Spain aims to have a 42 % share of renewable energy in final energy consumption by 2030. The integration of a growing amount of renewable electricity generation (projected to reach 74 % of demand in 2030 and 100 % by 2050), requires a number of complementary investments in grid digitalisation, storage and demand management. In particular, the intermittency and partial predictability of renewable technologies means that energy storage has an important role to play, to provide system flexibility and to ensure grid stability.
            
            
               In this context, this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan shall pursue the following objectives: 
            
            
               a)The development of a more flexible, decentralised and dynamic energy system capable of efficiently and safely absorbing higher levels of renewable generation;
            
            
               b)The development of new innovative business models; and 
            
            
               c)The involvement of new actors in the electricity system (producers, suppliers and consumers, in addition to storage operators and aggregators), and a more flexible regulatory framework capable of adapting to new needs, through regulatory sandboxes.
            
         
         
            
               The component shall promote investments in innovation and in energy efficiency, and encourage the adoption of efficient policies to encourage innovation (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019). It shall also promote public and private investment, and foster the green transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). 
            
            
               H.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C8.R1) - Enabling framework for the integration of renewables into the energy system: networks, storage and infrastructure
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to enable a transparent and stable regulatory framework that creates certainty and allows for increased integration of renewables into the energy system, through investments in networks, storage and infrastructure. 
            
            
               The reform shall include the long-term decarbonisation strategy for 2050 (“ELP 2050”). The objective of this strategy is to set the basis for a strategic and regulatory framework for the effective integration of renewable energies in a flexible and intelligent energy system. Among the objectives of the ELP 2050 are: (a) the reduction of GHG emissions by 90 % compared to 1990 (climate neutrality); (b) the achievement of 97 % of renewables on final energy consumption; and (c) a 100 % renewable electricity system. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 March 2021. 
            
            
               Reform 2 (C8.R2) - Energy storage strategy and adaptation of the regulatory framework for the deployment of energy storage
            
            
               This measure aims to develop, approve and deploy a regulatory and strategic framework to foster energy storage. The reform shall provide the necessary framework for the planned investments under C8.I1 and C8.I3, relating to the deployment of energy storage and new business models in energy transition, respectively. 
            
            
               The reform shall include the approval by the Spanish government of the Energy Storage Strategy. The objective of this strategy is to have 20 GW of energy storage available in 2030 and 30 GW in 2050. 
            
            
               The reform shall include three legislative and regulatory acts: (i) Royal Decree 1183/2020 to regulate access to the grid for storage facilities; (ii) Comisión Nacional de los Mercados y la Competencia Circular 1/2021 to establish the methodology and conditions for access and connection to the transmission and distribution networks of electricity generation facilities; (iii) the Comisión Nacional de los Mercados y la Competencia Resolution of 10 December 2020, regulating the participation of energy storage facilities in the provision of ancillary services. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 June 2022.
            
            
               Reform 3 (C8.R3) - Development of the regulatory framework for aggregation, demand management and flexibility services
            
            
               This measure has the objective to develop the regulatory framework necessary for developing a smart and dynamic energy system, including: (i) the regulation of demand-side management and flexibility services in the national regulatory framework, (ii) the development of the regulatory framework to capture the different flexibility services and (iii) the development of a framework to ensure consumers’ access to their energy consumption data.
            
            
               The reform shall be in line with the National Energy Climate Plan, which explicitly recognizes the need to determine the technical requirements for participation in existing and developing markets of participants offering energy from renewable sources, energy storage operators and those providing demand response services. 
            
            
               The National Energy Climate Plan also highlights the need to develop the status of aggregators, in particular the independent aggregators, to facilitate their participation in the market. To this end, the reform shall envisage the creation of the status of independent demand aggregator through Royal Decree Law 23/2020, in order to allow for the entry of new players in the retail market. 
            
            
               In addition to supporting the National Energy Climate Plan, the reform shall transpose Directive (EU) 2019/944 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 June 2019 on common rules for the internal market for electricity, which lays down the obligation to ensure consumer participation in markets including through demand response, to promote consumer participation on an individual or aggregated basis or through independent aggregators, and to allow for the use of flexibility in distribution networks.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Reform 4 (C8.R4) - Regulatory sandboxes or test-beds 
            
            
               This measure aims to develop regulatory test-beds (sandboxes) in the national regulatory framework, allowing for the introduction of new products or technological solutions, exceptions or regulatory safeguards to help facilitate research and innovation in the energy sector. The reform is directly linked to reform C8.R3 and investment C8.I3.
            
         
         
            
               The regulatory sandboxes shall enable the industry to test new technologies, systems and services related to flexibility, demand response and energy storage in a safe environment where interested parties can experience innovative solutions without being subject to preventing regulatory requirements. In addition, the sandboxes shall provide for a two-way regulatory dialogue between the Administration and the regulator, which shall accelerate and facilitate the review of existing regulations and adjust them to the entry of new agents to the market. This is expected to facilitate the creation of technological start-ups by giving them an opportunity to test their business models.
            
            
               The reform shall include the adoption of a Royal Decree on the development of regulatory sandboxes to enable the development of new pilot projects, with the aim of fostering research and innovation in the electricity sector.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 June 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 1 (C8.I1) – Deployment of energy storage
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to deploy energy storage through the launch of support and investment initiatives in three main areas:
            
            
               a)The development of large-scale storage. Large-scale storage is necessary to integrate greater amounts of renewable generation and to provide services to the system, from frequency regulation, ramp support (flexibility) or black start;
            
            
               b)The promotion of storage behind the meter and integrated on a sectoral level. Technologies behind the meter may include own consumption facilities, lithium batteries, and heat storage systems; and
            
            
               c)A public initiative to create an open green cluster for the technological and industrial development of storage in Spain, in order to mobilize and integrate different companies in the energy sector and other industrial sectors around storage, boosting the country’s industrial and technological capacities.
            
            
               The proposed investment shall be supported within the framework defined by the reforms of this component, in particular reforms C8.R1 and C8.R2, which provide the legal and strategic basis for an effective deployment of energy storage.
            
            
               The measure shall be implemented through innovative storage projects which contribute to the energy transition, specifically to provide new flexibility to the energy sector, including the integration of renewable energy sources. At least five innovative storage projects shall be operational, or an aggregate capacity of at least 600 MW (or equivalent total energy supply (MWh)) shall be installed.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.   
            
            
               Investment 2 (C8.I2) - Digitalisation of networks
            
            
               This measure shall provide support for investments relating to the digitalisation of distribution networks, aiming to bring them into line with the requirements needed to implement the energy transition. The need for the digitalisation of electricity networks is part of Directive (EU) 2019/944 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 June 2019 on common rules for the internal market for electricity, which states that Member States should encourage the modernisation of networks, for example through the introduction of smart grids. The digitalisation of networks is necessary to advance the transformation of the energy system with a greater presence of renewable energies, in order to have a secure and resilient electricity system. It is of particular importance in non-peninsular territories characterised by greater vulnerability and energy dependence. 
            
            
               The overall objective of the measure is to increase the competitiveness of electricity, accelerating the electrification of the economy. To this end, the measure shall provide for an initial support mechanism to maximise the potential offered by the digitalisation of networks by: (i) reducing losses and spills of renewable generation (ii) favouring the participation of demand in electricity system management and (iii) optimising network configuration.
            
            
               The measure shall include the award of at least 35 innovative digitisation projects (for smart electricity distribution) to distribution companies.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023.  
            
            
               Investment 3 (C8.I3) - New business models in the energy transition
            
            
               This measure shall comprise of investments and support mechanisms aimed at boosting new business models for the transition related to the deployment of energy storage, as well as its second-life management and recycling, demand management, aggregators, flexibility services, data access and sandboxes. In particular, the measure shall include: 
            
            
               a)Support for the deployment of aggregators in the national electricity market, with a particular focus on independent aggregators via the installation of real-time measuring equipment (sub-metering) and control and communication centres as well as the promotion of aggregation platforms;
            
            
               b)The deployment of storage along the entire value chain;
            
         
         
            
               c)Support for demand management projects in different consumer profiles (large industry, SMEs, renewable energy communities/citizen energy communities, aggregators, etc.);
            
            
               d)Calls for applications to carry out regulatory test-beds, in the form of direct, competitive aid, or collaboration agreements; and
            
            
               e)Support for start-ups or innovative initiatives in the field of energy.
            
            
               The investment is closely linked to reform C8.R4, which aims to develop regulatory sandboxes for innovative projects. It also builds on the strategic and regulatory framework defined by the other reforms, most notably reform C8.R3.
            
            
               It is expected that approximately 20 projects shall be awarded for the promotion of new business models for the energy transition, including smart metering, storage, demand-side response, flexibility services and data.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               H.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020, unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        121
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C8.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the long-term decarbonisation strategy (“ELP2050”).
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by Council of Ministers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the long-term decarbonisation strategy (“ELP2050”). ELP50 sets the basis for the definition of the strategic and regulatory framework for the effective integration of renewable energies in a flexible and intelligent energy system, to be read in the context of the broader approach set out in the NECP.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        122
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C8.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of planning, legislative and regulatory reforms to promote the development of energy storage solution.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the legislative and regulatory measures on entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption and entry into force of the following planning, legislative and regulatory reforms to promote the development of energy storage solutions:
                           a) Approval in the Council of Ministers of Energy Storage Strategy, with the objectives of fostering the deployment of energy storage through 66 specific measures grouped in the 10 lines of action included in the Strategy. The goal is to have 20 GW of energy storage available in 2030 and 30 GW in 2050; 
                           b) Publication in the OJ of the Royal Decree 1183/2020, to regulate access to the grid for storage facilities.
                           c) Publication in the OJ of Circular 1/2021 by the Comisión Nacional de los Mercados y la Competencia to establish the methodology and conditions for access to and connection to the transmission and distribution networks of electricity generation facilities. 
                           d) Publication in the OJ of the Resolution of 10 December 2020 regulating participation of energy storage facilities in the provision of ancillary services
                     
                  
               
                     
                        123
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C8.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of regulatory measures for the integration of flexibility and demand-side response.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the legislative and regulatory measures on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Development of the regulatory framework for the integration of flexibility and demand-side response, through the following actions.
                           a) Publication of the Resolution of December 10, 2020, by the Comisión Nacional de los Mercados y la Competencia adapting certain Operating Procedures for participation in balance services.
                           b) Adoption of legislation fully transposing Directive 2019/944 
                           c) Adoption of RDL23/2020 to create the status of independent aggregator
                     
                  
               
                     
                        124
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C8.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of measures to promote regulatory sandboxes to foster the research and innovation in the electricity sector.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the Royal Decree on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication and entry into force of Royal Decree on the developments of regulatory sandboxes to enable the development of new pilot projects, with the aim of fostering the research and innovation in the electricity sector.
                           The legislation shall enable the industry to test new technologies, systems and services related to flexibility, demand response and energy storage, in a safe and conducive space where interested parties can experience with innovative solutions without being subject to prevailing regulatory requirements. Additionally, this shall provide a two-way regulatory dialogue between the Administration and the regulator, which shall accelerate and facilitate the review of existing regulations and adequate them to the entry of new agents to the market, encouraging the creation of technological start-ups by giving them an opportunity to test their business models.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        125
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C8.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Innovative storage projects awarded
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least five innovative storage projects awarded, equivalent to an aggregate installed capacity of at least 600 MW or equivalent total energy supply (MWh).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        126
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C8.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Innovative storage projects operational 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least five innovative storage projects operational, equivalent to an aggregate installed capacity of at least 600 MW or equivalent total energy supply (MWh).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        127
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C8.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Innovative digitalisation projects for electricity distribution
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        35
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 35 innovative digitalisation projects (including automation of network) awarded to distribution companies, in line with the characteristics and definitions set out in the Circular 6/2019 of the Comisión Nacional de los Mercados y la Competencia. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        128
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C8.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects to promote new business models for the energy transition
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        18
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 18 projects awarded promoting new business models for the energy transition, including smart metering, storage, demand-side response, flexibility services and data.
                     
                  
               
               I. COMPONENT 09: Renewable Hydrogen
            
            
               Spain’s National Energy and Climate Plan for 2021-2030 seeks to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 23 % compared to 1990. In this context, the main objective of component 9 of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan is to develop renewable energy hydrogen technologies:
            
            
               a.As a means to store energy to manage differences between the supply and demand of electricity, providing flexibility to the electricity system.
            
            
               b.By promoting their development and consolidation along the industrial value chain, given that these technologies are currently not ready to operate on market terms;
            
            
               c.By supporting their integration in end uses, including to replace fossil-based hydrogen in industry; and
            
            
               d.By developing green skills.
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan addresses the Country Specific Recommendations to promote investments in innovation and in energy efficiency (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019), and to foster the green transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020).
            
            
               The component is part of the renewable energy strategy underpinning component 1 and component 6 (use of hydrogen for mobility & transportation purposes), component 7 (renewable energy generation), and component 8 (storage and smart grids) of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan.
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               I.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
         
         
            
               Reform 1 (C9.R1) – Hydrogen roadmap
            
            
               This measure shall provide a framework to develop renewable hydrogen in Spain (the ‘Hydrogen roadmap’). To this end, it identifies the objectives to be achieved by 2030 in terms of installed capacity by sector (industry and transport). The Hydrogen roadmap was approved by the Council of Ministers in October 2020. The measure also establishes a concrete means to support implementation of the roadmap by ensuring hydrogen electrolysers are supplied with renewable energy. The related regulatory actions shall include i) establishing a regulatory instrument which includes the appointment and governance of the national bodies issuing guarantees of origin for renewable gases, including renewable hydrogen; and ii) a regulatory mechanism setting out how the renewable origin of hydrogen is verified.
            
            
               This reform shall be completed by 30 June 2022.
            
            
               Investment 1 (C9.I1) – Renewable hydrogen, a country project
            
            
               This measure aims to contribute to implement the Hydrogen roadmap along four lines of action. 
            
            
               The first is to boost Spain’s knowledge and innovative value chain, with particular reference to SMEs. Due to the early technological readiness level of this technology, this measure envisages a need to support at least ten SMEs to strengthen and reinforce the existing Spanish value chain by enhancing one or several of the following activities: production capabilities, skills, competitiveness, knowledge and technology transfer, and/or international dimension. The measure shall also target five technological developments or prototypes (such as electrolysers, compressors, storage vessels, fuel cells and H2-based transport systems), including “first of a kind” to support the validation of new upscaled designs or prototypes associated to either the production, distribution logistics or consumption of hydrogen. In addition, the measure shall include at least ten interventions targeting the improvement of test facilities or implementing new manufacturing lines of key enabling technologies or systems within the hydrogen supply chain, such as electrolysers or fuel cells. These shall either: i) improve R&D&I test facilities or laboratories and/or related equipment; or ii) improve facilities and/or procurement of new equipment (such as machine tools) to manufacture hydrogen and fuel cell related systems, equipment or components.
            
            
               The second line of action aims to establish two renewable hydrogen clusters integrating large-scale production, processing and consumption. The objective of at least one of these clusters is to integrate a high-capacity renewable hydrogen electrolyser that directly supplies hydrogen to local industrial consumers. The electrolyser shall be sourced with renewable electricity. The resulting generated hydrogen shall be integrated into industrial processes and supply chains of firms (including adaptation and shifting of business models away from fossil-based hydrogen consumption) to replace at least 5 % of their annual fossil-based hydrogen consumption. The total production capacity of all electrolysers shall amount at least to 500MW. 
            
            
               The third line of action expects supporting the deployment of hydrogen across a number (at least ten) of other pioneering projects with a smaller size than the cluster. These shall introduce renewable hydrogen beyond a single industrial hub to isolated energy systems that permit integrating renewable hydrogen into fields such as transport. These interventions are expected to encompass the production, distribution and consumption of renewable hydrogen, furthering coverage across different sectors and parts of the Spanish territory.
            
            
               Finally, the measure aims to promote hydrogen as part of a wider EU strategy to develop a Union value chain. As a result, some of the firms supported through the measure may become part of a planned hydrogen IPCEI, together with firms from other Member States, relying on proper framework to collaborate within the Union to integrate national value chains to boost competitiveness. 
            
            
               It is expected that this measure does not do significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measure and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). In particular, the integration of renewable hydrogen shall promote the electrification of industrial processes.
            
            
               The actions under this investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               I.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                         / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        129
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C9.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Hydrogen Roadmap 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by Council of Ministers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the Hydrogen Roadmap by the Council of Ministers. The hydrogen roadmap establishes the guidelines defined by Spain for the development of the renewable hydrogen sector. To this end, it identifies the goals to be achieved in terms of installed capacity, industry and mobility by 2030.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        130
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C9.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the regulation establishing Guarantees of origin  for renewable gases
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the regulation indicating the entry into force of the regulation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the regulation establishing a national system of guarantees of origin for renewable gases, including renewable hydrogen, ensuring a 100 % of renewable energy. The system to be established by the regulatory instrument shall include the appointment of national issuing bodies, and the adoption of their governance; and a regulatory mechanism setting out how the renewable origin of the hydrogen is verified.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        131
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C9.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Financing of SMEs to reinforce the value chain on hydrogen
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        10
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least ten SMEs financed to strengthen and reinforce the existing Spanish value chain on hydrogen by means of enhancing one or several of the following features: production capabilities, skills, competitiveness, knowledge and technology transfer, international dimension.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        132
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C9.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Technological developments in the renewable hydrogen value chain 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least five technological developments or prototypes throughout the renewable hydrogen value chain financed. These (such as electrolysers, compressors, storage vessels, fuel cells and Hydrogen-based transport systems) may include “first of a kind” developments, to enable validating a new upscaled design or prototype associated to production, logistics and hydrogen consumption.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        133
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C9.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Renewable hydrogen clusters (or valleys)  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least two renewable hydrogen clusters (or valleys) for the sectoral integration financed. Clusters or large hydrogen valleys concentrate and integrate locally the supply, distribution (logistics) and demand of renewable hydrogen, in specific locations to displace grey hydrogen and fossil fuels.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        134
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C9.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Hydrogen pioneer projects  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        10
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least ten singular pioneer projects financed. These include integrated projects which encompass the production, distribution and consumption of renewable hydrogen, in locations different from the clusters. The projects may include the integration of other needed activities, such as knowledge-based research and capacitation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        135
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C9.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Test facilities or new manufacturing lines.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        10
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least ten interventions financed targeting the improvement of test facilities or implementing new manufacturing lines. Interventions shall either:  1) improve R&D&I related test facilities or laboratories and/or related equipment; or 2) improve facilities and/or procurement of new equipment (such as machine tools) or techniques to manufacture hydrogen and fuel cell related systems, equipment or components.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        136
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C9.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Authorised electrolyser capacity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                     
                        (MW)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        500
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 500 MW of total electrolyser capacity authorised including complementary infrastructure. Accreditation by one of the three following means: insertion into the registry of the national system for guaranties of origin of renewable gases or administrative authorisation of the plant issued by the competent body or final investment decision (FID) provided by the beneficiary.
                     
                  
               
            
               J. COMPONENT 10: Just Transition
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan addresses the economic and social impact in the geographical areas affected by the closing coalmines and coal-fired/nuclear power plants, which has been further exacerbated by the impact of the Covid-pandemic and the closure of thermal power stations. An additional aim is to change the production model and drive transformation in support of a more resilient economic and social model of the territories for the future. The strategy is designed in parallel to the Spanish territorial plan of the Just Transition Fund (JTF), the latter which is intended to have a wider scope, a longer duration and a more strategic focus on business development and support.
            
            
               The component contributes to addressing the Country Specific Recommendations related to support employment through measures to preserve jobs, effective incentives for recruitment and skills development (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2020); to promote public and private investment fostering the green transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020); and to strengthen cooperation across level of government (Country Specific Recommendation 4 2019).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               J.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
         
         
            
               Reform 1 (C10.R1) - Just Transition Protocols
            
            
               In February 2020 the government approved the Just Transition Strategy as reflected in the National Energy and Climate Plan (NECP). In the context of this Strategy and under the Spanish recovery and resilience plan, this reform shall establish 12 Just Transition Protocols covering each area affected by the closing of coalmines and coal fired power plants. Each of the Just Transition Funds protocols shall cover at least an area affected by the closure of a coal-fired power plant. The Protocols shall lay out comprehensive and detailed territorial action plans as tools for environmental, economic and social sustainability of the territories affected. The focus shall be on inter alia sustaining and creating jobs, promoting diversification and specialisation, increasing the attractiveness of the areas to combat depopulation, and environmental restoration of land. These protocols shall incorporate the cooperation of relevant local actors (public and private, including businesses, social partners, education sector, NGOs etc.). 
            
            
               This reform shall include also the establishment of the Just Transition Institute. The goal of the Institute shall be to identify and adopt actions that guarantee equitable treatment of workers and territories affected by the transition towards a low carbon economy, minimisation the negative impacts on employment and the population of these territories and optimising the opportunities of the transformation process. The Institute’s main functions are to promote the design of industrial policies, research and development, promotion of economic activity, employment and professional training. 
            
            
               The measure shall also include the set-up of an Advisory Council made up of representatives from ministerial departments and representatives from local and regional authorities that shall provide advice and assess the impact of just transition policies. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 June 2023.
            
            
               Investment 1 (C10.I1) - Investment in Just Transition
            
            
               The Just Transition Protocols shall be accompanied by investments in the territories in order to: 
            
            
               a)create jobs and support short-term activity; 
            
            
               b)accelerate change by focusing on smaller scale pilot projects that – if considered successful – would be scaled up in the context of the JTF; and
            
            
               c)boost economic development, contributing to social and territorial cohesion. 
            
            
               The projects shall target four specific areas: 
            
            
               I.Environmental restoration plans (e.g. reforestation or revegetation) for closed or abandoned mining sites and deteriorated land adjacent to thermal or nuclear power stations, covering at least 2 000 hectares of rehabilitated land. As part of these plans, plant and mining facilities are to be dismantled, and soil is to be rehabilitated and subject to reforestation or revegetation processes, renewable energy installations  or eco-alternative economic development;
            
            
               II.At least 100 environmental, digital and social infrastructure projects in municipalities and territories in transition to low carbon economy, for a total financial investment of at least EUR 91 000 000. The projects shall cover a number of areas including: rehabilitation of infrastructure and public buildings; innovative projects for communication between municipalities or isolated population areas based on sustainable mobility solutions and the recovery and alternative use of existing transport infrastructure; rehabilitation of public infrastructure supporting the circular economy, including community composing plants, waste management centres; environmental projects for the rehabilitation and enhancement of publicly owned areas (such as  reserves, river walkways or quays and nature-interpretation areas); digital infrastructure and services for the development of cooperatives of ecological products or community schemes for joint purchases and sales over the internet.
            
            
               III.Support to two RDI projects in the area of energy storage and green hydrogen. The projects shall adapt the installations and laboratories of CIUDEN (Ciudad de la Energía) – a Government RDI foundation set up in Bierzo (Leon) attached to the Just Transition Institute and depending on the Ministry of Ecological Transition and Demographic Change located – for two RDI projects on green hydrogen production and energy storage; and
            
            
               IV.Support for the reskilling and improving employability of workers and people affected by transition to low carbon economy, with at least 4 000 individuals receiving personalised job search assistance and reskilling pathways. The requalification assistance should cover at least the following areas: the installation and mailing of renewable energy (wind and photovoltaic), restoration and environmental management, and/or integrated and energy rehabilitation of housing. 
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               J.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                         / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        137
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C10.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Creation of the Institute for the Just Transition Fund 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        By Royal Decree 500/2020, creation of the Institute for the Just Transition Fund. The goal of the Institute is to identify and adopt measures, based on solidarity, that guarantee equitable treatment of workers and territories affected by the transition towards a low carbon economy, minimisation the negative impacts on employment and the population of these territories and optimising the opportunities of the transformation process
                     
                  
               
                     
                        138
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C10.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Just transition protocols 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        12
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        After a participative process, publication on the Just Transition website of 12 Just transition protocols, which include commitments on employment, environmental restoration and economic and social development for the local population in 12 affected areas. Each of the Just Transition Funds protocols shall cover at least an area affected by the closure of a coal fired power plant.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        139
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C10.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        ‘Just transition’ training aid programme and granting aid for the economic development of just transition areas
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the Official Journal of: (a) Order approving the regulatory framework for the ‘just transition’ training aid programme, specifying the support plan for the vocational qualification and integration into the labour market of workers and people affected by the transition to a low carbon economy; and (b) Order setting out the regulatory bases for granting aid for the economic development of just transition areas, through the development of environmental, digital and social infrastructure in municipalities and territories in transition to a low carbon economy.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        140
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C10.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support for environmental, digital and social infrastructure projects.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        100
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the Official Journal of the award of at least EUR 91 000 000 for at least 100 environmental, digital and social infrastructure projects in municipalities and territories in transition to a low carbon economy. The 100 environmental, digital and social infrastructure projects shall be located in municipalities and territories in Just Transition Areas. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        141
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C10.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Job search assistance and reskilling for unemployed people 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        4 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 4 000 individuals having benefited from personal job search assistance and individual reskilling pathways for unemployed people in just transition areas. The reskilling pathways shall cover at least the following areas: the installation and mailing of renewable energy (wind and photovoltaic), restoration and environmental management, and/or integrated and energy rehabilitation of housing.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        142
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C10.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Investment projects to adapt industrial facilities for green hydrogen and energy storage.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of two investment projects to adapt industrial facilities as future Infraestructura Científica y Técnica Singular (ICTP) for the validation of green hydrogen production and energy storage. Projects shall adapt the installations and laboratories of Ciudad de la Energía (CIUDEN) for two RDI projects on green hydrogen production and energy storage.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        143
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C10.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Rehabilitated land in closed coal mines or adjacent areas to power stations.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (hectares)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 2 000 hectares of rehabilitated land in closed coal mining sites or adjacent areas to thermal or nuclear power stations. Surface area of rehabilitated land in contaminated areas, in particular coal mining sites or land adjoining to thermal or nuclear power stations, and where plant and mining facilities are dismantled, and soil is rehabilitated and subject to reforestation or revegetation processes, renewable energy installations or eco-alternative economic development.
                     
                  
               
         
         
            
               K. COMPONENT 11: Modernisation of Public Administrations
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan shall address challenges concerning the public administration, including the efficiency of the justice system, administrative capacity, and cooperation between the different levels of government. It aims to modernise Spain´s public administrations, by reforming administrative processes, public procurement, justice, public employment including human resources policies; increase the accessibility and efficiency of public services by further digitalising them; promote energy savings, the use of renewable energy in public buildings and infrastructure, boost public servants’ sustainable mobility; and strengthen the administrative capacity of public administrations to monitor, control and implement public policies. The key measures to achieve these goals shall be the following:
            
            
               a)Reform the central, regional and local public administrations by improving cooperation between them, strengthening the public procurement framework, the evaluation of public policies and fostering the transition towards open-ended employment contracts;
            
            
               b)Digitalisation of administrations and processes with five priority projects in strategic areas: justice, public employment services, public health data, management of consulates and territorial administration;
            
            
               c)Energy transition plan of the central government;
            
            
               d)Strengthening administrative capacities.
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan addresses the Country Specific Recommendations on strengthening the public procurement framework (Country Specific Recommendation 1 2019 and 4 2020), fostering the transition to open-ended contracts (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2019), front-loading public investment projects and focusing investment on the green and digital transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019 and 3 2020) and improving cooperation between administrations (Country Specific Recommendation 4 2019 and 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               K.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C11.R1) – Reform for the modernisation and digitalisation of the administration 
            
            
               This measure shall be articulated into multiple lines of action to address weaknesses in employment policies of the public administrations, strengthen cooperation and coordination among different levels of government, and improve how the central government implements public policies. With respect to employment policies, the objective is to reduce the rate of temporary employees in public administrations and strengthen public employment capacities by moving towards a competence-based human resources model, including for recruitment purposes. The second line of action is to further develop ex-ante policy evaluation and increase transparency and citizens’ participation in public policy making. Finally, the reform shall reinforce existing instruments for cooperation among different levels of governments in Spain. This shall reinforce the role of sectoral conferences, the existing bodies for cooperation with regions, by clarifying when they may reach agreements of mandatory compliance. The reform shall also reinforce the Conference of Presidents (where the Prime Minister and Presidents of the Autonomous Communities meet at the highest level). The reform also concerns instruments by which cooperation between the public administrations is possible, it shall establish digital inter-administrative interconnection and interoperability between the central and regional government IT platforms.
            
            
               The implementation of this measure shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
            
            
               Reform 2 (C11.R2) – Reform to boost the rule of law and the efficiency of the justice system
            
            
               The Law 3/2020 of 18 September, and the Justice 2030 programme lay out a roadmap to reform the administration of justice in Spain. In this context, this measure shall modernise the justice system by the entry into force (taking into account the “vacatio legis” established in each law),  
            
            
               by 31 December 2022 of:
            
            
               (a)law on procedural efficiency, to shorten the length of procedures in all jurisdictions while preserving the procedural guarantees of citizens, as well as the establishment of appropriate alternative means of dispute settlement; 
            
            
               (b)a reform of the code of criminal procedure, to allocate the lead of judicial investigation to prosecutors, instead of it being led by investigative judges;
            
            
               by 31 December 2023 of:
            
            
               (c)law on digital efficiency, promoting a data-driven architecture to manage information; 
            
            
               (d)law on organisational efficiency of the justice system, to amend the organisation of the judicial map. The measure shall replace the high number of unipersonal first-instance courts by 431 collegial organs (Tribunales de Instancia), and implement the Judicial Office.
            
         
         
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Reform 3 (C11.R3) – Reform to modernise the institutional architecture of economic governance
            
            
               This measure shall reform aspects of the institutional economic governance framework, including by speeding up and promoting the digitalisation of processes. This shall include: a) reform of how the Caja General de Depósitos (General Deposit Fund) handles guarantees, to make them electronic; b) creation of the Financial Client Protection Authority, aimed at guaranteeing the rights of financial customers; c) improving the institutional framework to resolve financial institutions, through a law amending the current institutional resolution framework; and d) modernise the supervision of the financial and audit fields, through the reform of the General Accounting Plan and Audit Regulation.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Reform 4 (C11.R4) – National public procurement strategy 
            
            
               This reform shall finalise the implementation of the public procurement reform provided for in Law 9/2017 on public sector contracts (as the main act of transposition of Directive 2014/24/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 February 2014 on public procurement and repealing Directive 2004/18/EC Text with EEA relevance). This shall establish a governance structure to address the need for a consistent public procurement framework ensuring transparency, effective control mechanisms, interconnection of public procurement databases among all levels of Government, and coordination across government levels, in order to: i) make the National Evaluation Office fully operational and ii) adopt the National Public Procurement Strategy. 
            
            
               Spain already created the independent Office for Regulation and Supervision of Public Procurement and the National Evaluation Office. This reform shall also address problems related to the limited provision of public procurement information and databases, as well as weaknesses in the structure of public procurement contracting. To this end, the reform shall: a) improve the efficiency of public procurement (processes, results, data and information); b) promote the professionalization of actors (in line with the Commission’s recommendation of October 2017); c) improve SME access; and d) reinforce the legal framework of digital public procurement.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Reform 5 (C11.R5) – Administrative capacity 
            
            
               This reform shall modernise the internal functioning of public administrations to improve the implementation of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan, with a view to have a long lasting impact on the implementation of future reforms and investments by the Spanish public administration. Overall, it shall, together with Investment 5, reform the capacity of public administrations to ensure proper implementation of the recovery and resilience plan. This implies creating an integrated information and management system; develop training activities for those involved in the recovery and resilience plan; and deploy communication activities to address the potential participants and beneficiaries of the recovery and resilience plan, plus firms and households in general, to become aware of the possibilities offered by the recovery and resilience plan. 
            
            
               The governance, reporting and monitoring of actions included in the recovery and resilience plan shall be deployed via a new model of administrative and financial management to ensure actions set out in the recovery and resilience plan are properly implemented. This uniform model is to be centralised within the Secretariat-General for European Funds and shall be deployed to reporting ministries, their corresponding ICT units and, possibly, peer administrations in the regions (Autonomous Communities). To this end, the central government adopted Royal Decree-Law 36/2020.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 September 2021.
            
            
               Investment 1 (C11.I1) – Modernisation of the General State Administration
            
            
               The actions under the investments in C11.I1 and C11.I3 are developed according to the same principles, with I1 targeting the central government, and I3 the regional and local authorities. The following shall be undertaken for all these entities:
            
            
               a)Citizen-oriented administration, improving digital public services provided to citizens and businesses and implementing measures in line with the Spanish Digital Agenda 2025;
            
            
               b)Smart operations and data government, improving the quality and efficiency of the management of public administrations services (i.e. public procurement), including the flow of data, through the use of smart automation technologies and digital infrastructures;
            
            
               c)Digital infrastructures and cybersecurity, aiming at providing the Spanish public administration technological infrastructure necessary for their modernisation. With regard to cybersecurity, this measure shall set up a Cybersecurity Operations Centre for the entire General State Administration and its Public Agencies, for the protection against cybersecurity threats;
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025. 
            
            
               Investment 2 (C11.I2) – Specific projects to digitalise the central government
            
            
               This investment shall lead to a more generalised adoption of digitalisation and development of digital services across the public administration. The policy fields to implement a digital transformation are:
            
         
         
            
               a)Health system. The investment shall improve the interoperability between the central government and the Autonomous Communities as well as by promoting data-analytics;
            
            
               b)Justice system. The investment shall provide citizens and legal operators with digital tools to better manage their relationship with the administration of justice;
            
            
               c)Public employment services. The investment shall update the IT systems underpinning the management of active labour market policies;
            
            
               d)Inclusion, social security and migration. The investment shall equip the competent Ministry with digital tools facilitating the implementation of relevant policies for the most disadvantaged groups, as well as the use of information to develop additional corrective or mitigating measures;
            
            
               e)Consular services. The investment shall enhance access to the digital services of the Spanish public administration for both Spaniards resident abroad and foreign citizens living in Spain;
            
            
               f)Pilot initiatives in the areas of security and agricultures.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025. 
            
            
               Investment 3 (C11.I3) – Digital transformation and modernisation of the Ministry of Territorial Policy and the Civil service and of the administration of the Autonomous Communities and the local authorities 
            
            
               The actions under this investment follow the same principles described in C11.I1, targeted to the regional and local governments. 
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment 4 (C11.I4) – Energy transition plan in the General State Administration
            
            
               The measure shall promote energy savings and efficiency in the central government’s buildings and infrastructure. The measure shall achieve on average a primary energy demand reduction of at least 30 % verified by energy performance certificates. The investment shall contribute to the renovation of the floor area of buildings in order to increase the number of facilities with a high energy rating and, in particular, nearly zero-energy buildings. The investment shall also promote the implementation of solar photovoltaic systems, or other renewable energies in the facilities of the central government administration. The measure shall also encourage the transformation of the vehicle fleet of public vehicles to those with zero-emission or low-emissions
                  13
               . 
            
            
               It is expected that this measure does not do significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measure and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). In particular, the transformation of the vehicle fleet of public vehicles shall only support zero-emission or low-emissions
                  14
                vehicles.
            
            
               The investment shall include both investment in fixed capital (infrastructure and public buildings) as well as in natural capital (all actions contribute to the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions).
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment 5 (C11.I5) – Transformation of the administration for the implementation of the Spanish Recovery and Resilience Plan
            
            
               This investment is connected to Reform R5 of this component. It shall adapt the functioning of the public administration to face the challenges posed by the implementation and monitoring of the recovery and resilience plan. The measure shall modernise the information system and channels of communication to share information across levels of government and with citizens, companies and potential beneficiaries. The measure shall also comprise targeted trainings for the general public administration staff estimated to reach at least 3 150 individuals throughout the implementation of the recovery and resilience plan.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 August 2026. 
            
            
               K.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
         
         
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                         / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        144
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of legislative act to reduce temporary employment in public administrations
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the legislative act indicating the entry into force of the act
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of a Legislative Act stipulating measures to reduce temporary employment in public employment and effective provisions to prevent and penalise abuses, including the obligation to publish all calls for stabilisation procedures of temporary staff by 31 December 2022. This Legislative Act shall be applicable to State, regional and local public administrations.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        145
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendments to Law 40/2015 strengthening inter-territorial cooperation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the legal act indicating the entry into force of the reform
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendments to Law 40/2015 to strengthen inter-territorial cooperation with the objectives of i) allowing for the creation of multisectoral conferences, ii) spelling out decision-making procedures in the Sectorial Conferences, including when they generate agreements of mandatory compliance; iii) reinforcing the Conference of Presidents through the creation of a permanent Secretariat; iv) providing for the compulsory preparation, approval and publication of multiannual policy objectives and result indicators as well as transparent mechanisms of monitoring and evaluation; and v) establishing digital inter-administrative interconnection and interoperability between the central and regional government IT platforms.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        146
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the law to reinforce public policies evaluation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Evaluation Law with a set of actions to reinforce public policies based on ex-ante evaluation. The objectives are: i) reinforcing the regime of the current National Evaluation Institute (Instituto de Evaluación de Políticas Públicas) to grant it organisational and functional independence; ii) providing the Institute with the capacity and means to exercise its functions; iii) including the principle of systematic ex-ante evaluation of policies; and iv) preserving the mandate of other bodies and agencies, including the AIReF.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        147
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the reform of the Law 7/1985 on local administrative regimes
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law implementing the reform indicating the entry into force of the reform
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the reform of the Law 7/1985 regulating local administrative regimes. This shall have as objectives to i) accelerate and broaden the deployment of local public services, including via digital means such as apps, ii) support small towns in their provision of public services. The reform shall be accompanied by an impact assessment, including fiscal sustainability aspects.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        148
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Ley de Función Pública de la Administración del Estado
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law implementing the reform indicating the entry into force of the reform 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Central Government Civil Service Act (Ley de Función Pública de la Administración del Estado). These shall reinforce the administration’s ability to attract and retain the talent needed to perform its current tasks, including in information and telecommunications areas. It shall include the following elements: i) revitalization of the instruments for planning, organization and management of human resources; ii) guarantee of the effectiveness of the principles of equality, merit and capacity in access, as well as the transparency and agility of the selection processes; iii) regulation of assessment and performance according to a competence-based framework, including for new recruitment; and iv) access to senior civil servants posts (namely, directores generales and subdirectores generales) based on merit and competition.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        149
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Statutes of the new evaluation public body
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the royal decree indicating the entry into force of the royal decree 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of a Royal Decree of Statutes of the new National Evaluation public body. The objectives of this royal decree shall be: (i) to provide the National Evaluation public body with the capacity and means to exercise its functions regarding methodological standardization for ex-ante public policy evaluation; (ii) conducting public policy evaluations; and (iii) including the systematic ex-ante policy evaluation principle, with the exceptions provided in the Law.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        150
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Stabilisation of public employment
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        300 000 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of recruitment procedures to stabilise employment (via open-ended contracts or statutory staff posts) involving at least 300 000 posts (including those deriving from 2017 and 2018 stabilisation procedures)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        151
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Law 3/2020 on procedural and organisational measures in the field of Justice
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Law 3/2020 of 18 September on procedural and organisational measures to deal with COVID-19 in the field of the Administration of Justice. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        152
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law improving the efficiency of judicial procedures
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law improving the efficiency of procedures in the national justice system (Ley de Eficiencia Procesal), including by (i) making a more intensive use of technology to provide an efficient and high-quality public service; (ii) introducing reforms in procedural laws to increase the speed of procedures; (iii) introducing alternative dispute resolution means; (iv) introducing reforms in the procedural laws that shall resolve disputes before reaching the courts; (v) achieving a more efficient management and a faster response to the demands of citizens and companies; (vi) overall, achieving a more agile, efficient, citizen-friendly, sustainable and transparent Administration of Justice. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        153
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Royal Decree 937/2020 on the regulation of the Caja General de Depósitos
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the decree indicating the entry into force of the decree
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree 937/2020 of 27 October approving the Regulation of the Caja General de Depósitos to implement the digital management of guarantees and deposits put forth to the Caja, eliminating physical documentation. The Royal Decree shall update the procedure for constitution, cancellation and enforcement of guarantees and cash instalments deposited in the Caja. It shall also promote the implementation of electronic procedures in the Caja, by defining the rules and channels to submit electronic documents, and provide the necessary legal framework for the digitalisation of the procedure.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        154
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Royal Decree approving the Regulation implementing Law 22/2015 of 20 July on audits of accounts
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the royal decree indicating the entry into force of the royal decree
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree approving the Regulation implementing Law 22/2015 of 20 July 2015 on Audit of Accounts. This reform shall have the objective of providing the legal framework for the audit activity with higher legal certainty so that an adequate quality of the audit activity is achieved. Auditors, audit firms and all subjects affected by this Regulation, are therefore given a higher guarantee and security when interpreting and applying the provisions included in the Law on Auditing, at the same time resulting in better performance of audits as well as fulfilling the obligations included in the legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        155
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the ministerial order establishing the National Evaluation Office 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the ministerial order indicating the entry into force of the order 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the ministerial order establishing the National Evaluation Office (Oficina Nacional de Evaluación) within the Independent Office for Regulation and Supervision of Public Procurement (OIReScon). In accordance with Article 333 of Law 9/2017 on Public Procurement, this Office shall assess the financial sustainability of the concession contracts, as defined in Articles 14 and 15 of Law 9/2017 on Public Procurement. The ministerial order shall endow the Office with the capacity and means to exercise its functions.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        156
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        National Procurement Strategy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption by the Independent Office for Regulation and Supervision of Public Procurement of the National Procurement Strategy
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        In line with the requirements laid down Article 334 of Ley 9/2017, the National Procurement Strategy shall have the objectives of improving the efficiency and sustainability of public procurement. The Strategy shall include the following elements: (i) promotion of Strategic public procurement; (ii) professionalisation; (iii) facilitating SMEs' access to public procurement; (iv) improvement of available data; (v) fostering efficiency in public procurement; (vi) Full digital transformation of public procurement; (vii) enhancing legal certainty ; (viii) improvement of the supervision and control of public procurement, including corruption prevention on the basis of a map of identified risks. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        157
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Royal Decree Law 36/2020 on the implementation of the Recovery, Transformation and Resilience Plan
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the royal decree indicating the entry into force of the royal decree
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree Law 36/2020 of 30 December approving urgent measures for the modernisation of the public administration and for the implementation of the Spanish recovery, and resilience plan, endowing public administrations in Spain with the means, including legal instruments, to implement the recovery and resilience plan, in a timely manner and in accordance with EU law, including the RRF Regulation. The Royal Decree-Law shall introduce regulatory reforms that speed up the implementation of projects and allow greater efficiency in public spending, maintaining at all times the guarantees and controls required by the EU regulatory framework
                     
                  
               
                     
                        158
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Creation of new bodies within the central government to follow-up on the implementation, control and audit of the Plan.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Creation of the Secretary General of European Funds (Secretaría General de Fondos Europeos) and new divisions in the Budget Informatics Office (Oficina de Informática Presupuestaria) and in the National Audit Office (Oficina Nacional de Auditoría) of the General Comptroller of the State Administration (Intervención General de la Administración del Estado), to foster a long-lasting performance-based planning and control administrative culture through the experience in managing and controling the Plan and in accordance with the provisions of Royal Decree 1182/2020.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        159
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Order defining the procedures and format of the information to be shared  for monitoring the RRP and accounting execution of expenditure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the order indicating the entry into force of the Order
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Order defining the procedures and format of the information to be shared  for monitoring the RRP and accounting execution of expenditure
                     
                  
               
                     
                        160
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Interconnection of national public procurement platforms
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Central and regional public administrations provide signed certificates confirming the functionalities of the platform 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Further interconnection (exchange of data) between all existing public procurement platforms (central and regional government): at least 142 open data fields and 52 aggregated data in the central government platform. 
                           Number of open data fields in the central government platform in January 2021: 119
                           Number of aggregated data in the central government platform in January 2021: 43
                     
                  
               
                     
                        161
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of projects supporting the digital transformation of the Central Public Administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Million EUR
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        960
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ or the public procurement platform of the award of at least EUR 960 000 000 in projects covering the following areas: 
                           - Digital transformation in terms of proactivity, mobility, user experience;
                           - Digital transformation in terms of automation and data-centred public administration;
                           - Digital transformation in terms of and physical, logical infrastructures and software;
                           - Digital transformation in terms of cybersecurity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        162
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects supporting the digital transformation of the Central Public Administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Certificates signed by the competent authority certifying that projects have been completed and are operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects awarded in line with target #161
                     
                  
               
                     
                        163
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Interoperable platforms to exchange social security and health data
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Central and regional social security administrations provide signed certificates confirming the functionalities of the platform
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The central administration and regions shall have fully interoperable platforms allowing for the exchange of social security data and information on the following domains: i) primary care, ii) hospitalisations, iii) health professionals, pharmaceutical prescription/dispensation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        164
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Judicial proceeding to be carried out electronically
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        70
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 70 % of the 4 056 existing judicial bodies shall have the necessary infrastructure to enable the possibility of holding at least 30 % of the proceedings electronically. This entails carrying out telematic judicial actions in the different jurisdictional bodies with full legal certainty. In order to accomplish this objective, all participants must be able to access the courtrooms by videoconference. Moreover, it shall enable the creation of fully virtual courtrooms, which all participants may access by videoconference. An immediacy platform shall be created to establish new models for non-face-to-face relations and processing. This shall improve remote access by citizens to the services provided by the public administration.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        165
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of projects supporting the digitalisation driver projects of the Central Public Administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Million EUR
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 205
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ or the public procurement platform of the award of projects covering the following areas:
                           - Digital transformation in the health sector;
                           - Digital transformation of the Administration of Justice;
                           - Digital transformation in terms of employment;
                           - Digital transformation in terms of Inclusion, Social Security and Migration;
                           - Consular digitisation plan;
                           - Digital transformation in other areas of the General State Administration.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        166
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects supporting the digitalisation driver projects of the Central Public Administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Certificates signed by the competent authority certifying that projects have been completed and are operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects awarded in line with target #165
                     
                  
               
                     
                        167
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digitalization of regional and local entities
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Ministry of Territorial Policy and Civil Service provides a signed certificate confirming that the target has been achieved
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Autonomous communities and local governments have completed projects within the strategic lines of the Digital Strategy 2025, the Digitalization Plan for Public Administrations, and the rest of the modernization action planned for the Public Sector. In particular: a) Each Autonomous Community have completed at least one project in one of five strategic lines (1. Administration oriented to citizens, 2. Smart operations, 3. A government of data, 4. Digital infrastructures, and/or 5. Cybersecurity); b) 60 % of the digital procedures of regional administrations (Comunidades Autónomas) allow their use by mobile (Current: 48 %). 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        168
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of projects supporting the digital transformation of the Regional and Local Public Administrations, and the Ministry for Territorial Policy and Public Administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Million EUR
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ or the public procurement platform of the award of projects covering the following areas: 
                           - Digital transformation in terms of proactivity, mobility, user experience;
                           - Digital transformation in terms of automation and data-centred public administration;
                           - Digital transformation in terms of and physical, logical infrastructures and software;
                           - Digital transformation in terms of cybersecurity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        169
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of all projects supporting the digital transformation of the Regional and Local Public Administrations, and the Ministry for Territorial Policy and Public Administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Certificates signed by the competent authority certifying that projects have been completed and are operational
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of all projects covering the following areas (in line with target #168)
                           - Digital transformation in terms of proactivity, mobility, user experience
                           - Digital transformation in terms of automation and data-centred public administration
                           - Digital transformation in terms of and physical, logical infrastructures and software.
                           - Digital transformation in terms of cybersecurity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        170
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Renovation of vehicles in public administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        7 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 7 000 zero or low CO2 emission vehicles (BEV, REEV, PHEV, FCEV) substituting vehicles based on fossil fuels used in the public administration. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        171
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Energy renovation on public buildings (140 000 m2)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (m2)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        140 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 140 000 m2 of energy renovations completed on public buildings, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        172
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Energy renovations in public buildings (1 000 000 m2)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (m2)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        140 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 000 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 1 000 000 m2 of energy renovations completed in public buildings, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction. (baseline: 31 December 2024)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        173
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Recovery and Resilience Facility Integrated Information System
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Audit report
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Implementation of a system that shall allow (a) for the upload of the recovery and resilience plan and of the information on implementation and monitoring of the achievement of milestones and targets; (b) for the preparation of management declarations and the audit summary as well as payment claims and (c) to collect and store data on beneficiaries, contractors, subcontractors, and beneficial owners in accordance with Art 22 of the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. A dedicated audit report on the system used shall be undertaken. In case that the report identifies any weaknesses, the audit report shall recommend corrective actions.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        174
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New communication tools and activities
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 2 community managers hired in order to increase social media presence, enhancing the number of potential participants and beneficiaries of the Plan to become aware of the possibilities offered by the Plan; and 2 web sites are operational to contribute to maximize the absorption of resources.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        175
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Staff from the public administration trained 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        3 150
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 3 150 employees of the public administration have been trained on areas concerning the implementation, control and audit of the Recovery and Resilience Plan (RRP) 
                     
                  
               
               L. COMPONENT 12: Industrial Policy
            
            
               The objective of Component 12 of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan is to boost the modernisation and productivity of the Spanish industry-services ecosystem through a swifter embrace of the digital and green transition.
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan contributes to addressing Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019, on the promotion of investments in innovation and in energy efficiency. It is also aligned with Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020 (by promoting public and private investment and fostering the green transition). The component shall also help address Country Specific Recommendation 2 2019 on fostering cooperation between business and education for the provision of labour market relevant skills, and Country Specific Recommendation 1 2020 on strengthening the resilience of the health system. 
            
            
               One of the objectives of the measures included in the component is to facilitate participation by Spanish firms in a planned Important Projects of Common European Interest (IPCEI).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               L.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C12.R1) - Spanish Strategy to boost Industry 2030
            
            
               The objective of the Spanish Strategy to boost Industry 2030 shall be to adapt the regulatory framework to help industry face the challenges of servitisation, digitisation, environmental sustainability and the circular economy. The Strategy shall notably include a reform of the Industry Law dating from 1992. The objective of the measure shall be to improve the coordination mechanisms between the different levels of government in industrial policy, and to improve industrial quality and safety through a strengthened market surveillance system, in line with Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 June 2019 on market surveillance and compliance of products and amending Directive 2004/42/EC and Regulations (EC) No 765/2008 and (EU) No 305/2011[
                  15
               ]. Finally, the definition of infringements in industrial policy shall be revised and the level of sanctions that may be applied updated.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Reform 2 (C12.R2) - Waste policy and boosting the circular economy
            
            
               The objective of the measure shall be to promote production and consumption models that keep products, materials and natural resources in the economy for as long as possible. The aim is to reduce the generation of waste to a minimum, and to ensure the full exploitation of waste which may not be avoided. This reform shall include the approval of a Spanish Strategy for the Circular Economy in June 2020, in line with the EU Circular Economy Action Plans.
            
            
               The measure shall also include a package of acts on the circular economy to regulate the shipment and disposal of waste and to manage end-of-life tyres, and measures on end-of-life vehicles. To this end, Royal Decrees 553/2020, of 2 June 2020, 646/2020, of 7 July 2020, and 731/2020, of 4 August 2020, and Royal Decrees 27/2021, of 19 January and 265/2021, of 13 April were approved. In addition, the reform shall include the approval of regulatory measures on packaging and packaging waste by the Council of Ministers during 2022.
            
            
               Finally, the measure shall include the entry into force of a new Law on Waste and Contaminated Soil by 31 December 2022. The Law shall include: 
            
            
               a)The implementation of the Waste Framework Directive and the Directive for Plastics of Single Use, as well as an adaptation of Spanish regulations in light of the experience of the last ten years; 
            
            
               b)The introduction of the EU objectives regarding waste, and obligations on separate collection deriving from EU regulations, anticipating their implementation in bio-waste in municipalities with more than 5 000 inhabitants. Furthermore, the measure shall introduce separate collection obligations that go beyond requirements established by Union law;
            
            
               c)The review of the regulation of extended producer responsibility, establishing a new regulatory framework (required by EU regulations and additional ones); and
            
            
               d)The introduction of state taxation on waste (including on landfilling, incinerating and co-incinerating, and on single-use plastic containers).
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Investment (C12.I1) - Sectoral data spaces to digitise strategic production sectors 
            
         
         
            
               The objective of this measure shall be to create secure and large data spaces in strategic industrial sectors, such as the agri-food, sustainable mobility, health and the commercial sector. Innovation, efficiency and economies of scale shall be fostered through the development of common components (building blocks) and through the sharing of common infrastructures and data (cloud platforms, supercomputing and storage networks, big data analytics and artificial intelligence). 
            
            
               The governance structures shall be strengthened to articulate public-private cooperation in the development of data spaces. In addition, mechanisms to ensure interoperability shall be defined, and appropriate rules and mechanisms shall be developed to promote data sharing between companies. The investment will be carried out in alignment with the European Commission Communication “A European strategy for data” [
                  16
               ] and actions foreseen therein, in particular the forthcoming Data Act and Governance Regulation [
                  17
               ], as well as the EU Cloud Federation. Synergies shall ensure complementarity with the Digital Europe Programme [
                  18
               ]. The investment will also be aligned with the main references and standards, such as those promoted by the International Data Spaces (IDS) Association.
            
            
               At least four high-value sectoral and interoperable data spaces shall be supported by 31 December 2023, in the agri-food sector, the sustainable mobility sector, the health sector and the trade sector. 
            
            
               This implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               Investment 2 (C12.I2) - Programme to boost competitiveness and industrial sustainability 
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to promote the transformation of strategic sectors that are key for the industrial transition of Spain, such as the automotive and electric vehicles, the agri-food, health, the aeronautical and naval sectors, industrial sectors linked to renewable energies and in capabilities for the design and production of processors and semiconductor technologies. At least major strategic projects shall be supported under this action (so called “PERTEs”), encompassing the whole value chain in the relevant sector, and including support for SMEs. 
            
            
               This measure shall also finance projects of a smaller scale, such as industrial simulation, advanced materials, virtual reality and collaborative and cognitive robotics. The measure shall further support sustainable industrial infrastructures, such as industrial parks or logistics areas. As part of this element of the measure, the Spanish recovery and resilience plan shall finance at least 78 innovative projects involving a substantial industrial transformation in terms of energy efficiency, sustainability and digital transformation.
            
            
               After approval of a PERTE by the Council of Ministers, a competitive call shall be launched by the relevant Ministry with the aim of receiving specific proposals to be developed under the approved PERTE. Implementation of support measures that may constitute State aid in line with Article 107 TFEU and that may require prior notification to the Commission shall not take place before Spain has obtained State aid approval from the Commission. 
            
            
               The Council of Ministers decision approving the PERTE shall contain detailed selection criteria to ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  19
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  20
               ; (iii) indirect ETS costs compensation; (iv) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  21
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  22
               ; and (v) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected. 
            
            
               The following R&D&I actions under this investment shall be considered compliant with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01): R&D&I actions under this investment devoted to substantially increasing the environmental sustainability of companies (such as decarbonisation, reduction of pollution and the circular economy) if the primary focus of the R&D&I actions under this investment is on developing or adapting alternatives with the lowest possible environmental impacts in the sector.
            
            
               Selection criteria shall ensure that at least EUR 455 000 000 contribute to the climate change objectives with a 100 % climate coefficient and at least EUR 1 500 000 000 with a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2021 establishing the Recovery and Resilience Facility [
                  23
               ]. Alternatively, if well justified by providing an explanation of the reasons why the alternative approach may not be feasible, the selection criteria shall ensure that at least EUR 2 531 500 000 contribute to the climate change objectives with on average at least a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to Regulation (EU) 2021/241.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               Investment 3 (C12.I3) - Plan to support the implementation of waste legislation and the promotion of the circular economy
            
            
               The objective of this measure shall be to help to foster the circular economy in Spain, by financing projects designed to implement the national waste regulation framework and to achieve EU objectives in the area of waste, as well as innovative circular economy projects in the private sector to facilitate the transition towards the circular economy.  
            
            
               The measure shall support the upgrade of existing separate waste collection systems, and investments in collection points to enhance recycling, the construction of new waste treatment plants and the increase of resource efficiency in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, without increasing their lifetime or capacity (to be verified at plant level). The objective of the measure shall also cover digital solutions in the field and the promotion of the circular economy at firm level. The proposed objective is to have completed at least 30 of the projects planned. The measure shall achieve a minimum of 30 % of separately collected municipal waste as a share of total municipal waste generated in 2024 (2024 data to be available in 2026), in accordance with Directive 2008/98/EC.
            
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  24
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  25
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  26
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  27
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment will be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               L.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is the 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
         
         
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        176
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on Industry
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Law shall have the objectives of improving the coordination mechanisms between the different levels of government in industrial policy, and improving industrial quality and safety through a strengthened market surveillance system, in line with Regulation (EU) 2019/1020 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 June 2019 on market surveillance and compliance of products and amending Directive 2004/42/EC and Regulations (EC) No 765/2008 and (EU) No 305/2011. Finally, the definition of infringements in the area shall be revised and the level of sanctions that may be applied updated.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        177
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Spanish Strategy on Circular Economy (EEEC)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by Council of Ministers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of Spanish Strategy on Circular Economy (EEEC). It sets the basis to promote a new production and consumption model in which the value of products, materials and resources is maintained as long as possible, in which the generation of waste is minimised and the waste that may not be avoided is fully exploited.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        178
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the acts that are part of the Circular economy policy package
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the Royal Decrees indicating the entry into force of the laws
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The circular economy policy package includes:
                           Royal Decree 731/2020 of 4 August amending Royal Decree 1619/2005 of 30 December on the management of end-of-life tyres.
                           Royal Decree 646/2020 of 7 July regulating the disposal of waste by landfill.
                           Royal Decree 553/2020 of 2 June regulating the shipment of waste within the territory of the State.
                           Royal Decrees 27/2021, of 19 January and 265/2021, of 13 April.
                           The forthcoming approval of regulatory measures on packaging and packaging waste by the Council of Ministers during the course of 2022.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        179
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on Waste and Contaminated Soil 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the law 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Law shall include: 
                           (i) The implementation of the waste framework directive and the directive for plastics of single use, and also updates the Spanish regulations in the light of the experience of the last ten years; 
                           (ii) The introduction of EU objectives regarding waste, and obligations on separate collection deriving from EU regulations, anticipating their implementation in bio-waste in municipalities with more than 5 000 inhabitants.  Furthermore, the measure shall introduce separate collection obligations that go beyond requirements established by Union law;
                           (iii) The review of the regulation of extended producer responsibility, establishing new ones that go beyond what is required by Union law;
                           (iv) The introduction of state taxation on waste (including landfill, incineration and co-incineration and on single-use plastic containers).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        180
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        High-value sectoral and interoperable data spaces
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Large high-value sectoral and interoperable data spaces created in strategic sectors. At least four in the agri-food sector, the sustainable mobility sector, the health sector and the trade sector, in compliance with the ’Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. Budget execution mobilised for this purpose shall amount to at least EUR 400 000 000. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        181
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Plan to Boost the Value Chain of the Automotive Industry towards Sustainable and Connected Mobility
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by Council of Ministers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by the Council of Ministers of the Plan to Boost the Value Chain of the Automotive Industry towards Sustainable and Connected Mobility. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        182
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        PERTE in the area of electric vehicles
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by Council of Ministers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by the Council of Ministers of a Strategic Project for the Economic Recovery and Transformation (PERTE) in the strategic area of electric vehicles, and allocation of at least EUR 400 000 000 of budget in aid. The PERTE approval decision shall contain detailed selection criteria to ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. The selection criteria shall additionally reflect requirements of applicable intervention fields for climate change objectives, in accordance with Annex VI to Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2021 establishing the Recovery and Resilience Facility.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        183
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        PERTEs in strategic areas defined in the Plan 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by Council of Ministers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by the Council of Ministers of at least two PERTEs and total allocation of at least EUR 400 000 000 of budget in aid for each of them, in other strategic areas, such as agri-food, health, the aeronautical and naval sectors, and industrial sectors linked to renewable energies, and in capabilities for the design and production of processors and semiconductor technologies. The PERTE approval decision shall contain detailed selection criteria to ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. The selection criteria shall additionally reflect requirements of applicable intervention fields for climate change objectives, in accordance with Annex VI to Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2021 establishing the Recovery and Resilience Facility. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        184
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Innovative projects for the transformation of industry in terms of energy efficiency, sustainability and digitalisation 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        78
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of at least EUR 1 200 000 000 by the Minister of Industry to at least 78 innovative projects, including those linked to approved PERTEs (at least 3), that involve a substantial transformation of industry in terms of energy efficiency, sustainability and digital transformation. Selection of projects further to a call published in OJ and based on selection criteria for compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. The selection criteria shall additionally reflect requirements of applicable intervention fields for climate change objectives, in accordance with Annex VI of the Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2021 establishing the Recovery and Resilience Facility. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        185
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget execution of  PERTES and innovative projects for the transformation of industry 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2 531 500 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget execution of at least EUR 2 531 500 000 mobilised in 210 innovative projects, including those linked to approved PERTEs (at least 3), that involve a real transformation of industry in terms of energy efficiency, sustainability and digital transformation, in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. Selection criteria shall ensure that at least EUR 455 000 000 contribute to the climate change objectives with a 100 % climate coefficient and at least EUR 1 500 000 with a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2021 establishing the Recovery and Resilience Facility. Alternatively, if well justified by providing an explanation of the reasons why the alternative approach may not be feasible, the selection criteria shall ensure that at least EUR 2 531 500 000 contribute to the climate change objectives with on average at least a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2021 establishing the Recovery and Resilience Facility. At least EUR 3 800 000 000 of private investment shall be mobilised with the RRF funds and the multiplier effect of the additional funding to these funds on private investment shall be similar by the date of the milestone, also in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. This target shall not be considered as met in the event that any of the measures for which budget has been committed were to constitute State aid in line with Article 107 TFEU, required notification to the Commission and have not obtained approval by the Commission by 31 December 2023.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        186
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of PERTEs and innovative projects for the transformation of industry
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of 210 innovative projects, including those linked to approved PERTEs (at least three), that involve a real transformation of industry in terms of energy efficiency, sustainability and digital transformation, in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        187
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects to support the implementation of waste legislation and promote the circular economy in the enterprise
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of at least 30 projects approved by MITERD to support the implementation of waste legislation and promote the circular economy in the enterprise in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. Actions under this investment related to mechanical biological treatment plants shall only take place in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this investment are for the purpose of increasing resource efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this investment do not result in an increase of the plants' waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants, verified at plant level. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        188
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Increase separately collected municipal waste
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % of separately collected municipal waste
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        21
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Achieve a minimum of 30 % of separately collected municipal waste as a share of total municipal waste generated in 2024 (2024 data to be available in 2026), in accordance with Directive 2008/98/EC. Separate collection shall mean the collection where a waste stream shall be kept separately by type and nature so as to facilitate a specific treatment. The data shall be collected in compliance with the material breakdown according to Annex V of the Commission Implementing Decision 019/1004/EC. (Baseline: 31 December 2018.)
                     
                  
               
               M. COMPONENT 13: Support to SMEs  
            
            
               Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) play a key role in the economy of the EU and of Spain in particular where SMEs makes a higher contribution to the national GDP and where the average size of firms in smaller compared to the EU average. 
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan address the challenges faced by Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) (including the self-employed) with the aim to boost the competitiveness of the Spanish economy and promote growth and employment. These challenges are: the difficult access to finance for entrepreneurship, business growth and innovation; the lack of digital skills and the lack of adoption of digital technologies that hinder the productivity and competitiveness of SMEs; the small size of firms, which hampers the exploitation of economies of scale and internationalisation; and the high vulnerability to external shocks and low economies of scale hampering investment and innovation.
            
            
               The objectives of this component are to introduce reforms and investments aimed at facilitating business creation, growth and restructuring of firms, improving the business climate (in particular by strengthening the functioning of the Spanish internal market), as well as further boosting the important processes of productivity gains through digitalisation, innovation and internationalisation. This component is significantly focused on digitalisation with a horizontal approach to provide a basic digitisation package to a significant percentage of SMEs and a vertical approach to boost the digitisation of processes and technological innovation in certain SMEs.
            
            
               This component partly addresses the Country Specific Recommendations on progress in the implementation of the Law on Market Unity (Country Specific Recommendation 4 2019) and on ensuring the effective implementation of measures aimed at providing liquidity to SMEs and the self-employed, in particular by avoiding late payments (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020). It also addresses the Country Specific Recommendations on focusing investments on the digital transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020) and on improving access to digital learning (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). 
            
            
               M.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C13.R1) - Improving business regulation and climate
            
            
               The objectives of the reform are to improve the framework in which economic activity takes place by ensuring a better regulation and business climate that facilitates the creation and growth of businesses, and their restructuring if necessary, through the adoption of a number of measures. 
            
            
               The reform shall consists of:
            
            
               a)Adoption of the Law on Business Creation and Growth. The aim of this legislation is to:
            
            
               I.Simplify the procedures for setting up a business. This shall be achieved through the reduction of minimum capital requirement to set up a firm, and the strengthening of the crowdfunding platforms and other public funding instruments; 
            
            
               II.Legal measures to foster an early payment culture. This law shall improve the effectiveness of the implementation of Directive (EU) 2011/7 on combating late payment in commercial transactions. The law is expected to reduce the average payment periods in commercial transactions. This would help address liquidity challenges faced by creditor SMEs that are not paid in due time, with positive spill-over effects on their activities and growth. Examples of measures to be implemented to foster an early payment culture include guidelines on publicity and transparency of payment periods, best business practices and mechanisms for better enforcement such as an out-of-court dispute resolution system;
            
            
               III.Amend certain provisions of the Law on Market Unity to provide further clarity in areas where ambiguities have led to implementation problems. The aim of the Law on Market Unity is to remove unnecessary, disproportionate or discriminatory barriers to access to and pursuit of economic activities and to freedom of establishment throughout the territory. The objective of this reform shall also be to enhance the efficiency and transparency of the mechanisms provided for in the Law on Market Unity to protect operators whose activity is affected by barriers imposed by the public administration. In addition, the reform shall strengthen cooperation in order to promote better regulation throughout the country;
            
            
               b)A new Sectoral Conference for Regulatory Improvement and Business Climate shall be set up. Its objective shall be to facilitate the correct application of the principles of good regulation by all public administrations and to ensure an optimal coordination of the various administrations, including in measures that shall accompany the recovery. The sectoral conference shall also follow up work within other sectoral conferences, which shall allow for enhanced coordination, monitoring and promotion of better regulation, with both a horizontal and sectoral focus;
            
            
               c)Reform of the insolvency law for the transposition of Directive (EU) 2019/1023 on preventive restructuring frameworks, discharge of debt and disqualifications, and on measures to increase the efficiency of insolvency procedures, and amending Directive (EU) 2017/1132 (the Restructuring and Insolvency Directive). The reform shall include the establishment of a more efficient second chance procedure for natural persons, allowing for debt relief without prior liquidation of the insolvent party's assets. In addition, the restructuring plans required by the Insolvency Directive (EU) 2019/1023 shall be introduced as a new pre-insolvency instrument that improves the effectiveness of the currently applicable pre-insolvency instruments in order to prevent insolvency and subsequent bankruptcy. A special procedure for micro SMEs, fully processed by electronic means, shall also be introduced, so as to reduce the duration and costs of the process.
            
            
               d)Finally, this reform shall also consist in the adoption of a Law amending three legislative texts, in particular Law 34/2006, related to the professional practice of lawyers and procuradores. A new system shall provide a single access to the professions of lawyers and procuradores, as the same qualification shall give access to the exercise of both professions. Multidisciplinary professional societies shall be allowed to offer jointly services of legal defence and representation in court. The tariff system applicable to the services of procuradores shall also be amended: maximum fees shall be established, but not minimum ones to ensure that service recipients can have access to services offered at competitive prices. With this reform, Spain shall ensure that legislation in this field is aligned with Articles 15, 16 and 25 of Directive 2006/123/C of the European Parliament and of the Council on services in the internal market, and with Articles 49 and 56 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. As regards this reform, the Council of Ministers approved the draft legislative proposals referred to above in September 2020. 
            
            
               This reform will also be complemented by the adoption of a law transposing the Digitalisation Directive (2019/1151), which promotes innovation and digitalisation both in the Administration and in the business environment and provides for the digitalisation of the entire process of setting up a company. This law is one of the regulatory instruments necessary for the implementation of Component 11 (C11.R2 reform for the promotion of the rule of law and the efficiency of the public service of justice). 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
         
         
            
               Reform 2 (C13.R2) - Strategy Spain Entrepreneurial Nation
            
            
               The objective of the measure is to promote the Spanish Entrepreneurship Strategy. The reform shall consist of adopting a start-up law, to create a favourable framework for the creation and growth of highly innovative start-ups, and the set-up of a NEXT-TECH public-private fund to scale up start-ups in disruptive technologies.
            
            
               The adoption of a Law on Start Ups, by the end of 2022, shall: provide a legal definition of start-ups; identify tax incentives to foster their creation and to attract talents; set out measures to facilitate the attraction of foreign investors and entrepreneurs; and adopt mechanisms to facilitate the implementation of the law and its relationship with the measures related to the digital entrepreneur ecosystem.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Investment 1 (C13.I1) - Entrepreneurship 
            
            
               The objectives of the investment are to boost the entrepreneurial ecosystem to make it more resilient and competitive, addressing the challenges of the green and digital transition.
            
            
               The investment consists in four main actions:
            
            
               1) Strengthening entrepreneurial skills, including skilling and re-skilling and supporting entrepreneurs in line with the EU’s priorities on the green and digital transition. As part of this action, at least 6 900 entrepreneurs shall benefit from the Entrepreneurship Skills Programme, and at least 800 entrepreneurs shall be supported by the ‘Women Talent Programme’; 
            
            
               2) Provide tools to support business creation and business management and to strengthen SMEs, including the support of at least 12 000 active users in the virtual ONE-National Entrepreneurship Office (‘ONE’) platform, under the umbrella of the Strategic Framework on SME Policy 2030, the Spanish Entrepreneurship Strategy and the Spain Digital Agenda 2025;
            
            
               3) Dissemination and communication campaigns for the creation, development or attraction to Spain of international events focusing on innovative companies and a program to attract women talent. This shall include at least 20 events on entrepreneurship developed under the ‘Flag Programme’; and at least 260 communication actions (200 media appearances and 60 events) under ’Brand Spain Entrepreneurship Nation’; and
            
            
               4) Funding a support line for entrepreneurship and SMEs through the programme to support women’s entrepreneurship. This shall include the support of at least 200 female entrepreneurs through participative loans granted by the Empresa Nacional de Innovación, S.A. 
            
            
               For financial instruments, in order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the legal agreement between Spanish authorities and the entrusted entity or the financial intermediary in charge of the financial instrument and the subsequent investment policy of the financial instrument shall: 
            
            
               I.require the application of the Commission’s technical guidance on sustainability proofing for the InvestEU Fund;
            
            
               II.exclude the following list of activities and assets from eligibility: (i) activities and assets related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  28
               ; (ii) activities and assets under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  29
               ; (iii) activities and assets related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  30
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  31
               ; and (iv) activities and assets where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment; and
            
            
               III.require the verification of legal compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation of the projects by the entrusted entity/financial intermediary for all transactions, including those exempted from sustainability proofing.
            
            
               For tenders, in order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  32
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  33
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  34
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  35
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 2 (C13.I2) - Growth 
            
            
               The objective of the measure is to promote SMEs growth. 
            
            
               The investment shall consists of actions on:
            
         
         
            
               1) Support to (11 000) individual SMEs under the programme ’Skills for SME growth’. The aim of this programme is to provide companies with the necessary skills to grow and become more competitive, changing their business models and contributing to the twin transitions;
            
            
               2) Long-term financial support to industrial projects (1 500) developed by SMEs, for actions under this investment in new industrial facilities or expansion of existing ones, taking into account the potential to contribute to climate change mitigation.
            
            
               3) Improvement of access to finance for SMEs, by providing support in the form of financial, commercial and technical guarantees through a strengthening of Compañia Española de Reafianzamiento SME S.A. (CERSA), in line with the eligibility criteria of the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation as provided in the Guidance to Member States of 21 January 2021. As part of this line of action, CERSA shall provide long term support through its counter-guarantee coverage to the Regional Mutual Guarantee Societies, backing the risk borne by them. CERSA shall promote SMEs’ competitiveness and resilience also through three new dedicated lines allowing access to long-term financing and working capital operations for actions under this investment in the area of: digitalization; sustainability; growth and recovery, (reinforcing resilience, mainly for SMEs affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, that are ready to undertake significant transformation and growth plans). 
            
            
               In addition, in order to implement the financial guarantee instrument, an agreement must be drawn up between the Ministry responsible for investment and the implementing partner or the entrusted entity. The agreement shall translate in obligations the information included in the recovery and resilience plan. Further, any reflows (i.e. interests on the loan, return on equity, or principal repaid, minus associated costs) linked to the financial instrument would need to be reinvested for the same policy objectives, including beyond 2026. In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the legal agreement between Spanish authorities and the entrusted entity or the financial intermediary in charge of the financial instrument and the subsequent investment policy of the financial instrument shall 
            
            
               I.require the application of the Commission’s technical guidance on sustainability proofing for the InvestEU Fund;
            
            
               II.exclude the following list of activities and assets from eligibility: (i) activities and assets related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  36
               ; (ii) activities and assets under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  37
               ; (iii) activities and assets related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  38
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  39
               ; and (iv) activities and assets where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment; and
            
            
               III.require the verification of legal compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation of the projects by the entrusted entity/financial intermediary for all transactions, including those exempted from sustainability proofing.
            
            
               For tenders, in order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  40
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  41
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  42
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  43
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Investment 3 (C13.I3) Digitalisation and Innovation 
            
            
               The objective of this investment is to equip SMEs with the skills and tools to contribute to the digital transition and to address the challenges resulting from it. It is aligned with the Spain Digital Agenda 2025 and is complemented by actions in component 15 on connectivity and in component 19 on digital skills.
            
            
               The investment shall focus on the following different actions:
            
            
               1) Digital toolkit: This is the main action under this measure, which shall boost the digitalisation of small enterprises (ten to 49 employees), micro-enterprises (one to nine employees) and self-employed, in any sector of economic activity, raising their level of digital maturity. The programme is based on the provision of grants to support the integration of digital technology to adopt e-commerce effectively, to digitalise relations with the public administration and with customers, to develop digital internal processes, and to introduce e-invoicing and digital marketing; promoting especially service-oriented solutions. The programme shall partially subsidise the costs of adopting packages of basic digital solutions such as internet presence, e-selling, cloud office, digital job, digitalisation basic processes, customer management, digital marketing, cybersecurity, among others. Each DTK digitisation package shall be allocated a fixed grant amount, which shall be determined in each call according to the size of the company and the sector of activity. The support is expected to reach 1 000 000 SMEs.
            
            
               2) ‘Actors of Change’ programme: this is a programme that shall support at least 15 000 small and medium-sized enterprises (ten-249 employees) in their digital transformation processes.
            
            
               3) ‘SME 2.0 accelerators’ programme: this is an action under this investment that shall expand the infrastructure supporting the digitalisation of SMEs with advisory services and training services.
            
            
               5) ‘Innovative Business Cluster Support’ programme: this measure shall support projects to digitise the value chain of the various industrial sectors, with the objective to modernise them and to include SMEs in the value chain.
            
            
               6) ‘Digital Innovation Hubs’ (DIH) programme: this is a programme to support the development of Digital Innovation Hubs in Spain. DIHs are structures that help companies responding to the digital challenges and becoming more competitive, by improving their business and production processes through the intensive use of digital technologies. As part of this sub-measure 25 Digital Innovation Hubs shall be supported.
            
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  44
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  45
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  46
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  47
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
               Investment 4 (C13.I4) Support for Trade 
            
         
         
            
               The objective of the measure is to help small businesses to adapt to the digitalisation of the trade sector and to the changed consumer behaviour. 
            
            
               The investment shall have two core lines of action.
            
            
               1.Projects in the small trade sector aimed at incorporating new technologies that enable local trade to respond to new consumption habits, under the ‘Technological Fund’ (200 projects). Eligible projects under this fund include:
            
            
               a.Projects in new technologies aimed at improving online commercial and communication strategy, business models or shopping experience;
            
            
               b.Projects in new technologies for the adaptation of the physical shopping experience to new consumer needs and habits and new management models;
            
            
               c.Projects in technological solutions to improve the efficiency and sustainability of last-mile logistics;
            
            
               d.Projects in the implementation of technological solutions to improve energy and resource efficiency. 
            
            
               The investment shall be completed with the creation of a digital platform (Plataforma Comercio Conectado) to foster the digitalization of the sector. 
            
            
               2.Projects submitted by local authorities, for improvements in the modernisation of municipal markets, commercial areas, non-sedentary sales markets and short marketing channels, under the ‘Sustainable Markets’ program (130 projects). Eligible projects under this program shall include: 
            
            
               a.Projects in the adoption of customer insight tools based on big data or other technologies;
            
            
               b.Projects in the digital transformation of markets that improve omni-channel marketplace and shopping experience;
            
            
               c.Projects aimed at the digital transformation of street commerce and short marketing channels;
            
            
               d.Projects in works and refurbishment to improve facilities, their accessibility, equipment and adequacy of the areas occupied by municipal markets, commercial areas and non-sedentary markets, and their adjacent areas;
            
            
               e.Projects to reduce the consumption of inputs by commerce and the substitution of these for environmentally friendly alternatives;
            
            
               f.Installation of smart delivery points;
            
            
               g.Projects to improve energy efficiency;
            
            
               h.Actions that promote the recycling or reuse of waste;
            
            
               i.Awareness-raising and training in technological skills.
            
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  48
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  49
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  50
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  51
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
            
         
         
            
               Investment 5 (C13.I5) Internationalisation 
            
            
               The objective of the measure is to strengthen the capacities and instruments of the Spanish export support, internationalisation and foreign investment system.
            
            
               The investment shall consist in a set of 11 actions, as follows:
            
            
               1.Funding line for feasibility, feasibility, pre-feasibility and sectoral and institutional modernisation studies;
            
            
               2.The INNOVA Invest programme to support foreign investments in R&D;
            
            
               3.The VIVES programme to provide financial support to hire trainees in companies involved in export activities;
            
            
               4.The international mentoring training programme;
            
            
               5.Programme for strengthening the communication systems, telematics services and digitisation of export associations, export federations, Spanish chambers of commerce and their federations;
            
            
               6.The Export-Base Enlargement Programme, a programme to provide a personalised coaching to internationalise firms and SMEs in particular;
            
            
               7.Programme for Strengthening the Spanish High Growth Enterprise Ecosystem;
            
            
               8.Aid for the opening up and consolidation of markets through subsidies for expenditure related to inspections and audits of authorities of third countries and to legal and consultancy expenditures on trade defence;
            
            
               9.A financial incentive programme by COFIDES (a state owned financial institution that provides medium and long term financing to support internationalisation investments projects of firms) to promote impact investments. Its main goal is generating a measurable, social and/or environmental impact alongside a financial return;
            
            
               10.Boosting the digitalisation of government services to support internationalisation;
            
            
               11.Digitisation of ICEX (a national public business entity that promote internationalisation of Spanish businesses).
            
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  52
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  53
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  54
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  55
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected.
            
            
               For financial instruments, in order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the legal agreement between Spanish authorities and the entrusted entity or the financial intermediary in charge of the financial instrument and the subsequent investment policy of the financial instrument shall 
            
            
               I.require the application of the Commission’s technical guidance on sustainability proofing for the InvestEU Fund; and
            
            
               II.exclude the following list of activities and assets from eligibility: (i) activities and assets related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  56
               ; (ii) activities and assets under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  57
               ; (iii) activities and assets related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  58
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  59
               ; and (iv) activities and assets where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment; and
            
            
               III.require the verification of legal compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation of the projects by the entrusted entity/financial intermediary for all transactions, including those exempted from sustainability proofing.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
            
         
         
            
               M.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        189
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law amending Law 34/2006 on access to the professions of lawyers and procuradores  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the law 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law amending Law 34/2006 on access to the professions of lawyers and procuradores shall:
                           — Reform of the current system of minimum fees into a system of maximum fees and new obligation to submit a cost estimate to the customer in advice.
                           — Allow multidisciplinary activities of the professions of lawyer and procuradores within the same legal entity
                           — Single access to the professions of lawyer and procuradores.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        190
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law to reform of the Insolvency Law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the law 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Reform of the ‘Insolvency Law’. 
                           The Reform of the Insolvency Law beyond the requirements of the Directive shall:
                           — establish a more efficient second chance procedure for natural persons shall be established, allowing for debt relief without prior liquidation of the insolvent party's assets,
                           — establish a special procedure for micro SMEs, which reduces the duration and cost and will be fully processed by electronic means.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        191
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on Business Creation and Growth
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the law 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the new ‘Law on Business Creation and Growth’ to simplify procedures for setting up a business and to promote a diversified sources of finance for business growth. The Law on Business Creation and Growth shall also include measures to foster an early payment culture, notably to provide liquidity to SMEs and the self-employed by avoiding late payments. Measures to be implemented to foster an early payment culture include guidelines on publicity and transparency of payment periods, best business practices and mechanisms for better enforcement such as an out-of-court dispute resolution system. The Law on Business Creation and Growth shall also include amendments to the ‘Law on Market Unity’ to facilitate its implementation and to strengthen the mechanisms available to market operators affected by market barriers 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        192
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Start-ups Law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the law 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the ‘Start-ups Law’ that creates a favourable framework for the creation and growth of highly innovative start-ups. The Start-Ups Law shall introduce tax contributions reforms in the form of incentives to encourage and facilitate the development of start-ups, as well as the attraction of foreign entrepreneurs and investors, in line with the objectives of fiscal consolidation. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        193
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entrepreneurs or SMEs benefiting from measures to boost the entrepreneurial ecosystem
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        6 900
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 6 900 entrepreneurs or SMEs having completed a programme aimed at boosting the entrepreneurial ecosystem, under the umbrella of the Strategic Framework on SME Policy 2030, the Spanish Entrepreneurship Strategy and the Spain Digital Agenda 2025 including at least 2 000 female entrepreneurs / SMEs led or participated by women and in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) of supported transactions under this measure through the use of sustainability proofing, the use of an exclusion list, and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        194
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Users benefiting from measures to boost the entrepreneurial ecosystem
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        12 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 12 000 users benefiting from measures aimed at boosting the entrepreneurial ecosystem, under the umbrella of the Strategic Framework on SME Policy 2030, the Spanish Entrepreneurship Strategy and the Spain Digital Agenda 2025; and in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) of supported transactions under this measure through the use of sustainability proofing, the use of an exclusion list, and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        195
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Other actions dissemination and communication and funding
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        480
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 480 actions have been completed for dissemination and communication campaigns for the creation, development or attraction to Spain of international events focusing on innovative companies and program to attract women talent. This shall include at least 20 events on entrepreneurship developed under the ‘Flag Programme’; and at least 260 communication actions (200  media appearances and 60 events)  under ’Brand Spain Entrepreneurship Nation’.
                           Funding a support line for entrepreneurship and SMEs through the programme to support women’s entrepreneurship. This shall include the support of at least 200 female entrepreneurs through participative loans granted by Empresa Nacional de Innovación, S.A., in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) of supported transactions under this measure through the use of sustainability proofing, the use of an exclusion list, and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        196
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        CERSA guarantee
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR (million) 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        CERSA guarantee: At least an amount of EUR 1 000 000 000 of guarantees granted by CERSA allowing SMEs to obtain guarantees for long term investments and working capital. The selection criteria shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) of supported transactions under this measure through the use of sustainability proofing, the use of an exclusion list, and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        197
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        SMEs supported by the Program ‘Skills for SME Growth’
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        11 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 11 000 SMEs having completed the programme ‘Skills for SME Growth’. The selection criteria shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) of supported transactions under this measure through the use of sustainability proofing, the use of an exclusion list, and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        198
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entrepreneurs and SMEs supported by the Industrial Entrepreneurship Support Programme
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 500
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Long term financing shall be provided to entrepreneurs and SMEs for industrial investment projects under the Industrial Entrepreneurship Support Programme. Financing shall be provided for the creation of industrial enterprises or expansion of existing facilities.
                           At least 1 500 operations having received financing from 1 January 2021 to 31 December 2023. The selection criteria shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) of supported transactions under this measure through the use of sustainability proofing, the use of an exclusion list, and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                     
                        (Baseline: 1 January 2021)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        199
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digitalisation of SMEs Plan 2021-2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by the council of Ministers of the Digitalisation of SMEs Plan 2021-2025 which provides for a set of instruments to incorporate into micro and autonomous enterprises the digital tools already available, boost the digitisation of small businesses and promote technological innovation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        200
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget committed to the Digital Toolkit Program
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 30 % of budget EUR 3 067 000 000 committed, devoted to actions to digitize SMEs via Digital Toolkit Programme, in compliance with the ’Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        201
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget committed to Agents of Change Program
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 30 % of the budget EUR 300 000 000 committed, devoted to SMEs in ‘Agents of Change Programme’. The calls for proposals with terms of reference shall include eligibility criteria that ensure that the selected projects comply with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        202
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget committed to Innovative Business Cluster Support Program
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 30 % of the budget EUR 115 000 000 committed, devoted to SMEs in ‘Innovative Business Cluster Support Programme’. The calls for proposals with terms of reference shall include eligibility criteria that ensure that the selected projects comply with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        203
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget committed to DIHs Program
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 30 % of the budget EUR 37 590 000 committed, devoted to SMEs in ‘Digital Innovation Hubs Programme’. The calls for proposals with terms of reference shall include eligibility criteria that ensure that the selected projects comply with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        204
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        SMEs supported by the Digital Toolkit program
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        800 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 800 000 SMEs having received support from the ‘Digital Toolkit Programme, in compliance with the ’Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        205
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget execution of  Agents of Change Program
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        100
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        100 % of the budget EUR 300 000 000 committed, awarded to SMEs in ‘Agents of Change Programme’. This is a programme that aims to support at least 15 000 small and medium-sized enterprises (10-249 employees) in their digital transformation processes. The selection criteria shall ensure compliance with the ’Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. (baseline: 31 December 2022).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        206
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget execution of Innovative Business Cluster Support Program 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        100
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        100 % of the budget EUR 115 000 000 committed, devoted to SMEs in ‘Innovative Business Cluster Support Programme’. The aim of this measure is to support projects to digitise the value chain of the various industrial sectors, with the objective to modernise them and to include SMEs in the value chain. The calls for proposals with terms of reference shall include eligibility criteria that ensure that the selected projects comply with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. (baseline: 31 December 2022).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        207
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget execution of DIHs Program
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        %
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        100
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        100 % of the budget EUR 37 590 000 committed, devoted to SMEs in ‘Digital Innovation Hubs Programme’. This is a program to help companies become more competitive, by improving their business and production processes through the intensive use of digital technologies. As part of this sub-measure 25 DIHs will be supported. The calls for proposals with terms of reference shall include eligibility criteria that ensure that the selected projects comply with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. (baseline: 31 December 2022).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        208
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of the Digital Toolkit program
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        800 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 000 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 1 000 000 SMEs having received support from the ‘Digital Toolkit Programme, in compliance with the ’Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. The programme is based on the provision of grants to support the integration of digital technology to adopt e-commerce effectively, to digitalise relations with the Administration and with customers, to develop digital internal processes, and to introduce e-invoicing, and digital marketing; promoting especially service-oriented solutions. The programme will partially subsidise the costs of adopting packages of basic digital solutions such as internet presence, e-selling, cloud office, digital job, digitalisation basic processes, customer management, digital marketing and cybersecurity. (baseline: 31 December 2023).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        209
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        SMEs having completed actions aiming at increasing their use of digital technologies(excl. digital toolkit)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        171 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 171 000 SMEs having completed actions aiming at increasing their use of digital technologies, being supported by the following programs: ‘Programme Actors of Change’, ‘SME 2.0 accelerators’; ‘Innovative Business Cluster Support Programme’ and ‘Digital Innovation Hubs Programme’. The calls for proposals with terms of reference shall include eligibility criteria that ensure that the selected projects comply with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. 
                           1) ‘Actors of Change’ program: this is a programme that shall support at least 15 000 small and medium-sized enterprises (ten-249 employees) in their digital transformation processes.
                           2) ‘SME 2.0 accelerators’ program: this is an action under the investment that shall expand the infrastructure supporting the digitalisation of SMEs with advisory services and training services.
                           3) ‘Innovative Business Cluster Support’ program: this shall support projects to digitise the value chain of the various industrial sectors, with the objective to modernise them and to include SMEs in the value chain.
                           4) ‘Digital Innovation Hubs’ (DIH) program: this is a program to help companies become more competitive, by improving their business and production processes through the intensive use of digital technologies.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        210
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        SMEs and business associations having received support from the Technological Fund
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        200
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 200 SMEs or business associations in the commercial sector having received grant support from the Technological Fund, in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. 
                           Projects in the small trade sector aimed at incorporating new technologies that enable local trade to respond to new consumption habits, under the ‘Technological Fund’ (200 projects). Eligible projects under this fund include:
                           a. Projects in new technologies aimed at improving online commercial and communication strategy, business models or shopping experience.
                           b. Projects in new technologies for the adaptation of the physical shopping experience to new consumer needs and habits and new management models.
                           c. Projects in technological solutions to improve the efficiency and sustainability of last-mile logistics.
                           d. Projects in the implementation of technological solutions to improve energy and resource efficiency. 
                           The investment will be completed with the creation of a digital platform (Plataforma Comercio Conectado) to foster the digitalization of the sector. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        211
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernisation actions in municipal markets or commercial areas
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 30 modernisation actions completed in municipal markets or commercial areas, in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                           Projects submitted by local authorities, for improvements in the modernisation of municipal markets, commercial areas, non-sedentary sales markets and short marketing channels, under the ‘Sustainable Markets’ program (30 projects). Eligible projects under this program include: 
                           a. Projects in the adoption of customer insight tools based on big data or other technologies.
                            b. Projects in the digital transformation of markets that improve omni-channel marketplace and shopping experience.
                            c. Projects aimed at the digital transformation of street commerce and short marketing channels.
                            d. Projects in works and refurbishment to improve facilities, their accessibility, equipment and adequacy of the areas occupied by municipal markets, commercial areas and non-sedentary markets, and their adjacent areas.
                            e. Projects to reduce the consumption of inputs by commerce and the substitution of these for environmentally friendly alternatives.
                            f. Installation of smart delivery points.
                            g. Projects to improve energy efficiency of municipal markets, commercial areas, non-sedentary sales markets.
                            h. Actions that promote the recycling or reuse of waste.
                            i. Awareness-raising and training in technological skills of municipal markets, commercial areas, non-sedentary sales markets.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        212
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Market infrastructure modernization in small municipalities
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        100
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 100 completed actions of market infrastructure modernization in small municipalities approved and initiated, in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                           Projects submitted by small municipalities, for improvements in the modernisation of municipal markets, commercial areas, non-sedentary sales markets and short marketing channels, under the ‘Sustainable Markets’ program (30 projects). Eligible projects under this program include: 
                            a. Projects in the adoption of customer insight tools based on big data or other technologies.
                            b. Projects in the digital transformation of markets that improve omni-channel marketplace and shopping experience.
                            c. Projects aimed at the digital transformation of street commerce and short marketing channels.
                            d. Projects in works and refurbishment to improve facilities, their accessibility, equipment and adequacy of the areas occupied by municipal markets, commercial areas and non-sedentary markets, and their adjacent areas.
                            e. Projects to reduce the consumption of inputs by commerce and the substitution of these for environmentally friendly alternatives.
                            f. Installation of smart delivery points.
                            g. Projects to improve energy efficiency of municipal markets, commercial areas, non-sedentary sales markets.
                            h. Actions that promote the recycling or reuse of waste.
                            i. Awareness-raising and training in technological skills of municipal markets, commercial areas, non-sedentary sales markets.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        213
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Companies participating in projects supporting their internationalisation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        3 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 3 000 companies, of which at least 2 500 SMEs, having participated and completed projects supporting their internationalisation  under the framework of the Internationalisation Action Plans 2021-2022 and 2023-2024. Horizontal actions of support for digitalisation of exports association, chambers of commerce and administration services shall benefit all exporters and promote internationalisation of new companies, in compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. 
                           The actions under the investment shall be selected from the following list of projects/areas:
                           1. Funding line for feasibility, feasibility, pre-feasibility and sectoral and institutional modernisation studies.
                           2. The INNOVA Invest programme to support foreign investments in R&D.
                           3. The VIVES programme to provide for financial support to hire for trainees in companies involved in export activities.
                           4. Internationalisation mentoring and training programme.
                           5. Programme for strengthening the communication systems, telematics services and digitisation of export associations export federations, Spanish Chambers of Commerce and their federations.
                           6. The Export-Base Enlargement Programme, a programme to provide a personalised coaching to internationalise firms and SMEs in particular.
                           7. Programme for Strengthening the Spanish High Growth Enterprise Ecosystem.
                           8. Aid for the opening up and consolidation of markets through subsidies for expenditure related to inspections and audits of authorities of third countries and to legal and consultancy expenditures on trade defence..
                           9. A financial incentive programme by COFIDES (a state owned financial institution that provides medium and long term financing to support internationalisation investments projects of firms) to promote impact investments. 
                           10. Boosting the digitalisation of government services to support internationalisation.
                           11. Digitisation of ICEX (a national public business entity that promote internationalisation of Spanish businesses).and creation of Virtual Campus.
                           The selection criteria shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) of supported transactions under this measure through the use of sustainability proofing, the use of an exclusion list, and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. 
                     
                  
               
               N. COMPONENT 14: Tourism
            
            
               The component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan shall addresses the following challenges:
            
            
               ·The Spanish tourism sector is facing, as a result of the crisis triggered by the Covid-19 pandemic, a very delicate situation, and urgent action is needed to increase its sustainability and competitiveness. 
            
            
               ·The Canary Islands and the Balearic Islands, which are drivers of the Spanish tourism industry, need special action to mitigate externalities and their high dependence on holiday activity.
            
            
               ·Spain ranks 27th in information and communication technology, readiness according to the World Economic Forum’s Tourism Competitiveness Report. Moreover, its public and private investment in R&D is relatively low. Additionally, many reports point out to the travel sector as one with the highest potential to benefit from Artificial Intelligence (128 % increase in the added value of activity through AI application).
            
            
               The aim of this component is to transform and modernise the tourism sector in Spain by increasing its competitiveness and resilience.
            
            
               The component addresses the Country Specific Recommendations on promoting investments in innovation and in energy efficiency and enhancing the effectiveness of policies supporting research and innovation (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019), sustaining the economy (Country Specific Recommendation 1 2020), supporting employment through measures to preserve jobs and skills development and improving access to digital learning (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2020), promoting public and private investment and fostering the green and digital transitions (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020) and improving coordination between different levels of the administration (Country Specific Recommendation 4 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).  
            
            
               N.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C14.R1) - Royal Decree implementing the State Financial Fund for Tourism Competitiveness (FOCIT)
            
            
               The reform has the objective to improve the competitiveness of the tourism sector by fostering innovation and supporting energy efficiency and the circular economy. 
            
            
               The reform shall amend the existing legal acts governing the objectives, nature, operations and eligible projects of the State Financial Fund for Tourism Competitiveness.  
            
            
               The amended legal act shall enable the State Financial Fund for Tourism Competitiveness to finance tourism businesses to improve energy efficiency, reduce the level of resource consumption and waste production and increase the reuse and recycling of waste. In the field of energy efficiency and the circular economy, the Fund shall finance innovation projects.
            
            
               The funding instrument may use blending schemes combining loans with other types of support. The instrument shall be financed through the national budget.
            
            
               The reform shall also include the following specific measures: 
            
            
               -a plan to promote the tourism sector in which measures to boost the tourism sector are described and the framework for the implementation of tourism related measures is defined. 
            
         
         
            
               -the launch of a website collecting data from various sources of tourism statistics including public and private bodies such as the INE, Turespaña, Bank of Spain, AENA and RENFE. 
            
            
               The implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2021.
            
            
               Investment 1 (C14.I1) - Transformation of the tourism model towards sustainability
            
            
               The investment has the objective to strengthen the environmental, socio-economic and territorial sustainability of tourism and targets tourist destinations, social partners and private operators in the sector. 
            
            
               The investment shall consist of four sub-measures: 
            
            
               1.Preparation of the Sustainable Tourism Strategy Spain 2030, that shall constitute a national tourism agenda to meet the challenges of the sector in the medium and long term, boosting the three pillars of sustainability: socio-economic, environmental and territorial;
            
            
               2.Tourism Sustainability Plans at Destinations: This sub-measures shall be implemented with the following sequential order:
            
            
               a.Preparation of the Tourism Sustainability Strategy at Destination, which shall provide the basis for structuring, planning, developing and evaluating the actions of the tourism administration to transform destinations, according to sustainable criteria and aligned with the SDGs of the 2030 Agenda.
            
            
               b.Preparation of the Destination Tourism Sustainability Plan Programme. This programme shall lay down the conditions for the participation of the Autonomous Communities and the local authorities, the scope of application, the minimum investment thresholds, the procedure for submitting proposals and the rules for their approval, implementation and justification. 
            
            
               c.Preparation and implementation of the Territorial Plans for Tourism Sustainability at Destinations. These shall be developed through a participatory and collaborative process between the three competent public administrations and the different public and private actors of the tourism ecosystem of the destination. They shall enable each territory and destination to respond to the challenges of tourism sustainability, in the exercise of their tourism planning powers and in the framework of the Tourism Sustainability Strategy for Destination approved by the Spanish Government. These plans shall consist of actions in the fields of:
            
            
               I.Green transition, including actions under this investment concerning environmental restoration, management of public use in protected natural areas, the implementation of tourism certification systems, the implementation of circular economy measures in public services and the  building of cyclable/walkable rural paths.
            
            
               II.Energy efficiency, including actions under this investment to reduce CO2 emissions in buildings, public infrastructure and services, to mitigate the climate change, implement environmental technologies, decarbonise and promote sustainable mobility or improve the urban environment.
            
            
               III.Digital transformation, including actions under this investment to digitise services to tourists at destinations, develop the digital footprint of the destination, or market intelligence and tourism demand management. 
            
            
               IV.Competitiveness transformation, including actions under this investment aiming to extend accessibility through the destination, improve local public tourism infrastructures, or fostering job creation through the development of new tourism products such as cultural, nature, gastronomy or traditional crafts & industrial.
            
            
               3.A social sustainability plan for the tourism sector.
            
            
               4.Transformation of the existing Spanish Tourism Quality System for tourism destinations (SICTED) into a comprehensive Tourism Sustainability System for tourism destinations. This shall comprise the development of new process and guidance, the upgrading of the existing IT platform, the training of new tourism sustainability agents and the development of a data aggregation mechanism for analysing and monitoring the market for tourist housing throughout Spain.
            
            
               The actions under this investment shall take place between 1 January 2021 and 30 June 2026, with disbursements to local authorities in the period 1 January 2021 and 31 December 2023, and with implementation until 2026. Projects to promote the sustainability of tourism destinations under this investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  60
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  61
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  62
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  63
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected. The selection criteria shall additionally ensure that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be supported. Selection criteria shall ensure that at least EUR 511 million contribute to the climate change objectives with a 100 % climate coefficient and at least EUR 140 million with a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation (EU) 2021/241.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
               Investment 2 (C14.I2) - Digitalisation and intelligence programme for destinations and the tourism sector
            
         
         
            
               The objective of actions under this investment is to develop a smart destination platform making interoperable public and private services available to tourists.  This shall be complemented with the development of a Tourist Intelligence System and a set of initiatives to boost the Spanish Smart Destinations Network. Actions under this investment shall also support digital solutions based on artificial intelligence and other enabling technologies in enterprises in the tourism sector as well as provides financing for the development of industrial data spaces and the promotion of digital innovation in the tourism sector. 
            
            
               The actions under this investment shall take place through calls for tender and direct investments. At least 1000 companies or clusters shall have received funding from the investment projects related to artificial intelligence and other enabling technologies and a Smart Destination Platform shall be launched by 30 June 2025.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2025.
            
            
               Investment 3 (C14.I3) - Tourism resilience strategies for extra-peninsular territories
            
            
               The investment is targeting the Balearic Islands, Canary Islands, Ceuta and Melilla with the objective to address the specific challenges faced by the tourist industry in these territories. The measures shall improve the competitiveness and capacity of these territories to adapt to changes in the international markets and shall consist on:
            
            
               ·public infrastructure, with a special focus on improving public spaces to promote tourism, environmental management and waste treatment and on the requalification of obsolete tourist infrastructure;
            
            
               ·reinforcement of public services in areas of special tourist influence: administrative, security and health services;
            
            
               ·training, with a special focus on youth training linked to the tourism sector;
            
            
               ·development of alternative tourism products and the modernisation of the touristic offer;
            
            
               ·incentives to facilitate connectivity to the territories and for tourist companies to operate outside the high season;
            
            
               ·promotion of the national and international extra-peninsular territories as touristic destinations of historical cultural interest; and
            
            
               ·seasonally adjusted strategic promotions, with special emphasis on online marketing strategies, language accessibility, proactive capacity in multimedia tools and institutional costumer relation management (CRM).
            
            
               At least 400 economic and social actors would have benefitted of the investments in the extra-peninsular regions by June 2025.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2025.
            
            
               Investment 4 (C14.I4) - Special actions in the field of competitiveness
            
            
               The investment includes a set of measures aimed at improving the competitiveness of the tourism sector. Specific actions to be supported under this investment shall include:
            
            
               ·the development of tourism products in line with the Sustainable Tourism Product Development Strategy and covering the following indicative categories among others: gastronomic tourism, cultural tourism, urban tourism, ecoturism, business tourism, sports tourism such as cycling, heritage and religious tourism;
            
            
               ·projects aiming at reducing the annual waste or energy consumption of touristic establishments. For reducing energy consumption the specific measures include the installation of sensors for monitoring and optimising energy consumption, the promotion of the use of energy management systems (such as   ISO 500001 certified systems), the use of thermally efficient materials, the use of energy efficient technologies and the use of external elements such as shades or gardens. The specific measures to reduce waste include plans for the segregation of waste at source and actions to promote the reuse and recycling of waste. Further measures include awareness raising campaigns and trainings in energy efficiency and waste management issues aimed at staff in touristic facilities and the promotion of the production and purchase of local supplies; 
            
            
               ·the regeneration and rehabilitation of historical tourist heritage sites, including i) the reduction and compensation of the carbon footprint through the elaboration of action plans for the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions, ii)  the  eco-rehabilitation of the sites, iii)  the improvement of energy efficiency through replacing diesel or fuel boilers with natural gas boilers, iv) actions to adapt  to climate change, v) improvements in grey water treatment systems, vi)  modernisation of waste management systems, vii) rehabilitation and use of spaces with smart technologies, actions to improve accessibility of the sites and viii) actions to reduce energy and water consumption; and
            
            
               ·improvements of commercial areas in local areas with high touristic influx, including actions under this investment in new technologies; implementation of technological solutions to improve energy efficiency; eco-efficient processes and recycling and reuse of waste; training of staff;  an integrated digital signature adapted  for foreign visitors; and adapting public spaces to improve  accessibility and mobility. 
            
         
         
            
               At least 60 projects in commercial areas located in local areas with high touristic influx shall be completed by 31 December 2024. The investments implemented by 30 June 2025 shall result in: i) at least 45 new tourism products available and ii) at least 3 400 touristic establishments shall have completed projects to reduce their annual waste or energy consumption. At least 50 projects targeting historical tourist heritage sites shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  64
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  65
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  66
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  67
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
            
               N.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                         / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        214
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Plan to promote the tourism sector
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication Webpage
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The plan shall describe measures to boost the tourism sector and defines the framework for the implementation of tourism related measures.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        215
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Launch of ‘DATAESTUR’ website collecting data on tourism
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Link to Dataestur website
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The website shall collect data on tourism in Spain from various sources of tourism statistics including public and private bodies such as the INE, Turespaña, Bank of Spain, AENA or RENFE, and shall be operational.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        216
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree implementing the State Financial Fund for Tourism Competitiveness 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the Royal Decree indicating the entry into force of the law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Royal Decree implementing the State Financial Fund for Tourism Competitiveness shall improve access to public funding for businesses in the fields of circular economy and energy efficiency. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        217
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget award of plans promoting the sustainability of Tourism at their destination
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR (million)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        561
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ of the award to local authorities of support to implement ‘Territorial Plans for Tourism Sustainability at Destination’, for at least EUR 561 000 000 and with 35 % of the funds to account for measures addressing green transition, sustainability and energy efficiency/electromobility at destinations. The selection criteria will ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. Selection criteria shall ensure that, out of the final total budget awarded for the measure, at least EUR 511 000 000 of the measure contribute to the climate change objectives with a 100 % climate coefficient and at least EUR 140 000 000 with a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation (EU) 2021/241.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        218
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget award of plans promoting the sustainability of Tourism at their destination
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR (million)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        561
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 173
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ of the award to local authorities of support to implement ‘Territorial Plans for Tourism Sustainability at Destination’,  for at least EUR 1 173 000 000  (baseline: 31 December 2021) and with 35 % of the funds to account for measures addressing green transition, sustainability and energy efficiency/electromobility  at destinations. The selection criteria shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. Selection criteria shall ensure that, out of the final total budget awarded for the measure, at least EUR 511 000 000 of the measure contribute to the climate change objectives with a 100 % climate coefficient and at least EUR 140 000 000 with a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation (EU) 2021/241. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        219
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget award of plans promoting the sustainability of Tourism at their destination
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR (million)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 173
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 788,6 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ of the award to local authorities of support to implement ‘Territorial Plans for Tourism Sustainability at Destination for at least EUR 1 788 600 000 (baseline: 31 December 2022) and with 35 % of the funds to account for measures addressing green transition, sustainability and energy efficiency/electro mobility at destinations. The selection criteria shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. Selection criteria shall ensure that, out of the final total budget awarded for the measure, at least EUR 511 000 000 of the measure contribute to the climate change objectives with a 100 % climate coefficient and at least EUR 140 000 000 with a 40 % climate coefficient, in accordance with Annex VI to the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation (EU) 2021/241.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        220
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of Plans promoting the sustainability of Tourism at their destination
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Report by the Monitoring Commission validating progress threshold
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Monitoring Commissions will assure that all awarded destinations fulfil at least the following percentage of execution levels of each Tourist Sustainability Plan:
                           - 75 % completion for destinations awarded in 2021.
                           - 50 % completion for destinations awarded in 2022. 
                           - 25 % completion for destinations awarded in 2023. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        221
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects to promote the sustainability of Tourism destinations 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Certificate of completion
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of all projects included in ‘Territorial Plans for Tourism Sustainability at Destination’ and awarded in line with targets 211, 212 and 2013 with 35 % of the funds to account for measures addressing green transition, sustainability and energy efficiency/electromobility at destinations, in compliance with the ’Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        222
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Launch of Smart Destination Platform of the tourism sector.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Link to the Platform
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Implementation and launching of a fully operational Smart Destination Platform. The platform shall make interoperable public and private services available to tourists.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        223
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Beneficiaries for innovative technology-based projects related to AI and other enabling technologies
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 1 000 beneficiaries (companies or clusters) having completed innovative technology-based projects for the tourism sector related to Artificial Intelligence and other enabling technologies such as the Internet of things, 5G, big data, cybersecurity, mobile applications. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        224
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Beneficiaries in the extra-peninsular regions having completed projects to improve their competitiveness and capacity to adapt to changes in international markets
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        400
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 400 beneficiaries in the extra-peninsular regions (Balearic Islands, Canary Islands, Ceuta and Melilla) having completed projects to improve their competitiveness and capacity to adapt to changes in international markets.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        225
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects targeted at commercial areas located in local areas with high Touristic influx
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        60
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 60 projects targeted at commercial areas located in local areas with high touristic influx completed, in compliance with the ’Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        226
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Tourism products delivered in line with the Tourism Strategy 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        45
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 45 new tourism products delivered in line with the Sustainable Tourism Product Development Strategy, in compliance with the ’Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        227
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Touristic establishments reducing their annual waste or energy consumption
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        3 400
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 3 400 touristic establishments have completed projects aiming at reducing their annual waste or energy consumption, in compliance with the ’Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        228
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects of regeneration of historical heritage sites with a current or future tourism use
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        50
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 50 actions of regeneration of historical heritage sites completed, in compliance with the ’Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. 
                     
                  
               
            
               O. COMPONENT 15: Digital Connectivity
            
            
               Digital connectivity is a key factor for the development of economic activity, for increased productivity, for boosting innovation and for territorial and social cohesion. Access to digital networks is increasingly necessary in order to be able to access public services, to develop economic activities, and to participate actively in society.
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan addresses challenges for connectivity in bringing the coverage of ultra-fast fixed networks, with more than 100 Mbps/s, and 5G  in Spain and particularly in rural areas and in the key cross-border transport corridors. From a cybersecurity perspective, the main challenge addressed by the component is to put in place a trustworthy and secure environment for citizens and businesses to contribute to the process of digitalisation and hyperconnectivity associated with the implementation of 5G and the services that shall come with this technology such as Internet of Things (IoT) applications.
            
            
               The objectives of this component are to bring the telecommunications sector in line with the requirements of the European Digital Strategy and strengthening economic, social and territorial cohesion by closing digital gaps and increasing access to ultra-fast coverage across national territory. The component supports the accelerated deployment of 5G technology, by: 1) making available the necessary spectrum resources in the 5G priority bands; 2) developing a reliable and secure deployment environment and 3) fostering the development of 5G technology applications. It also aims to support a sustainable cyber security culture for citizens and businesses.
            
            
               The component addresses the Country Specific Recommendations on focusing investment economic policy on fostering innovation (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019) and front-loading mature public investment projects and focusing investments on the digital transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               O.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C15.R1) - Reform of the telecommunications regulatory framework: General Law, Regulatory Instruments and Implementation Instruments
            
            
               The objectives of the measure are to transpose Directive 2018/1972 of the European Electronic Communications Code, to develop best practices for the deployment of high capacity and 5G fixed and mobile networks, and to develop the necessary actions to implement in the national framework the toolbox resulting from the European Commission Recommendation on Connectivity C (2020) 6270.
            
            
               The toolbox resulting from the implementation of the European Commission Recommendation on Connectivity C (2020) 6270 shall be incorporated into the Spanish legal framework within the general telecommunications law in those elements that require the status of law. 
            
         
         
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 June 2022. 
            
            
               Reform 2 (C15.R2) - Roadmap 5G: Spectrum management and assignment, deployment burden reduction, Cybersecurity Act 5G and Support to Local Authorities
            
            
               The objectives of the measure are to: 1) complete the ‘Second Digital Dividend’ and the auction procedure for the 700 MHz frequency band and 26 GHz frequency band; 2) reduce on a temporary basis the spectrum taxation for telecommunications operators for 2022 and 2023 to accelerate 5G deployment; 3) incorporate the EU toolbox for 5G Cybersecurity into the national body of legislation; and 4) disseminate good practices to local public administrations on telecommunications and urban planning.
            
            
               In terms of implementation, the following steps are identified:
            
            
               •Completion of the ‘Second digital dividend’
            
            
               •Strategy for the promotion of 5G technology
            
            
               •Auction for the 700 MHz band 
            
            
               •Call for tender for the 26 GHz band
            
            
               •Spectrum taxation temporary reduction
            
            
               •Cybersecurity Act 5G
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022. 
            
            
               Investment 1 (C15.I1) - Promoting territorial cohesion through the deployment of networks: Ultra-fast broadband extension
            
            
               The objectives of the measure are to: 1) deepen the coverage of ultra-fast broadband access networks in areas lacking it, aiming at reaching 100 % of the population; and 2) deploy specific actions for the extension of coverage in historic urban centres with white-area status. 
            
            
               The investment shall consist of providing ultra-fast broadband connectivity (above 100 Mbps) to those areas, mainly rural areas and areas of historical value, which currently do not have such connectivity. A detailed executable plan shall be adopted by end of 2021, and 100 % of the budget shall be awarded by end of 2023. The plan shall also set the final targets (in terms of additional coverage in units) to be achieved and ensure technological neutrality and the maintenance of mechanisms of market competition and access for all operators to the deployed infrastructure. The intervention areas shall be defined in such a plan. The implementation plan shall also set out the required legal and regulatory steps, including those to be undertaken to ensure compliance with the relevant EU State aid rules. The target is to ensure symmetric speeds of 300 Mbps, upgradable to 1-Gbps symmetric (gigabit per second) in white areas and in grey areas.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025. 
            
            
               Investment 2 (C15.I2) Strengthening connectivity in centres of reference, socio-economic drivers and sectoral digitalisation projects
            
            
               The objectives of the measure are to: 1) enhance the connectivity and equipment of centres providing access to essential care and social services such as hospitals, health centres, education and training centres; and 2) provide ultra-connectivity in the main socio-economic drivers of the country and areas of high demand for capacity (technological islands).
            
            
               The investment shall consist in extending 1-Gigabit connectivity to the main centres of social and economic activity throughout the country. The selected sites shall include industrial sites, data centres, agro-industry sites, research centres, transport nodes, logistics nodes or data-intensive businesses, as well as health centres such as hospitals, training centres and health centres.
            
            
               Specific actions shall include: (a) projects to strengthen connectivity in focal points and public services; (b) projects in 1-Gigabit connectivity and support for key sectors including innovative sectoral digitisation projects (health, agri-food, mobility, tourism, industry, commerce, etc.) and connectivity projects for industrial and business estates in white/grey areas.
            
            
               The investment shall be implemented by 31 December 2023.
            
         
         
            
               Investment 3 (C15.I3) - Connectivity vouchers for SMEs and vulnerable groups
            
            
               The investment shall consist in providing: 
            
            
               •Vouchers to SMEs to finance connectivity investments (including basic connectivity of at least 100 Mbps and value-added services such as VPN and cybersecurity); and
            
            
               •Vouchers for vulnerable individuals or families to finance broadband connection packages with the most appropriate technology. 
            
            
               The investment shall be implemented by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 4 (C15.I4) - Infrastructure renewal and sustainability
            
            
               The investment shall consist in equipping part of the existing buildings stock with infrastructure to facilitate the optimal deployment of very high capacity networks in the last mile of access. This investment, in addition to coordinate and optimise the deployment of Next Generation Access networks in a sustainable way, is expected to optimise energy consumption of deployed networks.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Investment 5 (C15.I5) - Deployment of cross-border digital infrastructure
            
            
               The investment shall consist of three projects.
            
            
               1) Improving Connectivity Cross-border Digital Infrastructure: This would entail the participation of Spanish companies in consortia of companies for projects of data infrastructure interconnections and submarine cable of the Connecting Europe Facility (CEF2 Digital) and new GBER. 
            
            
               2) Participation in multi-country cross-border digital infrastructure projects:  candidate projects would be the planned Important Projects of Common European Interest (IPCEI) on New Generation Cloud and Edge Infrastructure and Services; and the participation in the planned IPCEI on advanced processor and semiconductor. In case the multi-country IPCEIs would not be created, other programmes such as R&D&I programmes for strengthening capabilities on these areas could be set up.
            
            
               3) Other cross-border digital infrastructure R&D&I projects, including investments in satellite secure communications system and the development of quantum communications capabilities. 
            
            
               A detailed executable plan on these investments shall be provided by 31 December 2022, with the objective of clearly defining the selected projects and reaching 100 % of budget execution by 30 June 2023.  
            
            
               The plan shall outline the technical criteria (key features of the projects and beneficiaries) and the required legal and regulatory steps, including the necessary steps taken to comply with state aid control. The plan shall also set a final target for Q4 2025.
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025. 
            
            
               Investment 6 (C15.I6) - 5G Deployment: networks, technological change and innovation
            
            
               The investment shall consist of four different sub-projects:
            
            
               1) Deployment of 5G shall be boosted and accelerated on the main transport corridors (roads and railways) both national (secondary corridors in certain areas) and cross-border (primary corridors). This initiatives is aligned with the 5G corridors defined by the European Commission and shall boost the corridors between Spain and Portugal, and Spain and France for a total of at least 4 000 sites including backhaul connections. This measure covers those secondary routes which shall not be covered by the obligations imposed in spectrum tenders.
            
            
               2) Deployment of 5G in certain areas with the aim to achieve 75 % population coverage by 31 December 2025 in the 5G preference bands. To facilitate this deployment, actions shall also be undertaken to increase the capacity of the existing network to be able to respond to the high demand for bandwidth and the density of base stations that shall require the 5G deployment (at least 7 000 new sites with backhaul capacity and 5G enabled; and at least 3 500 existing sites with actions to increase the capacity of their backhaul network and installation of 5G equipment). This measure provides coverage for areas that shall not be covered by the obligations imposed in spectrum tenders.
            
         
         
            
               3) 5G deployment in key economic activities (industrial production environments in strategic companies in certain key and high impact production sectors) and in essential services (production environments in educational, care and socio-health areas). At least 43 connectivity projects are expected.
            
            
               4) Support to 5G and 6G related R&D, for innovation ecosystems (at least 200 projects) and 5G cyber security ecosystems (setting up of a centre, with capacity to host about 300 engineers, for 5G cybersecurity, excluding the costs related to the construction/renovation works).
            
            
               For all the above projects a detailed executable plan shall be provided by 30 June 2022, with the objective of clearly defining the selected projects and award 100 % of the budget by 30 September 2023 and reach project completion by 30 June 2025. 
            
            
               The plan shall include the implementation plan for 5G deployment with actions in the following areas: 1) 5G Corridors; 2) Roll-out of 5G access networks and mobile backhaul in other certain areas; 3) 5G deployment projects for the connectivity and digitalisation of key economic activities and essential services; and 4) support for innovative applications for the 5G and 6G ecosystem. The plan shall also outline the technical criteria (key features of projects and areas covered, if relevant) and the required legal and regulatory steps, including the necessary steps undertaken to comply with the relevant EU State aid rules. The plan shall also set the final targets to be achieved by 31 December 2025. 
            
            
               The investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
               Investment 7 (C15.I7) Cybersecurity: Strengthening the capacities of citizens, SMEs and professionals; improving the sector’s ecosystem
            
            
               The investment shall consist of a number of actions, aimed at developing the cybersecurity capacities of both citizens and businesses and boosting the Spanish cybersecurity ecosystem. Actions revolves around three axis: 
            
            
               1) Strengthening the cybersecurity capacities of citizens, SMEs and professionals. Equipping citizens and businesses, especially SMEs, with the necessary skills to identify risks in the everyday use of digital. The programmes in this area include an awareness-raising campaign that is expected to reach as many people as possible, through communication campaigns, proximity actions, and the development of specific resources for these purposes. This also includes an increase in the response mechanisms through coordinated response services and actions such as the Cybersecurity Helpline that shall increase its capacity to 20 000 calls per month.
            
            
               2) Boosting the cybersecurity industrial ecosystem. This part of the measure includes specific actions on: the national cybersecurity industry for the emergence, growth and development of new businesses in this sector; cybersecurity R&D&I, enabling the development of high value-added solutions and services; training and developing talents to meet the unmet demand for professionals in the sector. Further, it shall provide for the set-up of a demonstration centre for cybersecurity infrastructure development and the creation of new cybersecurity services including test laboratories and cybersecurity attack simulators, and for the development of cybersecurity label certifications. 3) Creation of an international hub on cybersecurity to boost the sector in Europe through active participation in the European Network of cybersecurity centres. This shall include the launch of the mirror centre of the European Competence Centre (ERCC).
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               O.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                         / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        229
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on Telecommunications
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the  law 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The law on Telecommunications shall also transpose Directive 2018/1972 of the European Electronic Communications Code (EECC).  The law shall also incorporate the recommendations on the EU connectivity toolbox that needs to be in a law according with the Spanish legal framework. Beyond the transposition of Directive 2018/1972 of the European Electronic Communications Code, the law shall include: (i) provisions for the inventory of submarine cables and IXP/data centres; (ii) as well as a simplified fiscal scheme for local taxes on network deployment; and (iii) the implementation of a single point of contact for the application of the licenses and permissions granted by different levels of governments for the deployment of networks.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        230
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025 Digital Spain Plan and Strategy for the promotion of 5G technology
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the Plan  2025 Digital Spain and approval by the Council of Ministers of ‘Strategy for the promotion of 5G technology’
                     
                  
               
                     
                        231
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Release the 700 MHz frequency band
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Notification to the European Commission
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of the process of releasing the 700 MHz frequency band, in line with Decision (EU) 2017/899 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 May 2017 on use of the 470 -790 MHz band in the Union
                     
                  
               
                     
                        232
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Assignment of the 700 MHz spectrum band
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the Official Journal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the Official Journal of the award of the 700 MHz spectrum band as a result of the auction 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        233
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of legal act on the reduction of 5G spectrum taxation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the legal act on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of a legal act for the reduction of 5G spectrum taxation to accelerate 5G deployment, defining the correspondent acceleration of 5G deployment expected from each beneficiary. The legal act shall set out the required legal and regulatory steps, for the project deployment. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        234
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Assignment of the 26 GHz spectrum band
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the Official Journal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the Official Journal of the award of the 26 GHz spectrum band as a result of the auction 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        235
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Law on 5G Cybersecurity 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the Law on 5G Cybersecurity on entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The  law on 5G Cybersecurity incorporates and implements the recommendation on the EU toolbox for 5G cybersecurity
                           The law shall contain at least the following features:
                           - Security risk assessment and management obligations for telecom operators; 
                           - Supply-chain diversification obligations in order to avoid technological dependence;
                           - Means for the identification of high risk and medium-risk vendors and possible limitations on their use.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        236
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Ultra-fast broadband rollout: award
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of all the contracts and grants (total budget of EUR 812 000 000) and transfer of funds to execute actions to provide ultra-fast broadband connectivity in white and grey areas with symmetric speeds of 300 Mbps, upgradeable to symmetric 1 Gbps, except in remote rural areas that needs specific projects to be covered, where at least 100 Mbps would be guaranteed.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        237
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Ultra-fast broadband rollout: Project completion
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of awarded projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of the projects for the rollout of ultra-fast broadband, in accordance with the criteria set out in the award of the program (Milestone #236).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        238
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Improvement of connectivity in key centers and sectors 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        —
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        16 100
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of entities that are upgraded to 1-Gigabit connectivity speed:
                           -  at least 9 000 public centres and services such as public health centres, education and training centres, and R&D centres;
                           - at least 1 600 small industrial and business sites;
                           - at least 5 500 digitisation projects (health, agri-food, mobility, tourism, industry, commerce, etc.).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        239
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Connectivity vouchers for SMEs and vulnerable groups 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        —
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        136 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 125 000 connectivity vouchers for individuals or families identified as ‘vulnerable’ (to acquire broadband connection package with the most appropriate technology) and at least 11 000 connectivity vouchers for SMEs granted (vouchers shall consist of two distinct elements, connectivity at 100 Mbps and a set of added-value services, VPN, cybersecurity).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        240
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adaptation of telecommunication infrastructure in buildings
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        —
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        13 600
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Works completed in at least 13 600 buildings to improve their common connectivity network infrastructure at the level of very high capacity networks.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        241
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Improvement of cross-border digital infrastructure: award
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Official publication of the award of the projects  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of all the contracts and grants for the projects (total call for projects budget of EUR 500 000 000) and transfer of funds to execute the actions for: (a) for submarine cables and interconnection of cloud/data infrastructure; (b) on projects for New Generation of Cloud and Edge Infrastructures and Services ; (c) on projects for advanced processor and semiconductor; and (d) on R&D&I projects for strengthening capabilities on quantum communications and secure satellite communications 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        242
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Improvement of cross-border digital infrastructure: project completion
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of awarded projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of the projects (awarded in Milestone #241) for (a) for submarine cables and interconnection of cloud/data infrastructure; (b) on projects New Generation of Cloud and Edge Infrastructures and Services ; (c) on projects for advanced processor and semiconductor; and (d) on R&D&I projects for strengthening capabilities on quantum communications and secure satellite communications 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        243
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Deployment of 5G technology: award
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Official publication of the award of the projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of all the contracts and grants for the projects (total projects budget of EUR 1 405 000 000 ) and transfer of funds to execute the actions for: (a) deployment of 5G on the main national (in certain areas) and cross-border transport corridors (4 000 sites); (b) deployment of 5G in certain areas with the aim to achieve 75 % population coverage by 2025 in the 5G preference bands (7 000 new 5G sites and 3 500 sites upgraded to 5G connectivity); (c) 5G deployment in key economic activities essential services (43 connectivity projects); and (d) support to 5G and 6G related R&D for innovation ecosystems (200 projects) and 5G cyber security ecosystems. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        244
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Deployment of 5G technology: Project completion
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of awarded projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of the projects for (a) deployment of 5G on the main national territory (in certain areas) and cross-border transport corridors (4 000 sites); (b) deployment of 5G in certain areas with the aim to achieve 75 % population coverage by 2025 in the 5G preference bands (7 000 new 5G sites and 3 500 sites upgraded to 5G connectivity); (c) 5G deployment in key economic activities essential services (43 connectivity projects); and (d) support to 5G and 6G related R&D for innovation ecosystems (200 projects) and 5G cyber security ecosystems. Projects are completed in accordance with the criteria set out in the award of the program (Milestone 243).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        245
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Launch of the National Cybersecurity Industry Support program, the Global Security Innovation Programme and related actions.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the programmes
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Launch of the National Cybersecurity Industry Support program and the Global Security Innovation Programme, and other related actions (with a total budget awarded of EUR 418 000 000), which acts on key industry aspects, such as
                           - boosting the national cybersecurity industry for the emergence, growth and development of businesses in this sector
                           - developing high value-added solutions and services in the field of cybersecurity
                           - train and develop talents specialised in the cybersecurity field
                           - Internationalization actions in the cybersecurity field
                           - setting up of a demonstration centre for cybersecurity  infrastructure development and creation of new cybersecurity services including test laboratories and cybersecurity attack simulators
                           - development of cybersecurity label certifications.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        246
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strengthen and improvement of Cybersecurity Capacities : Resources
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        —
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        100
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strengthen and improvement of Cybersecurity Capacities by the delivery of at least 100 resources for awareness and communication actions in the area of cybersecurity. Digital skills in cybersecurity shall be developed at all educational levels, by means of the development of specific resources, tools and materials. Further, a cybersecurity international hub participating in the European Network of cybersecurity centres shall be set up.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        247
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strengthen and improvement of Cybersecurity Capacities: Cybersecurity Help Line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        5 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strengthen of Cybersecurity Capacities by the improvement of the National Institute of Cybersecurity (INCIBE) Cybersecurity Help Line, with a monthly capacity of at least 20 000 calls processed per month. This helpline shall also support the removal of child sexual abuse material for web resources (CSAM).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        248
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of the projects in the National Cybersecurity Industry Support program, the Global Security Innovation Programme and related actions.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Notification of completion of investment projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of the projects included in the National Cybersecurity Industry Support program and the Global Security Innovation Programme, and other related actions in the following areas (awarded in Milestone 245):
                           -  boosting the national cybersecurity industry for the emergence, growth and development of businesses in this sector
                           - developing high value-added solutions and services in the field of cybersecurity
                           - train and develop talents in the cybersecurity field,
                           - Internationalization actions in the cybersecurity field
                           - setting up of a demonstration centre for cybersecurity  infrastructure development and creation of new cybersecurity services including test laboratories and cybersecurity attack simulators
                           - development of cybersecurity label certifications
                     
                  
               
               P. COMPONENT 16: Artificial Intelligence
            
            
               Artificial Intelligence (AI) has significant potential for transformation from a technological, economic and social point of view, given its cross-sector penetration, high impact, rapid growth and contribution to improving productivity and competitiveness. 
            
            
               The main challenges addressed by this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan relate to: (i) the limited use of AI in companies, particularly in SMEs, (ii) the creation of widely accessible data repositories, and (iii) the promotion of public and private investments in innovation in AI. The component is structured around the National Artificial Intelligence Strategy (ENIA), which is one of the main plans of the Spanish Government’s digital agenda (España Digital 2025). This component shall also contribute towards addressing challenges of society, in particular the reduction of the gender gap (through actions targeted at women), the digital divide, the ecological transition as well as territorial cohesion. 
            
            
               From this perspective, the objective of this component is to: 
            
            
               a)position Spain as a leading country in terms of scientific excellence and innovation in AI in an interdisciplinary manner;
            
         
         
            
               b)lead globally in the development of tools, technologies and applications for the projection and use of the Spanish language in AI;
            
            
               c)promote the creation of skilled jobs, boosting training and education, stimulating Spanish talent and attracting global talent;
            
            
               d)incorporate AI as a factor in improving the productivity of the Spanish private sector, efficiency in public administration and as a driver of sustainable and inclusive economic growth;
            
            
               e)create an environment of trust in relation to AI, both in terms of technological development, regulation and social impact;
            
            
               f)stimulate the global debate on technological humanism by creating and participating in forums and outreach activities for the development of an ethical framework guaranteeing the individual and collective rights of citizens;
            
            
               g)empower AI as a cross-cutting vector to address the grand challenges of society and specifically to reduce the gender gap, the digital divide, to support the ecological transition and the territorial cohesion.
            
            
               This component addresses the Country Specific Recommendations on promoting investments in innovation (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019), improving access to digital learning (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2020) and promoting public and private investment and fostering the digital transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). 
            
            
               P.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C16.R1) - National AI Strategy
            
            
               The objective of this comprehensive measure is to set the framework for the implementation of a trustworthy transparent and inclusive national AI strategy that ensures compliance with fundamental principles and values and takes into account the collective aspirations of citizens. To this end, the measure shall include three legislative reforms to set the regulatory and ethical framework on AI and nine investment projects to support the development and adoption of technologies based on AI in the Spanish economy and society, such as projects in skills, talents and infrastructures. 
            
            
               These actions are grouped into five policy levers:
            
            
               ·Regulatory and ethical framework (legal acts): 
            
            
               a)the National AI Strategy (ENIA): a national plan of actions and reforms for the introduction and extension of AI-based technologies in the Spanish economy and society by the creation of the Artificial Intelligence Advisory Council;
            
            
               b)regulatory sandboxes: developing the necessary legislative acts to allow regulatory sandboxes for the application of AI. Safe environments or sandboxes shall be used for the introduction of new processes and services based on data, both in the public and in the private spheres. Safe environments and sandboxes, may be exploited by government agencies, users of AI, and by the creators of data repositories, possibly as part of the Digital Innovation Hubs network to introduce and regulate new products and applications;
            
            
               c)AI observatory and trust certification: including the development of (i) a protection plan for vulnerable groups in AI, including labour and social rights and women’s needs, (ii) a plan to raise awareness and trust in AI, (iii) observatories on the ethical and regulatory impact of algorithms incorporating AI, (iv) trustworthy AI certification and seal architecture for AI products and services, as well as (v) the drafting and promotion of the Digital Rights Charter.
            
            
               ·Boosting R&D&I in AI (projects): 
            
            
               d)R&D&I missions: financing industrial research or experimental development projects in the field of AI to address the major societal challenges or country missions referred to in ENIA (i.e. gender gap, ecological transition, territorial structure and digital divide) in sectors of high relevance and high capacity for disruption and impact (i.e. energy, mobility, biomedicine, climate, agri-food, health, tourism and hospitality);
            
            
               e)multidisciplinary AI institute: the creation of a multidisciplinary research centre that integrates AI together with other sciences, with a particular focus on neuro-technologies;
            
            
               f)network of excellence in AI: the creation of a Spanish Network of Excellence in AI, with interdisciplinary training and high specialisation programmes and mechanisms for the recruitment and retention of talents that work in an integrated way to coordinate research at national level.
            
         
         
            
               ·Attracting talents (projects): 
            
            
               g)Spain Talent Hub: the creation of an information node to attract and retain talent in the field of AI, the Spain Talent Hub, which is expected to serve as a focal point for the recruitment and enhancement of talents and foreign investments, with particular attention to women’s needs, and social impact investments;
            
            
               h)Academic Chairs: financing the creation of 10 to 15 temporary Academic Chairs between 1 January 2021 and 31 December 2023, focusing on core themes such as the impact of AI on democracy, emerging AI trends, AI system assessments, brain AI hybridisation, and biomedical AI.
            
            
               ·Data and technology infrastructures (projects): 
            
            
               i)Natural Language Technology Plan: the objective is to develop the natural language processing industry as well as machine translation and conversation systems in Spain, especially in Spanish and co-official languages;
            
            
               j)strengthening strategic capacities of supercomputing: developing a programme to facilitate access to and use by SMEs and the business fabric of supercomputing centres in different regions (such as Extremadura, Galicia and Aragon) as well as the adoption of Quantum Computing into projects of different themes, including mobility and climate change.
            
            
               ·Integrating AI into value chains (projects):
            
            
               k)call for grants for AI integration into value chains: aid programme that shall finance experimental development projects whose technological maturity corresponds to TRL levels 6, 7 and 8. The financing of projects at these levels of technological maturity represents a strong support for products that could be close to market adoption and thus transferred to the value chain;
            
            
               l)National Green Algorithms Programme: a support programme for the development of green algorithms to maximise energy efficiency and reduce the environmental impact of AI models, while supporting the use of this technology to respond to different environmental challenges.
            
            
               The reforms and investments shall be implemented through (i) calls for grants, for R&D&I missions and AI integration into value chains; (ii) conventions, for data and technology infrastructures; (iii) procurement, for the regulatory and ethical framework, the National Green Algorithms Programme and the Natural Language Plan; and (iv) consortia, for the multidisciplinary AI institute. 
            
            
               The implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 March 2026. 
            
            
               P.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        249
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C16.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        National Strategy for Artificial Intelligence 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the National Strategy for AI. The Strategy has the objectives of: 
                           1. Positioning Spain as a country committed to promoting scientific excellence and innovation in AI.
                           2. Projection of the Spanish language in AI. 
                           3. Creation of qualified employment, stimulating and attracting talent, with special attention to women.
                           4. Incorporation of AI in the productive system to improve the productivity of Spanish business.
                           5. Creation of a trusted environment in relation to AI.
                           6. Development of an ethical framework guaranteeing citizens’ individual and collective rights in AI.
                           7. Strengthening inclusive and sustainable AI; specifically to bridge the gender gap and the digital divide, and to support the ecological transition and territorial cohesion.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        250
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C16.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digital Rights Charter
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption by Spanish Government and publication on the official webpage of the Digital Rights Charter. The Charter is not normative in nature, but aims to recognize the new challenges of application and interpretation that the adaptation of rights to the digital environment poses, and to suggest principles and policies relating thereto in this context. Alongside this, it shall also propose a reference framework for the action of the public authorities, taking advantage of and developing all the potentialities and opportunities of the current digital environment whilst averting its risks. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        251
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C16.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support to projects on Artificial Intelligence 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication and financing of the programme grants
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least EUR 500 000 000 budget committed for grants to projects on Artificial Intelligence R&D projects, Spain AI Talent Hub, AI Research Scholarships, multidisciplinary institute on AI, observatories, quantum computing, and green algorithms national program. Grants shall be awarded through competitive calls for tender. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        252
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C16.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Country missions addressed 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 7 projects financed to address specific country missions with innovative AI-driven solutions to address identified problems in these missions: health, industry, environment, society, energy, agriculture, and economy, Projects shall be implemented with financing of collaborative projects of about EUR 10 000 000 to 15 000 000
                     
                  
               
                     
                        253
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C16.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects on Artificial Intelligence 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Notification of completion of investment projects
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects on Artificial Intelligence R&D, Spain AI Talent Hub, AI Research Scholarships, multidisciplinary institute on IA, observatories, quantum computing, and green algorithms national program, according to the criteria set out in the calls for tender (Milestone #251).
                     
                  
               
               Q. COMPONENT 17: Science, Technology and Innovation 
            
            
               Spain’s Strategy for Science, Technology and Innovation 2021-2027 projects a significant growth in investment in Research Development and Innovation (‘R&D&I’) in Spain, reaching 2,12 % of GDP in 2027. In this context, the main objective of this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan is to improve the Spanish system of Science, Technology and Innovation by reforming its governance, improving the coordination among actors, enhancing its effectiveness and accelerating investment in R&D&I through the following elements: 
            
            
               e)The development of a clear and predictable regulatory framework that enhances the governance of the sector, increases the effectiveness of R&D&I public policies, improves knowledge transfer and promotes investment in R&D&I; 
            
            
               f)the investment in infrastructure, equipment and human capital; 
            
            
               g)the investment in knowledge transfer, regional R&D&I, national R&D&I projects and public-private partnerships; and 
            
         
         
            
               h)the investment in R&D&I in the strategic sectors of health, environment, climate change and energy, sustainable automotive and aerospace. 
            
            
               This component addresses the Country Specific Recommendations on the promotion of investments in innovation and in energy efficiency and on enhancing the effectiveness of policies supporting research and innovation (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019),  promoting public and private investment and research and innovation (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020) and on improving coordination of all levels of government (Country Specific Recommendation 4 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). 
            
            
               Q.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C17.R1): Reform of the Science, Technology and Innovation Law 
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to strengthen the regulatory framework for the science, technology and innovation sector, in order to enhance the governance and coordination of the sector, create an attractive scientific career, and improve the knowledge transfer from research to applied products/services for the society. In particular, Spain shall update Law 14/2011 on Science, Technology and Innovation, improving the coordination of science, research and innovation policies, enhancing the governance and coordination of the Spanish Science Technology and Innovation system, introducing a new scientific career and enhance knowledge transfer. 
            
            
               This measure is connected to the investments included under C17.I1, C17.I4, and C17.I5 described below.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 June 2022. 
            
            
               Reform 2 (C17.R2): Spanish Strategy for Science, Technology and Innovation 2021-2027 and Advanced Development of the Science, Technology and Innovation Information System
            
            
               The measure includes the adoption by the Spanish government of the Spanish Strategy for Science, Technology and Innovation 2021-2027. The strategy sets out the overall objectives for the sector in the period 2021-2027. With the objective to enhance knowledge transfer, the strategy has merged previously separated strategies on science and technology, and strategy on innovation. The strategy provides an umbrella framework to guide both national and regional R&D&I plans. To this end, Spain has adopted a strategy on ‘Smart Specialisation Strategy of Spain’, under the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF), providing the structure for the upcoming Regional Smart Specialisation Strategies. 
            
            
               The Council of Science, Technology and Innovation Policy, chaired by the Ministry of Science and Innovation, with representation of key ministries and regions, developed the strategy. The strategy has been consulted with the key stakeholders, including the private sector, public research organizations and civil society. To monitor and evaluate the strategy, a committee was set up with representation from the state, regions, economic and social agents, the scientific and innovative community and civil society. 
            
            
               The strategy shall provide for annual monitoring reports, a mid-term evaluation (by December 2023) and a final evaluation of the strategy shall be made public. The evaluations will also address the progress towards meeting the Country Specific Recommendations made to Spain in the area of research and development. In addition, this measure specifically seeks to enhance the Science, Technology and Innovation information system, to improve the data collection and analysis for the monitoring of the Spanish Strategy for Science, Technology and Innovation.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Reform 3 (C17.R3): Reorganisation of Public Research Organisations and rationalisation of their structure and operation
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to boost the effectiveness of public research organisations (PRO), after an analysis of the challenges, through the re-organisation of the PROs, including their governance structure. In early 2021, an expert committee carried out an analysis of PROs and concluded that larger, independent and flexible research agencies had better structures to compete. 
            
            
               Following this analysis, Spain shall integrate in the Spanish National Research Council (Centro Superior de Investigaciones Científicas, CSIC) three PROs: the National Institute of Agricultural and Food Research (Instituto Nacional de Investigación y Tecnología Agraria, INIA), Spanish Institute of Oceanography (Instituto Español de Oceanografía, IEO) and the Geological and Mining Institute of Spain (Instituto Geológico Minero de España, IGME). This reorganization shall strengthen Spain’s expert capacity fisheries policy, agri-food and ecological transition. The three PROs shall have the legal regime of a state agency, which provides greater flexibility and a performance-based framework established in a multi-year management contract. Furthermore, Spain shall introduce performance-based budgeting. The reform shall strengthen the governance, the evaluation of performance and the control of the resulting entities. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022. 
            
            
               Investment 1 (C17.I1): Supplementary Research and Development plans with Autonomous Communities
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to foster the coordination of the state level with regions in the area of R&D&I through the establishment of supplementary R&D&I plans to be co-financed by the RRF and the regions. This new instrument shall also further collaboration between regions, as they establish common priorities under their respective Regional Smart Specialization Strategies (RIS3). 
            
            
               In alignment with the Spanish Strategy for Science, Technology and Innovation 2021-2027, the supplementary plans shall improve knowledge generation and technological innovation, the coordination of the different levels of government and boost territorial economic transformation in the following strategic areas: quantum communication, energy and green hydrogen, agri-food, biodiversity, astrophysics and high-energy physics, marine science, materials science and biotechnology applied to health. In order to build territorial synergies, the supplementary plans contemplate the participation of several regions in a program, with the possibility of participating in several programs. Thus, it is possible to include and leverage specific regional capacities in several plans. The plans shall last two or three years, and shall require co-financing commitments from the regions.
            
         
         
            
               The actions under this investment shall include the signature of eight financial agreements between the Ministry of Science and Innovation and the regions. 
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025. 
            
            
               Investment 2 (C17.I2): Strengthening the capacity, infrastructure and equipment of State System for Science, Technology and Innovation 
            
            
               This investment shall focus on the provision, improvement and updating of the technical scientific equipment and infrastructure of the R&D&I system, in order to facilitate excellent research and improve the competitiveness of the system. 
            
            
               This investment shall support the infrastructure and equipment of the science, technology and innovation sector through calls for proposals. The investment shall also finance the restoration, update or new strategic national infrastructure such as: a biosafety level 3 facility infrastructure to meet the new challenges of transmissible pathogens, the building of a new phytogenetic plant, the creation of new Centre for Advanced Optic, and the upgrade of the infrastructure of the Centro de Investigaciones Energéticas, Medioambientales y Tecnológicas (CIEMAT) with the necessary infrastructure to carry out research on renewable energy. Specific actions under this investment to be supported include Large Scientific Infrastructures based in Spain, in particular those included in the ‘Map of Unique Scientific and Technical Infrastructures’ (ICTS) (Mapa de Infraestructuras Científicas y Técnicas Singulares). Furthermore, the investment shall support European and international infrastructures such as CERN and Deep Underground Neutrino Experiment, among others. 
            
            
               Additionally, the investment includes a series of call for grants to enhance the internationalization capacity of the Spanish R&D&I system, including: call for European Project Management, call for Europe Research 2020, call for Europe Excellence 2020, 2022 and 2023. The investment also foresees the digitalization of the R&D management. 
            
            
               Support under this investment shall take form of investment aid and direct public investment. The actions under this investment shall take place with calls for proposals and direct public investment. 
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               Investment 3 (C17.I3): New private, interdisciplinary, public R&D&I projects, concept tests and the award of aid as a result of international competitive calls. Cutting-edge R&D geared to societal challenges. Pre-commercial public procurement
            
            
               The objective of the actions under this investment is to strengthen knowledge generation, knowledge transfer and public-private partnerships in R&D&I. Through the actions under this investment, the research and innovation activity in the private sector shall be stepped up, and the collaboration between public research organizations and the private sector shall be reinforced. The measure also seeks to increase R&D&I activity in strategic areas, such as green and digital transition, as well as to increase the internationalization of Spanish research groups. 
            
            
               There are seven calls for proposals foreseen under this investment: 1) a call for Proof of concept shall finance projects in the early stages of the pre-competitive development to accelerate the transformation of scientific knowledge into products or services, 2) a call for Interdisciplinary Projects shall finance projects by public-private consortia which enhance the Spanish R&D&I competitiveness, 3) a call for R&D&I projects linked to the green and digital transition 4) a call for Public-Private Collaboration Projects to finance projects with a higher technology readiness level geared towards achieving close-to-market outcomes, 5) a call for International Collaboration Projects to finance projects of Spanish public researchers that are part of projects selected for funding by Horizon 2020 and Horizon Europe Partnerships, 6) a call for R&D to target societal challenges including for instance secure, efficient and clean energy or cybersecurity, and 7) a call to finance pre-commercial public procurement called Alliance for Innovation.
            
            
               The investments under this measure shall take place during the period 2020-2026, with alls for proposals and pre-commercial public procurement to be concentrated in the period 2020-2023, and with the implementation of some of the more complex investments stretching until 2026. At least 3 000 research and development projects could be financed under this investment by the first half of 2024.  
            
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  68
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  69
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  70
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  71
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected.
            
            
               The following R&D&I actions under this investment shall be considered compliant with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01): (i) those R&D&I actions under this investment resulting in technologically neutral outcomes at the level of their application; (ii) those R&D&I actions under this investment supporting alternatives with low environmental impacts for which these exist; or (iii) those R&D&I actions under this investment that are primarily focused on developing alternatives with the lowest possible environmental impacts in the sector for those activities for which no technologically and economically feasible low-impact alternative exists.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               Investment 4 (C17.I4): New scientific career
            
            
               The objective of this investment is to promote a stable scientific career. It is linked with the C17.R1. The updated Science Law shall incorporate a new scientific career in Spain, which shall provide a framework for all research staff, including university staff. The system shall provide transparency in the appointment of staff, flexibility, mobility and stability in the research career. 
            
            
               Support shall take the form of grant, to be awarded via competitive calls in the following programmes: 1) Doctores Industriales grant, a four-year programme for PhD students in-company (50 places), 2) Torres Quevedo grant, a three-year programme for PhD researcher in-company (170 places), 3) Juan de la Cierva Training grant, a two-year programme for PhDs in academic institutions, it includes a mobility grant (1,200 places), and 4) Juan de la Cierva Incorporation grant, a three-year programme for PhD in academic institutions, it includes a research grant (650 places). This measure also includes a research start-up package for 750 researchers with stable contracts in academic institutions or public research organizations.
            
            
               The actions under this investment take place with competitive grants calls. 
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
         
         
            
               Investment 5 (C17.I5): Knowledge transfer
            
            
               The objective of this investment is to promote technology transfer and support the transferring of the research results on innovative technologies. This investment is linked to reform C17.R1; the updated Science Law shall support knowledge transfer by enticing researcher mobility, creating a flexible legal vehicle to co-invest in technological start-ups, and reshaping the incentive structure so that knowledge transfer is properly recognised in the remuneration of researcher, along with the traditional research activity. 
            
            
               This measures includes six specific actions to enhance knowledge transfers: 1) call "Innovation ecosystems based on the Cervera Networks of Excellence", 2) improvement of the capacities and orientation of the Research Results Transfer Offices, 3) calls for Cervera Grants to technology centres, research centres and SMEs and midcaps to carry out R&D in priority technologies, 4) call for support to Spanish SMEs with the European seal of excellence, 5) risk capital support to co-invest and invest in companies with strategic technologies through a technology transfer fund and 6) support to NEOTEC, an ongoing R&D framework programme to support the creation and consolidation of technology-based companies. 
            
            
               The actions under this investment shall take place mainly with calls for proposals.  
            
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  72
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  73
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  74
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  75
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected.
            
            
               The following R&D&I actions under this investment shall be considered compliant with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01): (i) those R&D&I actions under this investment resulting in technologically neutral outcomes at the level of their application; (ii) those R&D&I actions under this investment supporting alternatives with low environmental impacts for which these exist; or (iii) those R&D&I actions under this investment that are primarily focused on developing alternatives with the lowest possible environmental impacts in the sector for those activities for which no technologically and economically feasible low-impact alternative exists.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026.
            
            
            
               Investment 6 (C17.I6): Health
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to foster the research development and innovation in the health sector. The measure includes four specific lines of action: 1) investment in field of advanced therapies, emerging medicines and personalized medicine, 2) measures to strengthen the strategic capacities and internationalization of the National Health System, 3) actions to support the capacities to fight infectious diseases and global threats by the Instituto de Salud Carlos III, in particular the National Centre for Microbiology, the National Centre for Epidemiology and the National School of Occupational Medicine and National School of Health, 4) participation in the multi-country project “The Genome of Europe” within the “1 Million Genomes” initiative, and 5) capacity building measures linked to infectious disease research, other global health threats and ageing.  
            
            
               The actions under this investment take place with calls for proposals, risk capital public and private investments and direct public investment.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               Investment 7 (C17.I7): Environment, Climate change and energy
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to foster the research development and innovation in the environment, climate change and energy sector. The measure shall support: 1) R&D&I projects related to sustainable plastic in a circular economy, the production of alternative plastics and sustainable management of plastic waste, 2) a project on climate change and impact on water reserves, 3) a project on high-tech components in the energy transition, in particular looking at energy storage and the development of prototype plants for CO2 capture from industrial process emissions in energy-intensive industries by Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Científicas (CSIC). Where installations under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) are involved, they shall achieve projected greenhouse gas emissions that are at least lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  76
               , and activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use, are excluded
                  77
               , 4) a research project on strategic metals for the energy transition, and 5) the creation of an energy storage R&D centre in Extremadura with the aim of spurring technological and scientific response to the management of green energy production, in particular regarding industrial hydrogen Applications, as well as the production, storage, and transport of green hydrogen. The measure shall also support capacity building to be delivered in the centre to train scientist and researchers on energy and energy storage industries. 
            
            
               The actions under this investment take place with calls for tender.
            
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  78
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  79
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  80
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  81
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected.
            
            
               The following R&D&I actions under this investment shall be considered compliant with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01): (i) those R&D&I actions under this investment resulting in technologically neutral outcomes at the level of their application; (ii) those R&D&I actions under this investment supporting alternatives with low environmental impacts for which these exist; or (iii) those R&D&I actions under this investment that are primarily focused on developing alternatives with the lowest possible environmental impacts in the sector for those activities for which no technologically and economically feasible low-impact alternative exists.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by June 2026. 
            
            
               Investment 8 (C17.I8): Sustainable automotive R & D & I (PTAS) 
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to foster the research development and innovation in the sustainable automotive sector. In particular, the measure seeks to: 1) support the development of components and platforms exclusively for electric, plug-in hybrid and hydrogen vehicles, 2) foster research and development in autonomous driving and connected mobility by developing new hardware and software vehicles’ architecture, and 3) adapting production areas of components and systems exclusively for electric, plug-in hybrid and hydrogen vehicles. Projects shall be implemented by business consortia of three to eight businesses (at least one has to be an SME), maximum three years long. 
            
         
         
            
               The actions under this investment shall take place with calls for proposals. 
            
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  82
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  83
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  84
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  85
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected.
            
            
               The following R&D&I actions under this investment shall be considered compliant with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01): (i) those R&D&I actions under this investment resulting in technologically neutral outcomes at the level of their application; (ii) those R&D&I actions under this investment supporting alternatives with low environmental impacts for which these exist; or (iii) those R&D&I actions under this investment that are primarily focused on developing alternatives with the lowest possible environmental impacts in the sector for those activities for which no technologically and economically feasible low-impact alternative exists.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2024. 
            
            
               Investment 9 (C17.I9): Aerospace
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to foster the research development and innovation in the aerospace sector, with a primary focus of actions under this investment related to low or zero carbon aerospace technologies and aeronautics. The measure shall seek to improve industrial capacities related to the future low and zero emissions aircraft, critical technological developments related to UAVs, embarked systems, multipurpose aircraft, and advanced manufacturing systems that include the creation of digital twins, promoting efficiency, and lower consumption of resources or lower environmental impact. The measure shall also support space technology areas like access to space, Earth observation, optical and secure communication systems. Projects shall be implemented by consortia of two to six companies (at least one SME), with a duration of two to four years. 
            
            
               The actions under this investment shall take place with calls for proposals and public procurement. 
            
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects or public procurement tender shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  86
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  87
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  88
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  89
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected.
            
            
               The following R&D&I actions under this investment can shall be considered compliant with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01): (i) those R&D&I actions under this investment resulting in technologically neutral outcomes at the level of their application; (ii) those R&D&I actions under this investment supporting alternatives with low environmental impacts for which these exist; or (iii) those R&D&I actions under this investment that are primarily focused on developing alternatives with the lowest possible environmental impacts in the sector for those activities for which no technologically and economically feasible low-impact alternative exists.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 30 June 2026. 
            
            
               Q.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                         / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        254
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendment of Law 14/2011 of 1 June on Science, Technology and Innovation.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         Provision of the Law´s on the entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the modification of the Law on Science, Technology and Innovation improving the coordination among different levels of government of science, research and innovation policies, enhancing the governance and coordination of the Spanish Science Technology and Innovation system, introducing a new scientific career and improving knowledge transfer. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        255
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the Spanish Strategy for Science, Technology and Innovation 2021-2027
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the Spanish Strategy for Science, Technology and Innovation 2021-2027
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         The Spanish Strategy for Science, Technology and Innovation (EECTI) sets out the overall strategy to be followed in Research Development and Innovation area by all public administrations, including the regional and local level. The strategy is the Smart Specialisation Strategy for Spain.  A monitoring committee for the strategy is set up, including representatives from the state, regions, economic and social stakeholders and the scientific community. The strategy is based on the principle of coordination of the different levels of the administration, and is built to ensure the gender perspective in R&&I. It aims to strengthen public-private collaboration, promote knowledge transfer, retain scientific talent and develop a scientific career, ensure adequate tax incentives to support R&D&I in the private sector and incorporate a gender perspective. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        256
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The mid-term evaluation of the Spanish Strategy for Science, Technology and Innovation 2021-2027 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Agreement in the Consejo de Política Científica, Tecnológica y de Innovación and publication of the evaluation in the Science and Innovation Ministry´s website.  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The mid-term evaluation carried out by the Monitoring Committee of the Spanish Strategy for Science, Technology and Innovation 2021-2027 shall be published on December 2023. The indicators to be used in the evaluation are agreed in the Consejo de Política Científica, Tecnológica y de Innovación (in which the 17 Autonomous Communities are represented), an indicative list of these indicators and data-search are established in the Spanish Strategy for Science, Technology and Innovation 2021-2027. The Science, Technology and Innovation system is used to gather data on progress made in the implementation of the Strategy. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        257
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree on the reorganisation of Public Research Organisations. 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         Provision of the Royal Decree on the entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree on the reorganisation of Public Research Organisations (PROs). This shall aim to improve the management and scientific advisory capacity of  the three PROs with reduced critical mass through integration into a larger PRO, by: i) improving the competitive position of the resulting PRO, ii) enhancing their efficiency, and iii) providing administrative flexibility.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        258
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Agreements signed by the Ministry of Science and Innovation with the Autonomous Communities for the implementation of “Complementary R&D plans”. 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Four agreements signed by the Ministry of Science and Innovation with the Autonomous Communities for the implementation of “Complementary R&D plans” of at least EUR 140 000 000. The agreements shall allow for strategic coordination and synergies between regional and national Smart Specialization Strategies. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        259
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Awards for projects enhancing national scientific infrastructures and capacity of the Spanish Science Technology and Innovation System, and bilateral agreements signed with international entities and other instruments to finance projects European and International infrastructure. 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR (million)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        300,2 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the national subsidy database of at least EUR 255 155 000 awarded for projects enhancing national scientific infrastructures, capacity of the Spanish Science Technology and Innovation System and agreements signed with international entities and other instruments to finance projects of at least EUR 45 000 000 in European and International Infrastructure (CERN, DUNE, HKK, ESS-lund, Harmony and SKA).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        260
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of all projects enhancing scientific infrastructures and capacity of the Spanish Science Technology and Innovation System, including projects on European and international infrastructure.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        100
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        100 % of R&I projects completed (total budget EUR 439 000 000) in line with the target aimed at enhancing scientific infrastructures and capacity of the Spanish Science Technology and Innovation System by renewing scientific equipment, modernizing the BSL3 installation, creating a new phytogenic infrastructure, equipping the CIEMAT (Centro de Investigaciones Energéticas, Medioambientales y Tecnológicas) with the necessary infrastructure to carry out research on renewable energy (including hydrogen and storage), creation of a Centre for Advanced Optic as well as R&D infrastructure following the “Planes Estratégicos de Infrastructuras científicas y Técnicas Singulares”, and projects to support to the European and International infrastructure (CERN, DUNE, HKK, ESS-lund, Harmony and SKA).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        261
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of new private, interdisciplinary, public R&D&I projects, concept tests, international competitive calls, and cutting-edge R&D geared to social challenges 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR (million)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        897
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ of the awarding of at least EUR 897 000 000 under the following calls: call for proof of concept projects (EUR 80 000 000), call for interdisciplinary projects in strategic lines (EUR 73 000 000),  call for R&D projects linked to the green and digital transition (EUR 296 000 000), call for public-private collaboration projects (EUR 140 000 000), call for R&D to target societal challenges (EUR 230 000 000) and call for international collaboration projects (EUR 78 000 000). Selection criteria for the call shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), unselected and unfunded activities, and the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        262
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of R&I projects with at least 35 % linked to the green and digital transition
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        3 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 3 000 R&I projects have been approved with at least 35 % linked to the green and digital transition, with selection criteria that shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), unselected and unfunded activities, and the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        263
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support to scientific research career through scholarships and grants 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2 070
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Spanish scientific research career is enhanced by the support of at least 2 070 researchers through the Juan de la Cierva Incorporation program, Juan de la Cierva Training programme, Industrial PhD Programme and Torres Quevedo Programme. Furthermore, at least 750 researchers having received a “research start-up package” within the stable contract similar to Tenure Track
                     
                  
               
                     
                        264
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of scholarship and grants to support the Spanish scientific research career 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2 070
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Spanish scientific research career is enhanced by at least 2070 researchers having completed the Juan de la Cierva Incorporation program, Juan de la Cierva Training programme, Industrial PhD Programme and Torres Quevedo Programme. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        265
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Innovative and technology-based companies have received capital under the program INNVIERTE to strengthen their research activities at an early stage 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        45
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        To promote technology transfer and help the creation of an innovative business fabric based on innovative technologies, at least 45 innovative and technology-based companies have received capital under the programme INNVIERTE to strengthen their research activities at an early stage. All of these companies have also received investment from the private sector. In line with the selection criteria, the projects under this investment shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), unselected and unfunded activities, and the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.        
                     
                  
               
                     
                        266
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support to young technology-based firms to carry on their business plan.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        348
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Through the calls for NEOTEC grants, to promote technology transfer and help the creation of new companies based on innovative technologies:  At least 348 new technology-based firms granted to carry on their business plan. This companies should be three or less years old and they should be innovative enterprises as defined in the GBER. In line with the selection criteria, projects shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), unselected and unfunded activities, and the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        267
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support to projects to strengthen the strategic capacities and internationalisation of the National Health System, projects related to the precision personalized medicine strategy and contribution to a public – private investment vehicle in advanced therapies.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR (million)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        351,2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the OJ of at least EUR 351 185 000 awarded:
                           * EUR 174 000 000 in projects  to strengthen the strategic capacities and internationalisation of the National Health System, including:  
                           - EUR 80 000 000 for the award of the Strategic Action on Health  
                           - EUR 75 000 000 grants to increase the scientific capacities of the research centres associated with the national health system and  grants  for proposals linked to the financing of scientific and technical equipment including the renewal of scientific-technical equipment in obsolescence,  
                           - EUR 6 000 000 for grants for the Seal of Excellence Instituto de Salud Carlos III;
                           - EUR 13 000 000 grants for public-private partnerships for the incorporation of the GMP/LPG environment into the SNS research groups, that is,  grants for the internationalization of the National Health System
                           * EUR 140 500 000 in projects related to the Strategy on Personalised Medicine, including:
                           - EUR 29 500 000 general call for Personalised Medicine
                           - EUR 91 500 000 call for specific programmes on Personalised Medicine
                           - EUR 15 000 000 call for the Plan on Personalised and Advanced Therapies
                           - EUR 4 500 000 call for the Spanish internationalisation on Personalised Medicine
                           Measures for the internationalisation of the Health System shall support Spain’s position in the European Health sector, through encouragement of the Spanish participation in the EU HEALTH programme and in Horizon Europe. It shall allow for the funding of research and innovation clusters that are part of joint cross-border programming projects selected for funding by Horizon Europe and Horizon 2020 partnerships, such as ERA-Net co-fund, European Joint Programming Initiatives (EJPs) or International Joint Programming Initiatives (JPIs), initiatives set up under Article 187 and 185 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU) and partnerships established in the Horizon Europe Framework Programme.
                           *And at least 1 contribution of EUR 36 685 000 to a public-private investment vehicle in advanced therapies.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        268
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of all projects to strengthen research development and innovation in the health sector. 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        100
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of all projects for a total amount of EUR 527 126 000.
                           Projects awarded including the following calls:
                           * With regards to strengthening the strategic capacities and internationalisation of the National Health System: 
                            - the Strategic Action on Health   
                            -  projects to increase the scientific capacities of the research centres associated with the national health system,   
                            -  proposals linked to the financing of scientific and technical equipment including the renewal of scientific-technical equipment in obsolescence,   
                            -  projects for the Seal of Excellence Instituto de Salud Carlos III; and   
                            -  public-private partnerships for the incorporation of the GMP/LPG environment into the SNS research groups.
                           * With regards to the to the Strategy on Personalised Medicine:
                            - projects of the general call for Personalised Medicine
                            - projects of the call for the Plan on Personalised and Advanced Therapies
                            - projects of the call for the Spanish internationalization on Personalised Medicine
                           * At least 2 capital increase to carry out clinical trials (phase II and III) in drugs for advanced therapies
                     
                  
               
                     
                        269
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Energy storage R&D centre 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Centre built and equipped
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        An energy storage R&D centre is built and equipped in Extremadura with the aim of spurring technological and scientific response to the management of green energy production, in particular regarding Industrial Hydrogen Applications, as well as the production, storage, and transport of green hydrogen. The centre shall include experimental demonstration facilities for testing and validating energy storage solutions. It shall be equipped with the necessary scientific and technical equipment. In line with the selection criteria, the projects under this investment shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), unselected and unfunded activities, and the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        270
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I8
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support to R&D&I projects in sustainable automotive 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        35
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 35 companies awarded with R&D&I projects in sustainable automotive to increase the technological capacity of the companies in the fields related to development of energy storage systems with very low emissions and high recyclability, high-efficiency hydrogen mobility systems, autonomous driving and connected mobility or adaptation of productive environments with safe and robust systems for human-machine interaction in the smart manufacturing environment. Projects shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), unselected and unfunded activities, and the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. The projects shall be on:
                           - the development of components and platforms for electric, plug-in hybrid and hydrogen vehicles
                           - autonomous driving and connected mobility, developing new hardware and software vehicles’ architecture 
                           - adapting production areas of components and systems for electric, plug-in hybrid and hydrogen vehicles.
                           Projects shall be implemented by business consortia of three to eight businesses (at least one has to be SME), maximum three years long and with a minimum budget of EUR 5 000 000.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        271
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I9
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support to R&D&Innovation projects in the aerospace field, with focus on low and zero emission  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        65
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 65 companies have been awarded R&D&Innovation projects in the aerospace field, with a focus on low and zero emissions, including investments related to aerospace technologies and aeronautics, with support from the Aeronáutica Plan. Projects shall be implemented by business consortia of 3 to 6 businesses (at least one has to be SME), maximum 3 years long. In line with the selection criteria, projects shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), unselected and unfunded activities, and the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        272
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I9
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of the R&D&Innovation projects in the aerospace field, with a focus on low and zero emission 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        65
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2026
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 65 companies have completed their R&D&Innovation projects in the aerospace field, with a focus on low and zero emissions, including investments related to aerospace technologies and aeronautics, with support from the Aeronáutica Plan. In line with the selection criteria, projects shall ensure compliance with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), unselected and unfunded activities, and the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.  
                     
                  
               
            
               R. COMPONENT 18: Refurbishment and Extension of Capacities of the National Health System
            
            
               The health crisis has shown the strength of the Spanish National Health system, but it has also exposed the difficulties it faces in dealing with situations requiring anticipation, rapid response and coordination as well as the need to correct existing structural problems related to demographic, social, technological or economic trends. This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan shall address the following challenges: i) the vulnerability to the global health crisis, ii) the transformation of the health system due to an ageing population, iii) gender equality and iv) the long-term sustainability and resilience of the system.
            
            
               The objectives of this component are: 
            
            
               ·Prepare the health system to prevent and address potential global health threats such as the current COVID-19 pandemic by increasing public health capacities and epidemiological surveillance systems.
            
            
               ·Provide a health service with the highest speed, quality, and security, regardless of patients’ resources, their place of residence, gender, origin or age.
            
            
               ·Keep people at the centre of the health system, improving their participation and redesigning health care towards people’s and communities’ needs. 
            
         
         
            
               ·Ensure information systems that measure not only activity but final health outcomes.
            
            
               ·Promote health and well-being actively and prevent disease and dependency throughout life.
            
            
               ·Attract and retain the best professionals offering them individual and collective development opportunities.
            
            
               ·Move towards a digitalised National Health System that generates information and knowledge and which enhances health research and innovation, as a driver of jobs, growth, productivity and innovation.
            
            
               ·Ensure sufficient and sustainable funding to address the new health challenges of a modern and developed society, and also ensure efficiency in spending.
            
            
               ·Strengthen and develop coordination and multilevel governance in the management of the National Health System and enhance territorial cohesion. Actively promote strategies to achieve gender equality in the health system.
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan shall support addressing the Country Specific Recommendations concerning fighting the pandemic effectively and strengthening the capacity and resilience of the health system, with regard to health workers and essential medical products and infrastructure (Country Specific Recommendation 1 2020) and supporting employment through measures to preserve jobs, effective hiring incentives and skills development (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               R.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C18.R1) - Strengthening primary and community care
            
            
               Strengthening primary care is one of the most important health challenges facing Spain in the coming years. The objectives of this reform are to offer better responses to emerging health problems, improve the individual experience of care for all and to prevent disease and increase the role of primary care.
            
            
               The reform shall consist of the preparation and implementation of an Action Plan to develop the Strategic Framework for Strengthening Primary and Community Care adopted by the Central Government and the Autonomous Communities in 2019. The Action Plan shall be structured around lines of action in which the regional execution of projects must be framed. This includes the improvement of clinical management processes, the expansion and renewal of diagnostic equipment in health centres, IT development, training of professionals or improvement of infrastructures of health centres and health and emergency services.  The Action Plan shall be approved by the Interterritorial Council. Its implementation will not be funded by the Recovery and Resilience Plan. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Reform 2 (C18.R2) - Reform of the public health system
            
            
               The reform has the objective to establish a general and integrated framework for the provision of public health. It consists of developing a more ambitious, more integrated and better articulated public health system by means of the following actions:
            
            
               -
                     A Public Health Strategy that shall establish a general and integrated framework that will be taken into account in all public health policies and shall have a duration of five years, with interim evaluations every two years in which the degree of implementation shall be analysed. The Strategy shall be approved by agreement of the Interterritorial Council of the National Health System.
            
            
               -
                     A Public Health Surveillance Network and a new State Centre for Public Health, which shall be set up via Law or a Royal Decree of the Government.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Reform 3 (C18. R3) - Strengthening cohesion, equity and universality
            
            
               The aim of this reform is to further strengthen access to universal health care in Spain, equality in access to health care and cohesion in health care between the different territories of the country. The reform consist of three pillars:
            
         
         
            
               -
                     Law on Equity, Universality and Cohesion of the National Health System. The objectives of the law are: i) ensure access to healthcare for all, ii) integrate patients’ representatives in the governance bodies of the Spanish National Health System, iii) limit the use of new co-payments, iv) change the definition of social and health benefits in the portfolio of services of the National Health System, v) ensure coordination between health and social authorities, vi) introduce an impact assessment for all regulatory changes in the area and vii) reform the use of pharmaceuticals in the National Health System. This law shall be accompanied by an in-depth impact assessment exploring also its effects on the long-term sustainability of public finances and it shall be made public.
            
            
               -
                     The reorientation of highly complex care in the health system by consolidating and developing the network of focal points (CSURs) and reordering highly complex non-CSUR care. 
            
            
               -
                     Increase the common portfolio of public health services. This reform shall expand and improve the services of the common portfolio with dental care, genomic medicine, orthopaedic and prosthetic care and preventive care.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Reform 4 (C18. R4) - Strengthening professional skills and reducing temporary employment
            
            
               The purpose of the reform is to address shortages of nurses and doctors, reduce the use of temporary contracts, improve working conditions and enhance training and professional development. 
            
            
               The reform shall cover two areas:
            
            
               1.The amendment of the law governing healthcare workers in Spain (Framework Statute) in order to reduce temporary employment, ensure the filling of posts in certain geographical areas not sufficiently served through incentive measures, improve the environment and working conditions through measures that contribute to professional development and retain talent in the Spanish system, with improvements not only in economic conditions, but also by opening up possibilities in teaching and research. In the process of amending the Law, reports shall be made on its economic impact and, in particular, on the long-term effects of the Law on the sustainability of public finances.
            
            
               2.The entry into force of a Royal Decree Law to improve the specialised health training system. The Law shall regulate cross-cutting training in health sciences specialisations, specific training areas and the procedure for validation and recognition of specialist qualifications in health sciences.
            
            
            
               This reform is related to Reform 1 in Component 11 (C11.R1). 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Reform 5 (C18.R5) - Reforming the regulation of medicines and improving access to medicines
            
            
               The main aim of this reform is to update the Spanish regulatory framework for medicinal products and medical devices by amending the Law on guarantees and rational use of medicinal products and medical devices (Royal Legislative Decree 1/2015, of 24 July), which is the legislation currently establishing the relevant regulatory framework in Spain. In particular, the system has to be adapted to cope with new disruptive scientific developments, to deepen measures to rationalise pharmaceutical spending, to incentivise the rational use of medicines and to make changes in view of the experience during the pandemic. In the process of drafting the Law, reports shall be made on its economic impact and, in particular, on the long-term effects of the Law on the sustainability of public finances. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Investment 1 (C18.I1) - Investment plan for high-tech equipment in the National Health System
            
            
               Spain has a level of obsolescence of equipment higher than the European average and a lower average level of density of equipment per inhabitant, but with some exceptions such as MRI scanners. The geographic distribution of equipment is also imbalanced. The objective of this investment is to renew existing equipment and provide Spain with additional high-tech medical equipment.
            
            
               The investment shall cover:
            
            
               -
                     Renewal of equipment due to obsolescence.
            
            
               -
                     Expansion of the stock of equipment to balance inter-regional differences and progressively reach the European Union average in terms of the number per million inhabitants, with a particular focus on areas of Spanish territory which are underserved per inhabitant compared to the national average.
            
         
         
            
               The plan shall include the following types of equipment: linear accelerators, computerised axial tomography (CAT), including planning accelerators;  magnetic resonance, positron emission tomography (PET), positron emission tomography and CAT (PET-CAT), gamma chamber, digital braquiotherapy equipment, vascular angiography, neurorradiological angiography and hemodynamic rooms.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Investment 2 (C18.I2) - Actions to strengthen prevention and promotion of health
            
            
               This investment aims at strengthening preventive care. It focuses in particular on promoting healthy lifestyles and environments. It shall cover areas such as the following: fight against smoking, prevention of alcohol consumption, mental health promotion, promotion of healthy living environments and lifestyles, the antimicrobial resistance plan, and cancer prevention, including dissemination of the European code against cancer.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Investment 3 (C18.I3) - Increased capacities to respond to health crises
            
            
               The pandemic has highlighted the need to strengthen capacities for surveillance, early detection and rapid response to critical situations as well as the need to strengthen the capacities of laboratories and health institutions. This investment shall consist of a set of actions aimed at increasing the capacity to respond to future health crises:
            
            
               1. Equipment for the new State Public Health Centre;
            
            
               2. Public Health Surveillance Information System, that shall expand, improve and integrate existing information systems for communicable and non-communicable diseases in Spain;
            
            
               3. Completion of the Melilla University Hospital and construction of the new building of the National Dosimetry Centre;
            
            
               4. Increasing the capacity of the testing laboratory for individual protective equipment at the National Centre for Protective Equipment;
            
            
               5. Strengthening the National Centre for Food and Laboratory for Biotoxins;
            
            
               6. Technological investments in the Medicines Agency and the National Transplant Organisation;
            
            
               7. Assessment of the performance of the National Health System during the pandemic.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 4 (C18.I4) - Training of health professionals and resources to share knowledge
            
            
               This investment aims to strengthen the skills and competences of health professionals, with a particular focus on training linked to the reforms and investments of this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan. It also aims to promote tools to enable health professionals to share knowledge in order to improve coordination and quality of health care, including on priority areas covered by this Component. 
            
            
               The investment shall cover four areas:
            
            
               ·Continuous training in the following areas: use of health technologies and information systems, surveillance of public health and epidemiology, patient and professional safety, rational use of diagnostic and therapeutic resources, early detection of cancer, mental health, environmental health, prevention of risk factors, early detection of gender violence, early detection of child abuse, bioethics, end-of-life care, clinical communication, evidence-based medicine, teamwork, research methodology, development of management skills of those responsible for health centres, training of tutors of specialized health training and training for evaluators of continuous education.
            
            
               ·The establishment of a system for assessing and accrediting the non-regulated skills acquired by the professionals of the National Health System
            
         
         
            
               ·Collaborative tools for dealing with highly complex conditions.
            
            
               ·Developing a computerised mapping to visualise shared resources and services for early care and genomic medicine in Spain.
            
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 5 (C18.I5) - Plan to rationalise the consumption of pharmaceuticals and promote sustainability
            
            
               This investment shall consist of the implementation of a plan to rationalise the use of medicines and medical devices. The plan aims at achieving the following objectives:
            
            
               ·using medical products only where they are necessary and, if used, use those which are the most cost-effective;
            
            
               ·reduce polypharmacy (more than five medicines) and the unnecessary use of medicines;  
            
            
               ·reduce the clinical uncertainty associated with new medicines by increasing scientific knowledge, improving available information and reducing financial uncertainty.
            
            
            
               The plan includes the creation or further development of three systems to improve the evaluation of drugs and health technologies in Spain:
            
            
               1.Creation of the Network for the Evaluation of Medicines in the National Health System: A technological platform shall be developed to manage and share the Medicines Assessment and Positioning Reports (which analyse the added value of new medicines on the basis of their cost-effectiveness) in their different stages of development.
            
            
               2.Expansion of the High Impact Medicines system (VALTERMED). This tool is based on a registry of administrative, clinical and therapeutic data to track and analyse the initial status and evolution of patients after the start of pharmacological treatment. The aim of this new tool shall be integrated with the information systems of the Autonomous Communities and shall incorporate information related to the impact of medication on patients' quality of life.
            
            
               3.Set up of the Spanish Network of Health Technologies and Care (RedETS). This network plays a key role in providing scientific and technical advice for decision-making on the incorporation of health technologies and services into public financing. The technological platform shall make it possible to manage and share the different RedETS products in their different stages of development among the agencies/units of the Network, and to monitor compliance with the deadlines defined for each of the stages.
            
            
               The investment will include projects related to: the promotion of the use of generic and biosimilar medicines, the development and modernisation of orthopaedic and prosthetic services and products, the training of health professionals on the rational use of medicines, and solutions to boost innovations in medicinal products.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Investment 6 (C18.I6) - Health data lake
            
            
               This investment consists of the creation of a Health Data Lake, which gathers information from different information systems, including regional systems, with the aim of facilitating mass data analysis in real-time to support and improve diagnostics and treatment, identification of risk factors, trend analysis, identification of patterns, prediction of health risk situations and programming of resources to deal with them, including using artificial intelligence algorithms, and new scalable system architectures and new tools for processing and identification of models.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               R.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
         
         
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is the 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        273
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Action Plan for primary and community care
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by the Consejo Interterritorial
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The main goal of the Action Plan is to strengthen the Primary Care in the National Health System, in order to offer better responses to emerging health problems, improve the individual experience of care for all, prevent disease and increase the capacity of Primary Care to resolve health problems.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        274
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the Spanish Public Health Strategy 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by the Consejo Interterritorial Sanidad
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Public Health Strategy shall establish the strategic guidelines on public health actions throughout Spain. The objective of the strategy is to improve the health of the Spanish population by establishing the essential lines and priorities to be followed by all health administrations in their policies of promotion, prevention and protection of public health, in actions on target population groups, in informing citizens, in training professionals and addressing their needs. The Strategy shall ensure that public health and equal access to health care are considered in all public policies and shall facilitate intersectoral action in this field. It shall have a duration of five years, with interim evaluations every two years in which the degree of implementation shall be analysed. It shall include measures and actions in relation to all areas of public health that shall be implemented in the policies, plans and programs of all health administrations in Spain during the Strategy's duration, within the deadlines established in the Strategy.  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        275
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Law on Equity, Universality and Cohesion of the National Health System
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The objectives of the law and building blocks are: Ensure access to healthcare for all, integrate patients’ representatives in the governance bodies of the Spanish National Health System, limit the use of new co-payments, change the definition of social and health benefits in the portfolio of National Health System, ensure coordination between health and social authorities, and introduce an impact assessment for all regulatory changes in the area and, finally, reform the use of pharmaceuticals in the National Health System. This law shall be accompanied by an in-depth impact assessment that shall also be made public, exploring also its effects on the long-term sustainability of public finances. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        276
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Law on the Framework Statute for Statutory health service Staff.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendment to the law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Framework Statute is the basic norm that regulates access to the status of health official and governs the provision of posts, promotion and mobility and working conditions. The amendment has the following objectives: 
                           - Reduce temporary contracts. 
                           - Ensure deployment of professionals in certain geographical areas not sufficiently served through incentive measures. 
                           - Improve the environment and working conditions through measures that contribute to professional development and retain talent in the Spanish system, with improvements not only in economic conditions, but also by opening up possibilities in the healthcare, teaching and research aspects. 
                           This law shall be accompanied by an in-depth impact assessment exploring also its effects on the long-term sustainability of public finances
                     
                  
               
                     
                        277
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Law on guarantees and rational use of medical products
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the law on guarantees and rational use of medical products. Some of the main objectives of this legal reform are:
                           - Modify the reference price system by introducing elements that increase competition. 
                           - Consolidate the remote dispensing of medicines. 
                           - Allow medicine warehouses of the socio-sanitary centres to be linked to the primary care pharmacy services. 
                           - Modify the system to calculate the quarterly contribution made to the National Health System by manufacturers, importers and suppliers of medicines and health products financed with public funds.
                            - Clarify the competences regarding drug advertising control.
                            - Modify the rates applied by the Medicine Agency. 
                           - Modify and update the sanctioning procedure and infractions. 
                           This law shall be accompanied by an in-depth impact assessment exploring also its effects on the long-term sustainability of public finances.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        278
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the equipment investment plan and distribution of funds 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by the Consejo Interterritorial Sanidad
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by the Consejo Interterritorial of the plan and distribution of funds, setting out mechanisms for the award of EUR 796 100 000 of grants. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        279
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Installation/renewal/expansion of equipment devices 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        750
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Put in operation at least 750 new equipment devices through renewals, extensions or new installations throughout the country.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        280
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Public health campaigns and actions
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        11
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 11 public health dissemination or screening campaigns have been carried out, in areas such as the following: fight against smoking, prevention of alcohol consumption, mental health promotion, promotion of healthy living environments and lifestyles, the antimicrobial resistance plan, and cancer prevention, including dissemination of the European code against cancer.  The campaigns shall be nationwide. Dissemination shall be carried out through radio, print media, Internet, direct marketing and outdoor actions.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        281
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Public Health Surveillance Network Information System
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Certificate of entry into operation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A monitoring system for the State and the autonomous communities (Public Health Surveillance Network Information System) shall be operational to enable early warning and rapid response, in order to detect problems that may pose a health risk, disseminate information from the competent authorities and facilitate the implementation of control measures.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        282
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Healthcare professionals trained within the framework of continuing education plans 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        90 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 90 000 healthcare professionals have completed a total of 360 000 continuing education credits (CECs), equivalent to a total of 3.6 million hours of training within the framework of continuing education plans designed in accordance with the priorities established in the definition of C18.I4. The trainings shall cover: The use of health technologies and information systems, public health surveillance and epidemiology, patient and professional safety, rational use of diagnostic and therapeutic resources, early detection of cancer, mental health, environmental health, prevention of risk factors, early detection of gender-based violence, early detection of child abuse, bioethics, clinical communication, evidence-based medicine, working with others, methods of investigation, development of the management competences of health institution managers, and training of mentors in specialised health training. Trainings have been provided as classroom-based training, online and blended learning formats and have been completed by qualified healthcare professionals and professionals in the healthcare field of professional training.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        283
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        VALTERMED system and platform for the Assessment of Health Technologies and Benefits of the National Health System 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         Certificate of entry into operation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The network between the Ministry of Health and the Autonomous Regions for the evaluation of medicines is operational, the VALTERMED system is operational, and a platform has been created for the Spanish Network of Agencies for the Assessment of Health Technologies and Benefits of the National Health System (SNS REDETS)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        284
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.I6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Health data lake operational 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        17
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A health data lake shall be operational for the State and include at least 17 autonomous regions or cities with the objective of enabling mass data analysis for the identification and improvement of diagnosis and treatments.
                     
                  
               
               S. COMPONENT 19: Digital Skills
            
            
               The main objective of this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan is to increase the level of digital skills (basic and advanced) through actions addressed to various groups of the population. The acquisition of these skills is key for Spain to take advantage of the opportunities offered by the increased digitalisation of economy and society. 
            
            
               Targeted actions for the digitisation of SMEs complement measures foreseen in component 13 of the Plan (Support to SMEs). Actions to increase the number of highly qualified people on ICT complement actions in Component 15 (Digital Connectivity). Finally, actions for the digitisation of schools should reinforce measures in Component 21 (Education), and increase the impact of actions foreseen in Component 23 (Labour market). 
            
            
               The component addresses Country Specific Recommendations on fostering innovation (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019), access to digital learning (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2020) and front-loading mature public investment projects, promoting private investment to foster the economic recovery and focusing investments on the green and digital transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               S.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C19.R1) – National Digital Competences Plan
            
            
               This measure consists in a strategic plan that has the objectives of: (i) providing digital skills training for the general population; (ii) bridging the gender digital divide; (iii) digitalising the education system and developing digital skills for learning; (iv) providing digital skills for better employability of private workers and unemployed, (v) support the digital skills of public workers; (vi) developing digital skills in SMEs; and (vii) increasing the number of ICT specialists. The investments in the Component shall help addressing the objectives of the strategic plan.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 January 2021.
            
            
               Investment 1 (C19. I1) - Transversal digital skills 
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to improve the level of digital skills of the population. The measure shall envisage: (a) the development of a network of support centres for training in basic and advanced digital skills, (b) e-inclusion actions with a view to empowering the elderly or facilitating training for vulnerable children, (c) various awareness-raising campaigns, (d) activities to increase the digital capabilities of the general population, and (e) the development of digital resources for the dissemination and teaching of the Spanish language. The measure shall also promote the digital empowerment of women and foster scientific and technological vocations at school. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2025. 
            
            
               Investment 2 (C19. I2) - Digital transformation of education
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to enhance access to digital learning through the provision of portable devices to at least 300 000 students from vulnerable groups in public or publicly subsidised schools. It shall also install, update and maintain interactive digital systems (IDS) in at least 240 000 classrooms in public and publicly subsidised schools to enable distance and blended learning. The measure shall also support the preparation or revision of a digital strategy in at least 22 000 public and publicly subsidised school centres, and it shall include the digital training of 700 000 teachers.
            
            
               This measure shall also support the implementation of the Digital VET Plan. This shall be achieved through a digital accreditation management tool for professional skills acquired through work experience (which is expected to serve for accreditation of 3 500 000 people), and through the creation of digital VET management tools for employment in line with the National Qualifications Catalogue and with the register of the professional training life. Finally, the measure shall support the creation of simulators, digital twins and technological hubs.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2025. 
            
            
               Investment 3 (C19. I3) - Digital skills for employment
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to strengthen the digital skills of the employed, and of the unemployed – notably the young – to improve their employability. The training shall also target the public administration (amongst others, health professionals, troops and seafarers in the armed forces and reservists of special availability, staff working in the social security and finance areas). Finally, the measure shall support the digitisation of SMEs through actions addressed to specific sectors of the economy and training for persons that may act as change catalysers, including experts and managers of firms. 
            
         
         
            
               The objective of this investment is to reach to the part of the labour force with very limited digital skills. Based on data from National Institute for Statistics (INE) in 2019, this part of the population accounts for 3,62 % of the overall labour force, equivalent to approximately 832 600 people. This measure aims to reach 60 % of this group, equivalent to a target of just under 500 000 people. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2025. 
            
            
               Investment 4 (C19. I4) - Digital professionals
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to adapt the existing vocational training offer on advanced digital skills, and to attract and retain talent in those fields. It shall also create open educational resources for digital teaching in artificial intelligence and cybersecurity at various levels.
            
            
               The measure includes special trainings for approximately 20 000 IT experts, with a focus on cybersecurity, as well as the financing of 4-year scholarships to attract and retain talent in advanced digital skills. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2025. 
            
            
               S.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is the start of the action unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                         / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        285
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the National Digital Competences Plan by the Council of Ministers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Reference of the Council of Ministers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the National Digital Competences Plan by the Council of Ministers. The Plan has the objectives of: (1) providing digital skills training for the general population; (2) bridging the gender digital divide; (3) digitalising the education system and developing digital skills for learning; (4, 5) providing digital skills for better employability of private and public workers; (6) developing digital skills in SMEs; and (7) increasing the number of ICT specialists, being not binding on regions and local entities.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        286
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Training of citizens on digital skills.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        75
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 75 % of the budget shall have been committed for actions under the investment to train citizens on digital skills.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        287
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of actions to enhance digital capabilities
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualification certificate from national digital training centres
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Creation of a national network of digital skills (including the reform of 1 500 centres of professional training), and implementation of awareness campaigns and communication plans
                     
                  
               
                     
                        288
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Training of citizens on digital skills.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2 600 000 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2 600 000 citizens trained on digital skills, according to the actions under the measure. The trainings shall be of at least 10 ECTS. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        289
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Programme to equip public and publicly subsidised schools with digital tools
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the Official Journal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the programme to equip a minimum of 240 000 classrooms, train 700 000 teachers and prepare or revise the digital strategy for at least 22 000 public and publicly subsidised school centres, and provide 300 000 connected digital devices (laptops, tablets) in public and publicly subsidised schools, in cooperation with the Autonomous Communities. The programme shall be binding on Autonomous Communities.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        290
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of actions for the digital transformation of education
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Certification from state and regional administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of the actions for the digital transformation of education, including the certification on digital skills of at least 80 % of 700 000 teachers trained on digital skills; and at least 22 000 centres supported in the preparation and revision of their digital strategies. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        291
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of connected digital devices in public and publicly subsidised schools to bridge the "digital divide", and equip a minimum of 240 000 classrooms
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        540 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed provision of connected and interactive digital devices for at least 300 000 students and equipment for at least 240 000 classrooms in public and publicly subsidised schools to bridge the "digital divide". Certifications from the state and regional administrations of the acquisition and delivery of the equipment.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        292
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digital training for employment
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        450 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 450 000 people participated in trainings on digital skills. Each training shall have a minimum of 15 ECTS. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        293
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Scholarship programs for digital talent 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        300
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 300 recipients awarded scholarship programs for digital talent attraction and retention (cumulative 2021-2024). Each programme shall have a minimum of 240 ECTS.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        294
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Training of IT professionals
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        18 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 18 000 IT professional trained in specialised courses of at least 250 hours each. 
                     
                  
               
            
               T. COMPONENT 20: Strategic Plan to Boost Vocational Training
            
            
               The component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan aims at transforming and modernising the vocational education and training system (VET), adapting it to respond to the changes in the productive sectors of the economy. To this end, the component seeks to contribute to improving employability and job mobility of workers, and by extension increasing productivity and competitiveness. 
            
            
               Existing skills mismatches shall be addressed to improve the balance between the level of education and training of the population and the needs of the labour market, notably by supporting upskilling of low skilled towards more intermediate skills and reskilling.  Particular attention shall be given to technical and digital skills, addressing the gender skills gap and increasing the attractiveness of higher VET programmes to improve enrolment. The component shall also provide for recognition of existing skills, with the view to opening up access to new training opportunities and new qualifications in a more integrated VET system that accompanies people both in compulsory education – contributing to reducing early school leaving – and throughout working life. 
            
            
               The component contributes to addressing the Country Specific Recommendations related to reduce early school leaving (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2019); increase the cooperation between education and business with a view to improving the provision of labour market relevant skills and qualification, in particular for information and communication technologies (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2019); support employment through measures to preserve jobs, effective incentives for recruitment and skills development (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2020); improve access to digital learning (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               T.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C20.R1) – Plan for the Modernisation of Vocational Training 
            
            
               This reform shall consist of the adoption and implementation of Plan for the Modernisation of Vocational Training. The plan was presented on 22 July 2020. Its aim is to ensure that the vocational training (VET) system responds to a job market that is requiring intermediate qualification, thereby meeting the needs of the productive sector (notably technicians/senior technicians) and ensuring that vocational training and qualifications improve the prospects of employability. It shall identify vocational training as a key element of to boost economic and social driver in the aftermath of the pandemic.
            
         
         
            
               The plan shall focus on establishing one single integrated VET system that provides training and professional qualifications to the entire population, including VET students in the education system and VET for employment. It shall situate VET as a standard recurrent element of professional development for all workers throughout their working life.
            
            
               The main instrument of the plan shall be the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, which shall be reviewed and updated, including by integrating the application of digital and green transition. It shall include the design of new vocational training qualification in all sectors, but with a focus on the twelve strategic sectors in which vocational training shall be stepped up, taking into account regional needs.
            
            
               The plan shall be implemented through the adoption of several Royal Decree Laws, corresponding to establishing new degree curricula. In total, some 42 new degrees are foreseen to be gradually established over the period 2021-2023 covering middle, higher and specialist degrees. The reform shall also entail a recurrent review of vocational training degrees, the design of new vocational training degrees responding to the needs of productive sectors, focusing in particular on the sectors prioritised in the Strategic Plan for Vocational training. 
            
            
               Other priority lines of the plan shall include incorporating innovation, applied research, entrepreneurship, digitization and sustainability as core elements of vocational training; and situating companies as an integral part of vocational training and promoting public-private collaboration in the system, especially promoting the dual nature of vocational training. To this end, the reform shall build on joint work between ministries, businesses and social partners to identify the skills needed of the economy.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2020.
            
            
               Reform 2 (C20.R2) - Law regulating the integrated VET system linked to the National Qualifications System 
            
            
               In line with the aims of the Vocational Training Modernisation Plan and with the framework of the National Qualifications System Spain shall present and adopt a Law regulating the integrated vocational training (VET) system. The new law shall incorporate the two current separate vocational training systems, the one in the education system and the one aimed at training for employment, into one single system. It shall set out an integrated system of lifelong learning for the population at any age and in any personal or work situation, offering complementary and cumulative courses that leads to new qualifications. It shall also be accompanied by an orientation process throughout life. 
            
            
               In the first phase of preparation, a draft law shall have been prepared by the Ministry of Education and Vocational Training, with the consensus of Social Partners and Regional Governments. The Council of Ministers is expected to approve the draft law before 31 December 2021 and adoption in Parliament shall take place by 30 June 2022. 
            
            
               The law finally approved, and unifying the two previously existing Vocational Training systems, shall aim at modernising the system, in particular by: 
            
            
               a)focusing on upskilling of low skilled and improve their employability; 
            
            
               b)addressing skills mismatches; 
            
            
               c)updating the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, adapting it to the future needs of the economy, including supporting green and digital transition; and
            
            
               d)improving the attractiveness of higher VET programmes with a view to improve enrolment.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 June 2022.
            
            
               Investment 1 (C20.I1) - Reskilling and upskilling of the labour force linked to professional qualifications 
            
            
               This investment shall include four actions aimed at maintaining and improving the professional skills of the active population over 16 years (employed or unemployed):
            
            
               a)The assessment and formal accreditation of professional skills acquired through work experience and non-formal training. To this end, it aims to ensure that existing skills are formally recognised and shall provide access to further training and new qualifications. In total, the Plan shall invest in the registration, evaluation and accreditation of 3 000 000 units of competence over four years.
            
            
               b)A d-Digital modular offer for employees associated with competence units of the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications. The action shall target the people employed and shall ensure that at least 300 000 workers obtain digital training for professional advancement and enabling them to acquiring higher skills. 
            
            
               c)Making vocational training more flexible and accessible through the creation of “Aulas Mentor”. The action shall provide non-formal training in line with the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications for people in rural areas or at risk of depopulation. The aim is to offer access to training in these areas, which being non-formal still represent accredited training. A specific focus shall be on women with a view to open new opportunities for learning, job creation and improving the local economy. 
            
            
               d)Modular up- and reskilling training for employed and unemployed. The action shall offer training in emerging and rapidly evolving forward-looking skills that are expected to generate jobs in the future, including green transition, the care economy and other strategic sectors identified in the Modernisation Plan. Priority shall be given to those groups that are most vulnerable and offer training aimed at reskilling and upskilling of at least 700 000 employed and unemployed people.
            
         
         
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
            
            
               Investment 2 (C20.I2): Digital transformation of vocational training
            
            
               This investment shall aim at transforming and modernising vocational training to support digitalisation of each production sector, but also gives priority to environmental sustainability as a key competence. It shall include four actions: 
            
            
               a)Digital and green training of vocational training teachers, enabling them to act as a key pillar in the training process and as levers for the digital and ecological transition applied to the respective productive sectors for vocational training. The focus is to ensure the technical, professional and pedagogical skills of teachers to underpin the quality of the education and training system. 
            
            
               b)Conversion of classrooms into applied technology spaces that recreate working environments using technological resources and allow students to approach technologies that they shall later find in the companies. The investment shall allow the establishment of at least 600 “technology” classrooms.
            
            
               c)Creation of “entrepreneurship” classrooms in public vocational training centres, offering students to understand entrepreneurship as an integral part of professional competence and lay a foundation for them to undertake or start a business. Spain shall ensure that the action shall be fiscally sustainable after the end of the Recovery and Resilience Facility, including by relying on other sources of EU funding.
            
            
               d)Creation of a network of 50 centres of excellence, stimulating research and innovation in vocational training.
            
            
               The investments in technology and entrepreneurship classrooms, together with the centres for excellence focusing on research and innovation shall play an important role in modernising the business fabric, supporting the transformation of the economy and improving competitiveness. In addition, they are seen to contribute to boost business creation in strategic sectors, and increasing the size and productivity of SMEs.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
            
            
               Investment 3 (C20.I3): Innovation and internationalisation of vocational training
            
            
               This investment aims to increase the overall supply of vocational training by creating in total 135 000 new places (compared with end 2020) until 2024, rebalancing the supply with the needs of the businesses and effectively respond to regional and local gaps. The focus is on meeting the demand of the labour market for intermediate qualifications. The territorial distribution of the new VET places shall be based on a needs assessment and follow on discussion with relevant stakeholders to ensure that the offer effectively responds to regional/local gaps. It is expected to be agreed in the context of the Education Sectoral Conferences, with the Autonomous Regions. 
            
            
               With a view to promote communication in a foreign language as a key element of professional performance, bilingualism shall be promoted in the area of VET as a strategic objective. The focus shall be on both teacher and pupil education in a foreign language as part of the formative cycle, through the conversion of 3 700 cycles into bilingual offer. 
            
            
               Furthermore, the investment aims to develop innovation and knowledge transfer projects between VET centres and enterprises with a view for them to become a key element of the new vocational training model. The investment also aims at converting medium and high level training cycles into bilingual cycles, as a response to growing internationalisation of businesses and globalisation of economies.
            
            
               Spain shall ensure that the action shall be fiscally sustainable after the end of the Recovery and Resilience Facility, including by relying on other sources of EU funding.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
            
            
               T.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
            
                
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        295
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C20.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Plan of the Modernisation of Vocational Training and related Royal Decree Laws
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication on MEFP webpage and presentation by the Prime Minister 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Presentation by the Prime Minister of the Plan of the Modernisation of Vocational Training and publication in the Official Journal of 8 Royal Decree Laws to implement the Plan, corresponding to 5 specialist, 2 middle degree and 1 higher degree curricula
                     
                  
               
                     
                        296
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C20.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on the single integrated Vocational Training System, with the objectives of modernising the system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in  Official Journal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the law on the single integrated Vocational Training System, with the objectives of modernising the system. The law shall unify the two previously existing Vocational Training systems and modernise them by: i) focusing on upskilling of low skilled and improve their employability; ii) addressing skills mismatches; iii) updating the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, adapting it to the future needs of the economy, including supporting green and digital transition; iv) improving the attractiveness of higher VET programmes with a view to improve enrolment.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        297
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C20.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New units of competence of the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        3 000 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Registration, evaluation and accreditation of 3 000 000 units of competence of the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications acquired through work experience and non-formal training routes.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        298
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C20.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modular trainings for up- and reskilling of employed and unemployed 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 000 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Delivery of a modular digital training for up- and reskilling (of which at least 300 000 workers trained), and of a modular training aimed at reskilling and upskilling of employed and unemployed people (at least 700 000 individuals trained).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        299
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C20.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Centres for excellence and innovation in vocational training
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        50
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Creation of at least 50 centres for excellence and innovation in vocational training
                     
                  
               
                     
                        300
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C20.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 50 000 new VET places compared to the end of 2020.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        934 204
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        984 204
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Accumulated creation of at least 50 000 new VET places compared to the end of 2020. The territorial distribution of the new VET places should be based on a needs assessment and follow on discussion with relevant stakeholders to ensure that the offer effectively responds to regional/local gaps. Date of the baseline: 31 December 2020.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        301
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C20.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Bilingual vocational training cycles 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        3 700
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 3 700 vocational training cycles (middle and high) converted to bilingual offering 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        302
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C20.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New VET places compared with at the end of 2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        934 204
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 069 204
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 135 000 new VET places compared to the end of 2020. Date of the baseline: 31 December 2020.
                     
                  
               
         
            
               U. COMPONENT 21: Modernisation and Digitalisation of Education, Including Early Education 0-3
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan focuses on modernising the education system and improving education infrastructure. It aims at a more flexible and inclusive system better tailored to the needs of each pupil and introducing new teaching and learning techniques, including digital. The main objectives at each educational stage are: 
            
            
               a)Early childhood education and care (ECEC). The component aims at increasing enrolment in ECEC progressively by prioritizing the provision of new public places for children in areas of higher risk of poverty or social exclusion and rural areas. The focus shall be on children 0-3 years and attention shall be given both to access and affordability, to favour in particular the integration of women in the labour market and laying the ground for improving educational outcomes and preventing early school leaving at later stages. 
            
            
               b)Primary and secondary education. The component aims at improving educational outcomes by reducing early school leaving and high repetition rates, through additional support to underperforming students, and developing a new curriculum for key competences (including digital) in compulsory primary and secondary education and baccalaureate. 
            
            
               c)University system. The component aims at modernising the university system, by adapting the organisation of university courses to today’s societal needs, improving labour market relevance of higher education and supporting technological transformation. It also aims at increasing access to and improving affordability of higher education.
            
            
               The component contributes to addressing the Country Specific Recommendations related to reduce early school leaving and improve educational outcomes, taking into account regional disparities (Country Specific Recommendations 2 2019) and improving the access to digital learning (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2020). It also contributes to addressing earlier country specific recommendations related to better support to students and teachers’ training, as well as improve support to families (Country Specific Recommendations 2 2019), including access to quality childcare. 
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               U.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C21.R1) - New organic law on education  
            
            
               This reform incudes the adoption of a new law on education covering early childhood education, compulsory primary and secondary education and baccalaureate. It shall establish the basis for increasing educational and training opportunities for the entire population, including by improving the educational outcomes and early detection of difficulties and reinforcing the autonomy of schools. It shall focus on reducing segregation by students’ background and improving the inclusive capacity of the system. Moreover, the aim is to strengthen digital competences at all educational levels, thus responding to the increasingly digitalised economy.  A new Law (LOMLOE) was adopted on 29 December 2020.
            
            
               The regulatory development of the Education Law is to be deployed by means of: 
            
            
               a)the regulation of a new competence-based curriculum; 
            
            
               b)evaluation, in particular the general evaluation of the education system as well as the diagnostic evaluations; 
            
            
               c)the development of the teaching profession; and
            
            
               d)the regulation of the recognition and validation of foreign non-university certificates and studies. 
            
            
               To this end, it lays the ground for Reform 2 and various investments included in the component. 
            
            
               Finally, the reform is expected to foster mainstreaming of special education need students into regular schools, and shall be accompanied by a 10-year rolling plan agreed with regional authorities providing additional resources to support schools hosting students with special needs. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 March 2021.
            
            
               Reform 2 (C21.R2) - A new curriculum model for key competences, fundamental learning and inclusive academic planning 
            
            
               Based on the adoption of the new education law (LOMLOE) referred to in Reform 1, this reform includes the adoption of decree laws on minimum requirements for primary, compulsory secondary education and baccalaureate. It also includes the introduction of methodological guidelines for teaching and learning based on a competence-based curriculum, and incorporating “soft skills” taking into account the Council Recommendation of May 22, 2018 regarding key competences for lifelong learning. The decree laws shall include an evaluation framework developed in coherence with the curriculum and focused on the level of acquisition of the competences and on the assessment of the measures that favour the students' progress. The aim is to design a more flexible and open education model that promotes profound learning by applying collaborative methodologies, contributing to improve educational outcomes. The new curriculum shall give attention to education for sustainable development and citizenship. The development of digital competences shall be included at all levels, both through specific content and in a crosscutting perspective.
            
         
         
            
               In this reform, at least 100 external experts shall participate in the elaboration of the curriculum of the areas and subjects of the educational stages and of the evaluation frameworks, which will provide the basis for the drafting of the royal decrees of the new curriculum and the common evaluation framework.
            
            
               The reform shall also include the preparation of support, guidance and teaching material, as well as training for teachers to ensure that they can effectively implement the new curriculum. The material shall be published online for the use of all teachers together with the dissemination of good practises. At least 4 000 professionals shall complete training for the application of the new curriculum. 
            
            
               The design and implementation of the Reform shall be carried out in consultation with the education advisory bodies and experts and with autonomous communities.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 September 2024.
            
            
               Reform 3 (C21.R3) - Comprehensive reform of the university system 
            
            
               The reform focuses on new law on the university system aiming at a comprehensive reform of the system based on four key objectives: 
            
            
               a)Promoting access to higher education. Scholarships shall be increased taking into account socioeconomic conditions and equal opportunities shall be ensured by improving scholarships for students with disabilities. The scholarship system was reformed in 2020, but shall be further developed in 2021 and 2022. Public university fees shall also be reduced, including by establishing thresholds and reducing large regional disparities.
            
            
               b)Adopting the organisation of university courses. A decree law shall be adopted to reform the organisation of university courses and ensuring their quality and labour market relevance. To that aim, university cooperation with business in tertiary education shall be fostered through regulating dual bachelor and master degrees, including training programmes in companies supervised by universities. In line with the aims of the European education area, the automatic recognition of diplomas shall be ensured. The verification, follow up and accreditation processes for non or semi face-to-face teaching shall also be strengthened, combining quality assurance of the university education offer and the reduction of bureaucracy in the procedures involved. Innovative teaching shall be also be promoted. 
            
            
               c)Ensuring good governance of university institutions and promoting research, transfer and mobility of teaching and research staff. The aim shall be to ensure effectiveness, efficiency and university autonomy in the day-to-day management of universities, increase participation of stakeholder in the governance and foster transparency and accountability. It shall also ensure that universities are equipped with a highly skilled teachers that the teaching career is more predictable, and that the link between teaching and research is strengthened.
            
            
               d)Ensuring the quality of university institutions. A decree law shall be adopted setting out academic quality criteria for the creation, recognition, authorisation and accreditation of universities and attached centres, including distance and semi face -to-face universities. The aim is that universities must have a minimum formative academic offer, while ensuring the possibility for specialisation of universities; a minimum number of undergraduate students; dedicate at least 5 % of their budget to research programmes; and have internal quality assurance systems.
            
            
               To this end, the reform shall take into account recommendations made by the Conference of Spanish University rectors (CRUE). It shall contribute to enhancing the labour market relevance of higher education, including by promoting cooperation with businesses and introducing performance-based funding models in public universities.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 June 2023.
            
            
               Investment 1 (C21.I1) - Promoting early childhood education and care (ECEC) 
            
            
               As part of this measure, Spain shall invest in construction of new ECEC facilities, the rehabilitation and refurbishment of existing building, and equipment to establish at least 60 000 new publicly owned early childhood education and care schooling places for children below 3 years. The focus is on providing affordable public places for children in areas of higher risk of poverty or social exclusion and rural areas, notably for the age group 1-2 year olds. The buildings shall be owned either by regional or local authorities, or by the Ministry of Education and Vocational Training in the case of Ceuta and Melilla. 
            
            
               The investment is also expected to cover operating expenditure, including teachers’ salaries during the roll out of the investment to incentivise regional and local authorities for up to 40 000 new schooling places. Spain shall ensure that the action shall be fiscally sustainable after the end of the Recovery and Resilience Facility, including by relying on other sources of EU funding.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
            
            
               Investment 2 (C21.I2): Program for orientation, progress and educational enrichment (“PROA+”) 
            
            
               With a view to providing support and guidance to low performing pupils, and reducing both drop out and early school leaving rates, Spain shall invest in extending the existing Program for orientation, progress and educational enrichment (“PROA+”). 
            
            
               This program focuses on activities that ensure the minimum conditions of educability of all students, introduce reinforcement measures for those who having more learning difficulties, mainly in basic skills, seek new forms of organization and management at the educational centre, and provide additional support and training for teachers. These activities should be aimed at improving the success of all students at these schools. 
            
            
               The program shall target schools with particular educational complexity, including in rural areas, with a significant percentage of vulnerable students who present learning difficulties in regular classrooms. The selection of the centres shall be carried out by educational administrations. The targeted schools are located in particular in areas made up of pupils and families of a low socio-economic and educational background. In total, at least 2 700 schools shall obtain support. 
            
         
         
            
               The investment shall be developed in cooperation with autonomous communities in the framework of sectoral conferences, and the territorial distribution of funds shall be based on specific criteria agreed to reflect needs and contribute to reducing regional disparities. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
            
            
               Investment 3 (C21.I3) - Support to vulnerable students and families 
            
            
               Spain shall invest in setting up of at least 1 000 vulnerable student support, guidance and psychoeducational service units in school districts. It shall facilitate support to students and their families to overcome educational obstacles to reduce absenteeism and early school leaving. Cooperation with different learning frameworks (both formal and non-formal) shall be supported, to enhance the development of essential interpersonal, communicative and cognitive skills. The investment shall be developed through territorial cooperation with autonomous communities in the context of sectoral conferences, which shall set out the criteria for the territorial distribution of funds.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
            
            
               Investment 4 (C21.I4) - Training of teaching and research staff 
            
            
               This measure includes investments in grants to public universities, with the objective of promoting the requalification of the Spanish university system and promote the professional development of its teaching staff, as well as providing opportunities to recent PhD graduates to get incorporated into the higher education system in the future. The grants shall finance post-doctoral research stays hosted by prestigious foreign universities and research centres, as well as in Spanish universities and other public agents of the Spanish System of Science, Technology and Innovation. To this end, the grants are expected to contribute to attract international talent, and address the low rate of internationalisation in Spanish universities.
            
            
               The grants shall be provided under three different programmes, applying specific criteria depending on the target group, focusing on i) the training of young PhDs; ii) grants to university lecturers – permanent professors and seniors lectures on tenure track; and iii) grants aimed at attracting international talent, financing post-doctoral training hosted by prestigious Spanish universities and other public agents of the Spanish System of Science, Technology and Innovation. The programmes shall last between one to three years depending on the programme and target group.
            
            
               All these grants shall be executed in the period 2021-23, benefiting at least 2 600 candidates. Each university shall receive directly a budget allocation from the Ministry of Universities based on objective criteria, including the number of teaching and research staff, and PHD thesis record. Based on applications, the candidates are to be evaluated by an expert panel with international prestige appointed by each university that includes a minimum of three members and a majority of external experts. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Investment 5 (C21.I5) - Improving university digital infrastructure, equipment, technologies, teaching and evaluation 
            
            
               This investment includes a number of measures aimed at improving the technological and digital capacities and skills of universities. These include investment in digital teaching resources and infrastructure such as cloud data storage networks of servers, cyber security, and classroom technologies for online courses; and investments in digital training for academic staff and students. 
            
            
               Investment actions shall improve technological development and improving digital resources in support of digital teaching services. Support shall be provided to centralised infrastructures and ICT services, focusing on fibre networks and deploy ICT services in an efficient manner building on economies of scale and interoperability. A key objective is to direct investment to narrow the digital divide between academic staff and students to improve services and equipment for remote teaching. Other objectives, include investing in fostering cross-university digital innovation projects, which may be extended and replicated on a larger scale, and provide support the national distance education university (UNED) to enhance higher education opportunities in depopulated areas.
            
            
               The objective will be to monitor and disseminate, via the website of the Ministry of Universities, the evolution of the "Digital Index for Universities", with the aim to increase the Index by at least 10 % for the university system as a whole in 2023, compared with 2019. This index shall cover different dimensions, including management (such as the number of classrooms enabled for digital teaching, the number of professors using digital systems, the number of online procedures, and the level of connectivity on campuses, etc.); innovation (such as inter-university digital agreements, learning analytics actions, multimedia repositories, digital competences in teaching staff, and personalised itineraries, etc.); and governance (such as a digital transformation plan, digitalisation project portfolios and training plans in digital competences, etc.). 
            
            
               Follow-up information shall be provided annually by universities through the certification of their internal control area.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               U.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        303
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry in to force of the Organic Law on education 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the Organic Law 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The objective of the Organic Law on education (LOMLOE) is to establish a renewed legal system that, under the principles of quality, equity and inclusion, increases the educational and training opportunities of students and contributes to the improvement of educational outcomes. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        304
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree on minimum teaching requirements for education 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the Royal Decree indicating the entry into force of the Royal Decree
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The  Royal Decree on minimum teaching requirements for education in primary education, mandatory secondary education and baccalaureate shall include the introduction of methodological guidelines for teaching and learning based on a competence-based curriculum, incorporating “soft skills”; an evaluation framework for the acquisition of competences; the design of a model that is more flexible and open, which promotes profound learning; and the preparation of teaching material, support, guidance and training for teachers to ensure that they may effectively implement the new curriculum. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        305
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Materials to guide and support teachers for the implementation of the new curriculum, and training of professionals 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Certificates of published materials and training given
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed preparation of support guide and teaching material. All material shall be published online for the use of 100 % of teachers.  At least 4 000 teacher shall have completed training for the application of the new curriculum. At least 100 external experts are to participate in the elaboration of the curriculum of the areas and subjects of the educational stages and of the evaluation frameworks, which shall provide the basis for the drafting of the royal decrees of the new curriculum and the common evaluation framework.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        306
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decrees for the organisation of universities
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the Royal Decrees indicating the entry into force of the Royal Decrees
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The two Royal Decrees for the organisation of universities are:
                           - Royal Decree establishing the organisation of university courses and the procedure for ensuring their quality
                           - Royal Decree on the scheme for the creation, recognition, authorisation and accreditation of universities and attached centres.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        307
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Organic Law on the university system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the Organic Law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The new organic Law aiming at promoting access to higher education, adapting the organisation of university courses, ensuring good governance of university institutions and promoting research, transfer and mobility of teaching and research staff. The reform shall enhance the labour market relevance of higher education, including the promotion of cooperation with private and third sector institutions and introducing performance-based funding of public universities.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        308
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget award for the Promotion of First Cycle of Early Childhood Education 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         EUR
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        670 990 000 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget award to regional/local entities of EUR 670 990 000 for the Promotion of First Cycle of Early Childhood Education through the creation of new publicly owned places. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        309
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New places for the First Cycle of Early Childhood Education 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        60 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Promotion of First Cycle of Early Childhood Education schooling through the completed creation of new publicly owned places (new construction and/or reform/rehabilitation and equipment in at least 60 000 places compared with at the end of 2020, and of these operating expenditure for up to 40 000 places up until 2024).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        310
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support to schools under the  PROA+ programme 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2 700
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 2 700 schools supported by the PROA+ programme throughout the country, in line with the requirements of the programme 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        311
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Accompanying and Guidance Units for vulnerable students 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 1 000 Accompanying and Guidance Units for vulnerable students shall be operational throughout the country. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        312
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Scholarships and grants, for post-doctoral students, assistant professors, and researchers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2 600
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Granting of scholarships and grants, for post-doctoral students, assistant professors, and researchers, to at least 2 600 candidates. The objectives of these grants include the promotion of professional development of its teaching staff who may be integrated into the system in the future. The grants shall finance research stays hosted by prestigious foreign universities and research centres, as well as in Spanish universities and other public agents. To this end, the grants shall contribute to attract international talent. The grants shall be provided under three different programmes, applying specific criteria depending on the aim and target group and they shall last between one to three years depending on the programme and target group.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        313
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Increase in the “Digital  Index for Universities” 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the index on the Ministry of Universities’ website
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Achievement of an increase in the “Digital Index for Universities” of at least 10 % since 2019 for the university system as a whole, and covering different maturity dimensions: Management, Innovation and Government. Eligible projects shall have been initiated as of February 2020. The “Digital Index for Universities” is a shortened version of the “Digital Maturity Model for Universities” (MD4U), a framework of indicators used by Crue-TIC (IT sectorial of the Conference of Chancellors of Spanish Universities) for its annual survey to characterize the level of digitalization of Spanish universities in the areas of management, innovation and governance. The “Digital Index for Universities” is a "dashboard" to monitor the evolution of the digital level of universities. The baseline for the impact of the programme are the values of the level of digitisation of the university system in 2019, with the date of the baseline 31 December 2019.
                     
                  
               
         
         
            
               V. COMPONENT 22: Action Plan for the Care Economy, Strengthening Equality and Inclusion Policies
            
            
               The main objective of this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan is the modernisation and strengthening of social services and social inclusion policies. It puts a particular focus on the long-term care (LTC) model, with the aim of responding to increasing demand for different LTC services due to an ageing population, promoting innovation and a people-centred care model centred on a deinstitutionalisation strategy. 
            
            
               In the area of other social services and social inclusion, the objectives include the modernisation and strengthening of social services, by promoting innovation and new technologies to ensure provision throughout the territory, better identify needs and improving their quality. In the area of support to families actions aim at improving the legal protection and material support (in cash and in kind) for families, with a view to reduce child poverty.  Another aim of the component is to modernise other non-contributory social benefits to improve their protection and activation roles. Specific targeted actions aim to support victims of gender violence, promote accessibility to public services, and improve the capacity of the reception system for applicants of international protection. 
            
            
               The component contributes to addressing the Country Specific Recommendations related to ensuring that employment and social services have the capacity to provide effective support (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2019); improving support to families (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2019); reduce the fragmentation of national unemployment assistance system and address gaps in the coverage of regional minimum income schemes (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2019); and improving the coverage and adequacy of minimum income and family support schemes (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               V.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C22.R1) - Strengthening long-term care and promoting a change in the model of support and long-term care
            
            
               The reform aims at a people-centred and rights based support model. The System for Autonomy and Dependency Care (SAAD) is expected to be improved by introducing reforms that shall simplify administrative procedures, speed up the processing of applications and reduce waiting lists for dependants that are not receiving the services to which they are entitled as well as reducing differences across the territory. It also focuses on strengthening the quality of professional services, improving working conditions and increasing the coverage of the different types of financial benefits. For the medium term, the reform centres on implementing a national deinstitutionalisation strategy, a model geared towards community care that meets the need and preferences of people in need of support, while ensuring cost efficiency and supporting the families caring for them. 
            
            
               The basis of the reform of long-term care shall be based on an evaluation of the SAAD in the course of 2021 to gain an in-depth understanding of the progress of the long- term care reform process initiated in 2020 and its impacts. The conclusions of this evaluation shall be presented to the territorial council in the first half of 2022. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 June 2022.
            
            
               Reform 2 (C22.R2) - Modernising public social services and giving them a new regulatory framework
            
            
               The Reform aims at strengthening the public system of social services through the adoption of legislation to guarantee a minimum common service portfolio and common standards for their provision throughout the territory, guaranteeing the equality of all Spaniards in the exercise of their rights, as provided for in Article 149 (1) of the Spanish Constitution. To this end, it shall contribute to reducing disparities and inequalities relating to the type, level and quality of services provided. The regulatory framework shall be agreed with the Regions and Local Corporations and also cover the organisation of the public system, including its internal coordination and coordination with other social protection systems (education, health, justice, housing and urban planning, employment, etc.); the participation of social enterprises in the provision of social services; the system of powers and financing. Furthermore, it aims at promoting innovation, improving skills of social service workers and the setting up of a new social services information system. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 June 2023.
            
            
               Reform 3 (C22.R3) - Adopt a new law on protecting families and recognising their diversity
            
            
               A new law on protection of families and recognising their diversity shall be adopted, in order to respond to the demographic and societal transformations that have taken place over the last decades. The aim of this new law shall be to provide legal recognition of the different types of family structures and determining the benefits and services that they are entitled to depending on their features and income levels. To this end the reforms shall include the systematisation, updating and improvement of the legal framework and the protective action that the General State Administration recognises for families, taking into account their diversity, both in terms of social protection (benefits, social services) and legal (reforms in Civil Law for certain groups: unmarried couples, reconstituted families) and economic (taxation, grants, etc.). It shall also include a review of the Law on Large Families. 
            
            
               An overarching objective of the reform is to reduce child poverty. A specific focus shall therefore be put on reducing inequalities by providing protection to families with special needs or in vulnerable situations, such as single parent households, or those at risk of poverty or social exclusion. Moreover, the law shall establish shared principles and objectives to ensure coherence and complementarity with other public policies, including taxation and improve protection based on subjective rights.   
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 June 2023.
            
            
               Reform 4 (C22.R4) - Reforming the reception system for migrants and applicants of international protection 
            
            
               The current reception system for migrants and applicants of international protection in Spain shall be strengthened to improve its capacity, adjusting it to existing and estimated future needs and contributing to making it more efficient. The focus is notably on reducing long waiting times and low recognition rates for applicants of international protection. With a more robust and better functioning system, the management of future migration crises is expected to be smoother.
            
            
               Reception policies shall be tailored to the needs of vulnerable people and asylum seekers and EU integration objectives, making the whole system more resilient It shall also set out the level of benefits for basic services for applicants lacking financial resources and for applicants with a more vulnerable profile in need of enhanced protection, aiming to minimise the provision of reception conditions in the form of financial benefits. Moreover, the system covering accompanying services and pathways shall be adapted. It shall address the organisation of the reception system from a territorial point of view aimed at speeding up the takeover of powers by autonomous communities as established by case law, through a couple of pilot projects. Finally, the territorial distribution parameters for applicants in cooperation shall be agreed with the autonomous communities. 
            
         
         
            
               To ensure implementation, a system of indicators including elements such as nationality, gender, ethnicity, vulnerability, conditions in country of origin, etc. shall be utilised in a weighted formula that shall enable an objective calculation of the probability of being granted protection. Whilst the applications are being processed, the result of the formula shall allow authorities responsible of reception to direct applicants towards the basic or enhanced reception track. This shall also apply to the corresponding benefits. This shall allow for the application of basic reception conditions for all asylum seekers and enhanced reception conditions for those with a high recognition probability.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 March 2022.
            
            
               Reform 5 (C22.R5) - Improvement of the system of non-contributory financial benefits of the General State Administration
            
            
               This reform includes the approval of the new Minimum Vital Income (MVI) scheme in May 2020, the establishment of one single national system for non-contributory financial benefits, and a minimum level of non-contributory financial benefits for the most vulnerable households. 
            
            
               Taking the MVI scheme as a starting point, a plan shall be adopted to reorganise and simplify the system of non-contributory financial benefits of the General State Administration. The plan aims to integrate and rationalise non-contributory benefits on the basis of the MVI scheme, in order to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of public resources and focus them on vulnerable and people at risk of poverty or social exclusion. The focus shall be on ensuring appropriate coverage depending on the circumstances leading to vulnerability and ensuring adequate income support, thereby contributing to poverty reduction. To this end, it shall take into account the structural needs of households, notably families with children and people with disabilities. It shall also link income support to active job seeking, in order to foster socio-economic integration and avoid “poverty traps”. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Investment 1 (C22.I1): Long-term care and support plan: deinstitutionalisation, equipment and technology 
            
            
               In line with Reform 1 of this component, Spain shall invest in six action areas. 
            
            
               I.In a long-term support plan analysing the current situation of care policies that aims to identify needs for improvement and making proposal for the reform of the current law on personal autonomy and care for people in a situation of dependency. It shall also evaluate the situation and ongoing projects in different territories; 
            
            
               II.A national deinstitutionalisation strategy, including the implementation of awareness-raising and dissemination campaigns; 
            
            
               III.Four pilot projects aimed at boosting deinstitutionalization, and drawing lessons for the transforming of support and long-term care, including for support and long-term care for persons with intellectual disabilities; 
            
            
               IV.Construction and refurbishment of residential, non-residential and day care centres, and investment equipment to improve the quality of care services. These investment projects shall be implemented by the autonomous communities based on the assessment of territorial needs; and ensuring that new and refurbished residential places are aligned to the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities.
            
            
               V.Reform of community-integrated day care centres, including in rural areas, run by IMSERSO (Instituto de Mayores y Servicios Social, under the Ministry of Social Rights and Agenda 2030). Eleven centres shall be reformed and adapted to the new long-term care model focusing on persons with physical disabilities, corresponding to 1 209 places. Investments shall also be dedicated to innovative projects in the same centres; and
            
            
               VI.Investment in new technologies to enhance telecare aimed at promoting personal autonomy, provision of care and an inclusive care environment. At least 90 % of the people in the System for Autonomy and Dependency Care (SAAD) shall have available a minimum list of home telecare services as a result of this investment. This includes services through the telephone line and with specific communications and IT equipment, located in a care centre and in the users' homes. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Investment 2 (C22.I2): Plan for the Modernisation of Social Services - Technological transformation, innovation, training and strengthening childcare 
            
            
               In line with Reform 2 of this component, Spain shall invest in five action areas. 
            
            
               I.New technologies to improve both their effectiveness of social services (shorter waiting times) and their quality (better results of social interventions), including promoting integrated care. 
            
            
               II.Technological tools for the improvement of social services management and information systems, including an online platform to centralise information available at national and regional administrations. This includes specifically the full implementation of the Spanish Social Services Information System (SIESS).  This new information system is expected to also allow interoperability with other systems (Employment, Health, Third Sector). It also includes an online tool for analysing projects developed by third sector organisations, for the management of various budgetary programmes related to social services and care for families, children and certain vulnerable groups and online platform to centralise information on care available in the General State Administration and the autonomous communities.
            
            
               III.Pilot projects to promote innovation in social services. 
            
         
         
            
               IV.Training of staff in the public social services system involved in implementing and supporting the new long-term care model.
            
            
               V.Improving residential infrastructures and other aspects of aspects of childcare and adolescent care centres, better addressing emotional, personal and educational/professional needs. 
            
            
               The bulk of the investment shall consist of projects implemented by regional governments for the technological transformation of social services, and for modernisation of the infrastructure and services associated with residential protection and foster families.  
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Investment 3 (C22.I3): Spain Accessible Country Plan 
            
            
               Spain shall invest to improve the accessibility of persons with disabilities to public services, focusing on improving cognitive accessibility in communication with public authorities (including web sites),  and physical access to public buildings and public spaces; suitability of health services physical spaces; accessibility in educational centres; and accommodation of public transport, including accessibility between urban and rural areas. Financial support shall be provided to municipalities for the execution of works and purchase of equipment, notably in rural areas. Investment shall also be dedicated to communication and awareness campaigns, as well as RDI research projects in the area of cognitive accessibility.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 March 2023.
            
            
            
            
               Investment 4 (C22.I4): Plan Spain protects you from gender violence 
            
            
               Spain shall invest in telephone and online services to support victims of violence against women, including victims of trafficking and sexual exploitation. It includes 24-hour crisis assistance centres in all provinces, including Ceuta and Melilla, taking into account challenges related to ensuring anonymity and demographic aspects. The creation of these centres is part of Spain’s commitment to the Council of Europe Convention on Preventing and Combating Violence Against Women and Domestic Violence, which was ratified for Spain in 2014. The investment shall also provide various type of services, including legal advice, psychological and emotional support, and assist labour market integration. The tele assistance also include protection of victims, including devices for monitoring of distancing measures. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Investment 5 (C22.I5): Increasing the capacity and efficiency of the reception system for migrants and applicants of international protection 
            
            
               Spain shall invest in increasing the capacity of the reception system by increasing the direct participation of the State to the resources of the reception network. This shall contribute to ensure greater stability of the accommodation and the reception services provided. The investment includes an evaluation of needs of the system over the next three years, support for the rehabilitation and refurbishment of existing centres and administrative procedures for the acquisition, construction of new building and possible refurbishment of existing buildings, ensuring energy efficiency. Based on an assessment of good practises, Spain shall also define the management of reception centres by third parties. Finally, the investment shall cover digitalisation of centres and the development of a new digital architecture to improve their management and facilitate the allocation of applicants’ places between the autonomous communities. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2024.
            
            
               V.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                         / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        314
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by the Territorial Council of the evaluation the System for Autonomy and Dependency Care (SAAD). 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the evaluation 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The evaluation shall take place in the course of 2021 to gain an in-depth understanding of the progress of the long-term care reform process initiated in 2020 and its impacts. The conclusions of this evaluation shall be presented to the territorial council in the first half of 2022. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        315
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Social Services Law and ministerial regulations
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law and in the ministerial regulations indicating their entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The adoption of the Social Services Law shall be followed by the adoption of the necessary ministerial regulations. The objectives of the Law are to improve the current system of provision and to regulate the basic conditions under which social services are provided in Spain. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        316
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Family Diversity Law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the Law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Family Diversity Law has as objectives i) the legal recognition of the various types of family structures in place; ii) the determination of the benefits and services to which they are entitled according to their characteristics and income levels; and iii) the reduction of child poverty taking into account the findings of a redistributive impact assessment.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        317
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the legislative reform of the reception system for migrants and applicants of international protection in Spain 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the order indicating the entry into force of the order
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        A Central Ministerial Order shall reform the reception system for migrants and applicants of international protection in Spain adopted by the Ministry of Inclusion, Social Security and Migration. The objectives of the reform are to develop new reception procedures for all the centres in the reception network and to recognise basic reception conditions for all asylum seekers and enhanced reception conditions for those with a high recognition probability.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        318
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Royal Decree Law 20/2020 of  29 May approving the minimum vital income
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the Law 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Minimum Vital Income (Royal Decree Law 20/2020 of 29 May).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        319
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the “Plan to reorganise and simplify the system of non-contributory financial benefits of the General State Administration”.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the Official Journal of the Plan
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of a “Plan to reorganise and simplify the system of non-contributory financial benefits of the General State Administration” (publication in Official Journal). The Plan shall aim to integrate the non-contributory benefits around an income coverage instrument in order to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of public resources and focus them on people at risk of vulnerability or social exclusion. This plan shall focus on the appropriate coverage of the various circumstances that leads people to vulnerability as well as the adequacy of the income support. To this end, it shall take in to account, on the one hand, structural needs like households with children and people with disabilities and, on the other hand, link income support to active job seeking for inclusion and avoid “poverty traps”. The Plan shall consider all existing non-contributory with a view of gradually and over time integrating them in a single national system to assure that the plan’s target is fully achieved. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        320
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of legislation to reorganise and simplify the system of non-contributory financial benefits
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the law indicating the entry into force of the Law 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The reform shall reorganise and simplify the system of non-contributory cash benefits. The objective of the reform is to include in the coverage instrument built around the minimum vital income scheme (IMV) the main non-contributory benefits provided by the General State Administration, to reorganise and simplify the system of non-contributory financial benefits in line with the aims of “Plan to reorganise and simplify the system of non-contributory financial benefits of the General State Administration”.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        321
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects executed by the Ministry of Social Rights and Agenda 2030
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of 4 pilot projects on deinstitutionalised care, of which one focusing on support and care to people with intellectual disabilities, and reform of centres corresponding to at least 1 100 places of IMSERSO.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        322
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Home telecare services in the System for Autonomy and Care for Dependency (SAAD) 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        % 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        26
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        90
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 90 % of the people in the System for Autonomy and Care for Dependency (SAAD) to benefit from a minimum list of home telecare services, in particular through telephone lines and with specific communications and IT equipment, located in a care centre and in the users' homes. Date of baseline: 31 March 2020.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        323
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Residential, non-residential and day care places.  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        22 360
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Residential, non-residential and day-care centres, refurbished and/or built, so as to adapt 22 360 places to the new long-term care model 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        324
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Implementation of specific technological tools to improve the social services information and management systems.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        External evaluation of all phases and the final results of the project.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The development and implementation of specific technological tools to improve the information and management systems of the social services, shall cover: i) the Spanish Social Services Information System (SIESS); ii) an on-line tool for the analysis of projects developed by third sector entities; iii) computer tools for the management of various budgetary programmes related to social services and care for the family, children and certain vulnerable groups; and iv) an online platform to centralise information on care available in the country. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        325
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects for technological transformation of social services, and for modernisation of the infrastructure and services associated with residential protection and foster families 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Control of the agreements signed with each of the Autonomous Regions
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion by regional governments of technological transformation of social services, allowing interoperability with other systems interacting with social services (employment, health, third sector), and modernisation of the infrastructure and services associated with residential protection of child and adolescent care centres, including by better addressing personalised support needs (including emotional and educational/professional) and training foster families, for a total budget executed of at least EUR 450 000 000. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        326
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects on improved accessibility
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        277
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of at least 277 projects by regional government and the central government to improve accessibility and remove barriers. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        327
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Centres for victims of sexual violence.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        19
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        52
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least one comprehensive care centre for victims of sexual violence operational per province as well as one in the autonomous Spanish cities of Ceuta and Melilla, respectively. Date of baseline: 1 February 2020.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        328
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Capacity of the reception system for migrants and applicants of international protection 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        400
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        6 100
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Increase the reception capacity of the reception system for applicants of international protection asylum seekers in the centres of the Ministry of Inclusion, Social Security and Migration by at least 5 700 places compared to 2019. At least EUR 176 000 000 are spent in construction and rehabilitation of buildings, ensuring energy efficiency. Date of the baseline: 31 December 2019.
                     
                  
               
               W. COMPONENT 23: New Public Policies for a Dynamic, Resilient and Inclusive Labour Market
            
            
               The component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan addresses important structural challenges of the Spanish labour market. Its main objectives are to reduce structural unemployment and youth unemployment, reduce the widespread use of temporary contracts and correct labour market duality, increase investment in human capital, modernise collective bargaining instruments and increase the effectiveness and efficiency of active labour market policies. 
            
         
         
            
               The component shall include relevant investments, complementary to those funded by the Structural Funds (in particular the European Social Fund), that aim to maximise the impact of reforms on quality job creation, productivity gains and the reduction of social, territorial and gender gaps. 
            
            
               Overall, the measures included in the component are aimed to address long-standing challenges of the Spanish labour market and present a set of ambitious and coherent reforms, most of them to be delivered by the end of 2021. Some of the reform proposals are currently discussed with social partners through a social dialogue process. Therefore, some details have been explicitly left open with a view to leaving enough space for the agreement and endorsement by social partners. 
            
            
               The component addresses the Country Specific Recommendations on transitions towards open-ended contracts and on hiring incentives, on public employment services, active labour market policies and adult learning, on unemployment protection, the minimum income schemes and on job preservation (Country Specific Recommendations 2 2019 and 2 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               W.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C23.R1) – Regulation of teleworking
            
            
               This reform shall establish a regulatory framework for the provision of remote work with the objective to improve workers’ protection and flexibility while preserving business productivity. It shall consist of the approval of two Royal Decree-Laws:
            
            
               ·Royal Decree-Law 28/2020 on 22 September shall provide a regulatory framework that favours the introduction of remote working in the private sector, while preserving business productivity and affording protection and flexibility to workers. It shall guarantee the same working conditions to those working remotely and on-site, as well as the voluntary nature of teleworking, both for the worker and for the employer. The established framework favours mixed forms of distance and on-site work. 
            
            
               ·Royal Decree-Law 29/2020 on 29 September on Teleworking in Public Administrations shall set a regulatory framework for public employees that recognises the possibility of providing this type of work on a voluntary, reversible basis with prior authorisation.
            
            
               This reform is connected with Reform 1 in component 11 on public administration.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2020.
            
            
               Reform 2 (C23.R2) – Measures to close the gender gap
            
            
               This reform has the objective to close the gender pay gap. It shall consist of two bylaws:
            
            
               ·Royal Decree 901/2020 on 13 October shall regulate employers’ obligation of producing and registering equality plans to grant pay transparency. All companies with more than 150 employees are obliged to produce and register such plans and in 2022 all companies with more than 50 workers shall be also obliged. The Royal Decree shall set out the procedure for negotiating the plans, the requirements to be followed by the diagnosis and the characteristics of their evaluation and monitoring. 
            
            
               ·The Royal Decree 902/2020 on 13 October on equal pay for men and women shall guarantee the principle of pay transparency in order to identify discriminatory situations due to incorrect job assessments (i.e. lower pay for work of equal value). The decree shall define the situations in which a work is considered of equal value. It is in force since April 2021, following the 6-month period given to the employers to set up the required implementation mechanisms.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 June 2021.
            
            
               Reform 3 (C23.R3) – Regulation of the work of home distributers by digital platforms (riders)
            
            
               The reform has the objective to regulate the working conditions of the so-called riders, who are engaged in distribution activities to third parties using technological means. A Royal Decree-Law shall guarantee these workers the right to fair and equal treatment in terms of working conditions, and the right to access social protection and training, by the legal presumption of an employment relationship between the company and the rider. It shall also enable workers’ legal representation to be informed of the rules contained in artificial intelligence algorithms and systems that may have an impact on working conditions, including access to and maintenance of employment and profiling. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 September 2021.
            
            
               Reform 4 (C23.R4) – Simplification of contracts: generalisation of the open-ended contract, reasons to use temporary contracts and regulation of the training/apprenticeship contract.
            
         
         
            
               This reform consists in amending the regulation on contracts set in the Workers’ Statute (Legislative Decree 2/2015) with the objective to regulate the use of temporary contracts as an exclusively causal origin and generalise the use of open-ended contracts. The reform shall include the following elements:
            
            
               ·Simplification and reorganisation of the menu of contracts, with three main types: open-ended, temporary and training/apprenticeship. The design of the new types of contracts aims to limit the valid causes to use temporary contracts, thereby making open-ended contracts the general rule. 
            
            
               ·The review of the use of the training/apprenticeship contract, in order to provide an adequate framework for young people to enter the labour market. 
            
            
               ·The reinforcement of the use of the seasonal contract, which is a special type of open-ended contract used in seasonal activities.
            
            
               ·The reform shall strengthen the control in the use of the part-time contracts, to prevent irregular working time.
            
            
               ·The strengthening of the fight against labour fraud, including by updating the sanctioning system.
            
            
               This reform is closely connected with Reform 1 in Component 11, which shall introduce other legal changes in the Statute of Public Workers to reduce the use of temporary contracts in the public sector. It is also related with Reform 6 (flexibility and stability mechanism) in this component.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2021.
            
            
               Reform 5 (C23.R5) – Modernisation of active labour market policies (ALMP)
            
            
               The objective of this reform is to modernise the delivery of ALMP in Spain, taking into account the conclusions from the spending reviews made by the independent fiscal authority (‘AIReF’). The reform shall consist in multiple elements, such as developing individual pathways for counselling, preventing abuses in work-based trainings (such as traineeships and training contracts), reinforcing the system of adult learning and the recognition of competences, setting up a one-stop shop for young people, improving the coordination between employment and social services and with the regions, and improving the cooperation with the private sector.
            
            
               This reform shall be complemented by two other reforms in this component, namely Reform 7 (hiring incentives) and Reform 11 (digitalisation of public employment services). Some elements of the reform (such as the reinforcement of reskilling and assistance program for elderly workers) present synergies with Reform 2 in component 30 (alignment of the effective retirement age with the legal retirement age).
            
            
               The reform shall include a number of legislative steps in 2021 and 2022:
            
            
               a)2021-2027 Action Plan to tackle youth unemployment at the occasion of the implementation of the EU Youth Guarantee Plus. The action plan shall include a review of the traineeship /apprenticeship contracts and the approval of a Statute of Trainees. These measures shall be coherent with the education policies to tackle early school leaving (as set out in component 21). The implementation of this element of the measure shall be completed by 30 June 2021.
            
            
               b)2021-2024 Spanish Employment Activation Strategy, following a social dialogue process. The main objectives of the new strategy shall be: 
            
            
               ·People-centred and business-centred approach: design of ALMP is expected to be focused on the specific circumstances of each person and business.
            
            
               ·Consistency with productive transformation: ALMP should allow professional transitions accompanying the production model shift towards a green and digital economy.
            
            
               ·Results orientation: ALMP is expected to be assessed, monitoring and fostering the achievement of results.
            
            
               ·Improving the capacities of Public Employment Services through their digitalisation and modernisation. 
            
            
               ·Governance and cohesion of the National System of Employment to improve coordination at national and regional level and stakeholders involved in ALMP.
            
            
               The implementation of this element of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2021.
            
         
         
            
               c)Reform of the Employment Law, with the following objectives: (i) to strengthen the policy and coordination instruments of the National Employment System; (ii) to reform active labour market policies; (iii) to review the governance of the system; (iv) to strengthen the local dimension of employment policy; and (v) to meet the requirements for the implementation of the various measures foreseen in the frame of the National Plan for Active Employment Policies. In this context, the main elements of the legislative changes shall include:
            
            
               ·Strengthening active and passive employment policies taking into account the distribution of competences between the State and the Autonomous Communities.
            
            
               ·Strengthening the Intermediation System and Public Private Partnerships. 
            
            
               ·Common Services Portfolio of the National System of Employment.
            
            
               ·Review of the financing model. 
            
            
               ·Cooperation with social services.
            
            
               ·Local and European dimension.
            
            
               ·Technological development for employability.
            
            
               ·Use of ICTs and Big Data.
            
            
               ·Improving employability.
            
            
               The implementation of this element of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Reform 6 (C23.R6) – Permanent mechanism for internal flexibility, job stability and reskilling of workers in transition.
            
            
               This reform has the objective to establish a permanent scheme to adjust to cyclical and structural shocks, by covering the suspension or reduction of working time through an employment regulation plan that includes the requirement to improve or retrain workers in the skills identified as being in demand. The scheme shall build upon the experience of the short-time work schemes (so-called ‘ERTEs’) deployed during the COVID-19 crisis to preserve jobs during lockdown and other activity restrictions caused by the pandemic. 
            
            
               The reform shall consist of two new adjustment mechanisms:
            
            
               ·An economic stabilization mechanism that shall provide internal flexibility to firms and stability to workers in the face of transitory or cyclical shocks, with a special focus on worker’s training.
            
            
               ·A mechanism that shall support the reskilling and upskilling of workers and companies in transition to help them cope with technological or demand innovations and that shall facilitate voluntary mobility of workers within and across firms.
            
            
               The measure shall be implemented through the amendment of the Workers Statute. It shall include the creation of a tripartite fund to be funded through social security contributions from employers and workers and complemented by the state. It shall ensure fiscal sustainability in the medium to long term considering different options and scenarios. The concrete functioning of this fund shall be negotiated with social partners. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2021.
            
            
               Reform 7 (C23.R7) – Review of hiring incentives
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to simplify the system of hiring incentives and increase its effectiveness through better targeting, by taking into account the spending review carried out by the independent fiscal authority (‘AIReF’). In particular, it aims to improve the employability of very specific groups with low participation in the labour market, by promoting quality jobs and permanent contracts. The number of incentives shall be reduced, and the requirements for beneficiary companies standardised. A continuous monitoring and evaluation of the hiring incentive system is envisaged.
            
         
         
            
               The reform shall be implemented through an amendment of the Law 43/2006. It is closely related to other measures in this component, such as Reform 5 (overall reform of active labour market policies) and Investment 7 (activation pathways for beneficiaries of the minimum income scheme).
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Reform 8 (C23.R8) – Modernisation of collective bargaining
            
            
               This reform has the objective to improve the functioning of collective bargaining by amending the relevant legal rules in the Workers Statute (Title III of the Legislative Decree 2/2015) following a social dialogue process. Because of this, the envisaged regulatory changes are not fully detailed in the plan. Changes shall improve the legal rules governing collective bargaining.
            
            
               The modernisation of collective bargaining shall incorporate changes to the negotiating structure itself, with the aim of strengthening the representativeness of the negotiating parties, enriching the content of dialogue, and enhancing legal certainty in its implementation and effects. Changes shall not result in disproportionate obstacles for firms to adjust to the cycle and respond to productivity developments.
            
            
               The implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2021. 
            
            
               Reform 9 (C23.R9) – Modernisation of sub-contracting activities
            
            
               This reform has the objective to improve the working conditions and the rights of persons working in subcontracted companies, by amending the Article 42 of the Workers’ Statute (Legislative Decree 2/2015) to ensure its proper use in cases where it improves productive activity and discourages it from those where it is merely a means of reducing costs. 
            
            
               This reform shall provide an adequate level of protection to workers in subcontracting and move towards a level playing field between subcontracted and company workers. It shall also strengthen the responsibility of contractors or subcontractors and prevent the outsourcing of services through subcontracting in cases in which it was done with the purpose of lowering labour standards for persons working for subcontractors.
            
            
               The implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2021.
            
            
               Reform 10 (C23.R10) – Simplification and improvement of unemployment assistance
            
            
               This legislative reform concerns the non-contributory unemployment assistance and shall take place through the amendment of the Royal Decree Law 8/2015. It is closely related to Reform 5 of Component 22, which outlines a more general reform of non-contributory social benefits. 
            
            
               The reform includes the following objectives:
            
            
               I.to extend unemployment protection by filling in some of the coverage gaps of the current system and extending the maximum duration; 
            
            
               II.to simplify the system, currently fragmented into several schemes; 
            
            
               III.to link the benefit to a personalised activation itinerary; 
            
            
               IV.to facilitate the transition to social protection when the beneficiary does not return to work and is in a vulnerable situation.
            
            
               As a general rule, the target group of the new scheme shall be the same as in the current system, i.e. unemployed workers that are not eligible to contributory unemployment benefits, either because they have been unemployed for too long and exhausted their rights, or because their contribution history is too short (less than 12 months but more than six). The monthly amount of the benefit shall remain at 80 % of the ‘IPREM’ (indicator on public income of multiple effects).
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Reform 11 (C23.R11) – Digitalisation of the Public Employment Services (PES) for its modernisation and efficiency. 
            
         
         
            
               The objective of this reform is to transform the provision of public employment services and improve their efficiency for citizens and business. The reform shall consist of the following elements:
            
            
               ·Improvement of internal management: modernising the information systems that support the unemployment benefit system, as well as those that support active labour market policies.
            
            
               ·Digitisation of all public services for citizens and business and improvement of the customer service, including the offer of new services (mobile application and improved pre-appointment system and on-line services).
            
            
               ·Statistics and data management: Incorporation of adequate data management, which fosters decision-making, as well as the publication of information of high value for society.
            
            
               ·Improvement of anti-fraud systems through artificial intelligence systems and Big Data.
            
            
               ·Modernization of jobs and infrastructures to facilitate teleworking arrangements for PES staff.
            
            
               The reform of the PES is encompassed in a more general effort for modernising and digitalising public administrations (Component 11 of the RRP). The PES reform shall be funded through the contracting and execution of Investment 2 in Component 11. 
            
            
               The implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Investment 1 (C23.I1) – Youth Employment
            
            
               This investment encompasses a set of activation and training programmes for young jobseekers (16-29 years), with the objective to support their labour market integration. It shall consist of the following actions:
            
            
               1.‘Tandem’ Programme. It shall provide work-based training to young people between the ages of 16 and 29 in public school workshops, with a focus in the skills needed for the twin transition, social care and territorial cohesion. Public bodies from the central administration in charge of the implementation shall receive the grants. 
            
            
               2.Programme ‘First professional experience’ in public administrations. It shall offer an initial job experience in the public sector (both central and territorial administrations) to unemployed young people who have completed their formal education. They shall acquire soft skills by working in jobs related to the twin transition, social care and territorial cohesion. The grants are given to public bodies from the central and territorial administrations in charge of the implementation. 
            
            
               3.Investigo Programme. It shall cover the recruitment of young researchers by public research bodies, public universities, technological centres and other public and private entities with a research project. 
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
            
               Investment 2 (C23.I2) – Female employment and gender mainstreaming in active labour market policies
            
            
               The objective of this investment is improving labour market integration of women, being in line with many other measures in the Plan to promote gender balance. It shall consist of the following actions:
            
            
               1.Support line for women in rural and urban areas. It covers training actions in the areas of digital, green, long-term care, entrepreneurship and social economy. Calls for grant proposals shall be organised for public and private entities in charge of the training provision. 
            
            
               2.Support line for women victims of violence or trafficking. It shall cover integration pathways for these women, in two stages. The first six months, participants shall follow personalised social inclusion pathways, and the next six months shall follow a work-based training with employers’ commitment to recruit them afterwards. 
            
            
               3.Gender mainstreaming in active labour market policies. It shall concern the incorporation of gender mainstreaming in all elements of PES annual employment plans (both central and regional) in the period 2021-2023. For that purpose, consultancy services shall be hired.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025.
            
         
         
            
               Investment 3 (C23.I3) – New skills for the green, digital and productive transition
            
            
               This investment encompasses different training initiatives with the objective to reskill workers at risk of displacement. It is composed of the following actions lines:
            
            
               1.Calls for grant proposals for the acquisition of new skills for digital, green and productive transformation. It targets workers in the tourism sector, unemployed and persons subject to ERTEs. The training actions shall have an average duration of 65 hours.
            
            
               2.Training vouchers for the acquisition of new skills for digital, green and productive transformation. It targets the same types of workers as the previous action line, but in this case the beneficiary receives a direct subsidy for training purposes in skills relevant for green, digital and other strategic sectors.
            
            
               3.Detection of skills needs. A research based on a survey done in at least 23 productive sectors shall provide effective responses to the demands for training and reskilling in the labour market, including skills in the digital transition and the green transition. It will also anticipate changes and respond to potential demand for skilled labour.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025. 
            
            
               Investment 4 (C23.I4) – New territorial projects for rebalancing and equity
            
            
               This investment shall fund at least 68 new territorial projects with the objective to address the demographic challenge and facilitate productive transformation, in particular towards a green and digital economy. At least four projects shall be implemented in each autonomous region of the country. 
            
            
               It shall consist of two types of projects:
            
            
               1.Territorial projects for vulnerable groups. These projects shall target long-term unemployed people, who shall follow personalized and individualized itineraries in which different actions shall be integrated, such as: guidance and accompaniment, orientation programs, care by job search teams, training and conciliation scholarships, aid for hiring and monitoring of actions. 
            
            
               2.Entrepreneurship and microenterprise projects. These projects shall address the demographic challenge and facilitate the productive transformation, in particular towards a green and digital economy. The initiatives to be funded include agrarian training projects, sustainable local development, social economy initiatives for cultural and artistic action, ecological transition, local development initiatives, rural tourism and artistic heritage, among others. A project may fund actions such as: social entrepreneurship and freelancers, labour market study, local promotion and development agents, help for the start-up of cooperatives or micro-enterprises, networking, participation in conferences and dissemination actions. 
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 5 (C23.I5) - Governance and boost of policies to support activation
            
            
               This measure has the objective of reinforcing public employment services and improving the efficiency of active labour market policies. To this end, it envisages the creation of a network of 20 centres of orientation, entrepreneurship and innovation for employment. They will be scattered throughout the country (one centre at central government level and another one in each autonomous territory, including Ceuta and Melilla) with the mission of improving PES coordination across regions. 
            
            
               In addition, a set of continuing training actions are envisaged for the employees of the public employment services, providing them with an average of 14 000 training actions per year. The training is to be organised in modules of 30 hours of average duration and on average each employee shall take part in a module per year during the period 2021-2023.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 6 (C23.I6) – Comprehensive plan to boost the social economy
            
            
               This measure shall support innovative social economy projects with the objective of creating a more inclusive and sustainable economic fabric. 
            
            
               It shall consist of the development of at least 30 social economy projects from 2021 to 2023 in the following areas:
            
            
               ·Creation and maintenance of employment of viable enterprises in difficulty or without generational renewal, through their conversion into social economy business formulas (cooperatives and labour companies), managed by their workers.
            
         
         
            
               ·Creation and consolidation of innovative social economy entities, with an impact on generational renewal and youth entrepreneurship.
            
            
               ·Digitalisation of social economy enterprises through the creation of digital platforms aimed at improving the well-being of citizens in rural areas.
            
            
               ·Networking of cooperatives, labour companies and other forms of social economy accompanied by capacity-building and training measures to provide new comprehensive services to society.
            
            
               ·Fostering sustainable and inclusive transitions of vulnerable companies and groups.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 7 (C23.I7) - Promoting inclusive growth by linking social inclusion policies to the national minimum income scheme (‘IMV’)  
            
            
               The objective of this investment is improving the effectiveness of integration pathways for the beneficiaries of the national minimum income scheme (‘IMV’) through the implementation of at least 18 pilot projects. Following their completion, an evaluation to assess the coverage, effectiveness and success of minimum income schemes shall be conducted. This evaluation shall include specific recommendations to increase the take-up ratio and improve the effectiveness of social inclusion policies. This measure is closely related to Reform 5 of Component 22.
            
            
               For the implementation of the pilot projects, the Ministry of Social Inclusion shall sign partnership agreements with the concerned regional and local public administrations, as well as with entities of the third sector social action and social partners. These partnership agreements shall have the objectives of: i) improving the take-up rate of the IMV; ii) increasing the effectiveness of the IMV through integration pathways. An action plan shall accompany every partnership agreement, defining at least the following items:
            
            
               ·IMV beneficiaries taking part in the pilot project.
            
            
               ·Most appropriate pathways (to be identified on the basis lessons learnt) and related inclusion outcome/outcomes to be achieved through the intervention.
            
            
               ·Data infrastructure requirement: not only IMV beneficiaries are needed but also other regional programs beneficiaries to count on good control groups.
            
            
               ·Unit costs of the intervention.
            
            
               ·Monitoring plan for the Ministry of Inclusion to assess the achievement of the different milestones defined in the plan.
            
            
               ·Publication of an evaluation once the pilot is finished with findings and lessons learnt.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 March 2024.
            
            
               W.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        329
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of two Royal Decree-Laws regulating distance work in the private sector and in public administrations
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the Royal Decree Laws on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The two Royal Decree-Laws shall regulate distance work in the private sector and in public administrations. The objectives of the laws are: (i) to provide a regulatory framework (RDL 28/2020) that favours the introduction of remote work, while preserving business productivity and affording protection and flexibility to workers; and (ii) regulating teleworking in all public administrations (RDL 29/2020) as a new way of organising and structuring work, in order to better serve the general interests and ensure the normal functioning of public administrations.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        330
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of two by-laws on equal pay between women and men and on equality plans and their registration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the by-laws on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The two by-laws apply to equal pay between women and men and to equality plans and their registration. The objectives of the regulations are: (i) to ensure the principle of pay transparency in order to identify discrimination due to incorrect job assessments; and (ii) to develop equality plans and ensure their registration in a public register.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        331
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Royal Decree Law for the protection of workers engaged in distribution activities to third parties using technological means
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the Royal Decree Law on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Royal Decree Law relates to the protection of workers engaged in distribution activities to third parties using technological means. The objectives of the law are to guarantee these people the right to fair and equal treatment in terms of working conditions, the right to access social protection and training and to enable workers’ legal representation to be informed of the rules contained in artificial intelligence algorithms and systems that may have an impact on the working conditions governing platforms, including access to and maintenance of employment and profiling.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        332
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Amendment of the Worker's Statute to support the reduction of temporary employment by streamlining the number of contract types
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the amendment on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Respecting social dialogue and as part of a comprehensive approach balancing the need for flexibility and security in the labour market, entry into force of the amendment of provisions of Legislative Decree 2/2015 of 23 October approving the recast text of the Workers’ Statute to support the reduction of temporary employment by streamlining the number of contract types.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        333
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Action Plan to tackle youth unemployment 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the Action Plan on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Action Plan shall tackle youth unemployment at the occasion of the implementation of the EU Youth Guarantee Plus. The objective of the Youth Guarantee is to improve and deepen inter-institutional coordination, strengthen the relationship with the private sector and local authorities, improve the quality and adequacy of training, seek new job opportunities in sectors with growth potential, reduce early school leaving, maintain and improve the evaluation and monitoring system, and further strengthen personalised guidance programmes.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        334
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Royal Decree for a new Spanish Employment Strategy 2021-2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the Royal Decree on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Respecting social dialogue and as part of a comprehensive approach balancing the need for flexibility and security in the labour market, approval by the Council of Ministers and entry into force of a Royal Decree for a new Spanish Employment Activation Strategy 2021-2024. The main objectives of the new strategy are: 
                           i) People-centred and business-centred approach: Active Employment Policies shall be designed focused on the specific circumstances of each person and business.
                           ii) Consistency with productive transformation: Active Employment Policies shall allow professional transitions accompanying the production model shifts towards a green and digital economy
                           iii) Results orientation: Active Employment Policies shall be assessed, monitoring and foster the achievement of results.
                           iv) Improving the capacities of Public Employment Services: Through their digitalisation and modernisation.  
                           iv) Governance and cohesion of the National System of Employment to improve coordination at national and regional level and stakeholders involved in active labour policies. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        335
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendment of the Employment Law (Royal Legislative Decree 3/2015)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the amendment on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The amendment of the Employment Law (Royal Legislative Decree 3/2015) shall: (i) strengthen the policy and coordination instruments of the National Employment System; (ii) reform active labour market policies; (iii) review the governance of the system; (iv) strengthen the local dimension of employment policy; and (v) meet the requirements for the implementation of the various measures foreseen in the frame of the National Plan for Active Employment Policies.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        336
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Amendment of the Worker's Statute to establish a scheme to adjust to cyclical and structural shocks, including a system that provides internal flexibility to companies and stability to workers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the amendment on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Respecting social dialogue and as part of a comprehensive approach balancing the need for flexibility and security in the labour market and ensuring fiscal sustainability in the medium to long term, entry into force of amending provisions of Royal Legislative Decree 2/2015 of 23 October approving the recast text of the Workers’ Statute to establish a scheme to adjust to cyclical and structural shocks, including a system that provides internal flexibility to companies and stability to workers, support the upskilling and reskilling of employees in firms and sectors in transition, and facilitate voluntary mobility of workers (within and across firms). 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        337
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the reform of Law 43/2006 to simplify and increase the effectiveness of the recruitment incentive system taking into account the recommendations issued by AIReF
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the reform on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The reform of Law 43/2006 shall simplify and increase the effectiveness of the recruitment incentive system, taking into account the recommendations issued by the Spanish Independent Authority for Fiscal Responsibility (AIReF) in its 2019 Spending Review report: “Incentives to recruitment”
                     
                  
               
                     
                        338
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R8
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Amendment of the Worker's Statute to improve the legal rules governing collective bargaining 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the amendment on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Respecting social dialogue and as part of a comprehensive approach that balances the need for flexibility and security in the labour market, entry into force of the amendment of certain provisions of Royal Legislative Decree 2/2015 of 23 October approving the recast text of the Workers’ Statute, to improve the legal rules governing collective bargaining.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        339
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R9
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Amendment of the Worker's Statute to improve the rights of persons working in subcontracted companies
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the amendment on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Respecting social dialogue and as part of a comprehensive approach balancing the need for flexibility and security in the labour market, entry into force of the amendment of provisions of Legislative Decree 2/2015 of 23 October approving the recast text of the Workers’ Statute to improve the rights of people working in subcontracted companies.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        340
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R10
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of amendment of the Royal Decree Law 8/2015 reforming the regulation of non-contributory unemployment support
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the amendment on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The reform of the Royal Decree Law 8/2015 concerns the regulation of non-contributory unemployment support, including the following objectives: (i) to extend unemployment protection; (ii) to simplify the system; (iii) to link the benefit to a personalised activation itinerary; (iv) to facilitate the transition to social protection when the beneficiary does not return to work and is in a vulnerable situation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        341
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R11
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Certificates of completion of the services under the contracts for the modernisation of the State Public Employment Service
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Certificates of completion of the services under the contracts (Administrative Acts)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Certificates of completion of the services under the contracts (Administrative Acts) for the modernisation of the State Public Employment Service, by improving internal management systems, modernising jobs and digitalisation of the Citizens’ Support Service. It will include:
                           - Improvement of internal management: Improvement of the information systems that support the unemployment benefit system, as well as those that support employment policies.
                           - Digital employment services: Digitalisation of public services provided to citizens and companies and improvement of customer service.
                           - Statistics and data management: Incorporation of adequate data management, which allows decision-making, as well as the publication of information of high value for society.
                           - Modernization of jobs and infrastructures.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        342
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        People having completed the youth programmes. 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        18 300
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 18 300 people having completed the youth programmes, considering 21 900 people enrolled. 
                           This target is based on three programmes:
                           • Tandem programme. Objective: achieve professional competence through training in alternation with employment. With at least 25 % of the programme focused on climate related skills and 25 % of the programme focused on digital related skills.
                           • First Experience programme. Objective: facilitate a first work experience related to a qualification. With at least 20 % of the programme focused on climate related skills and 20 % of the programme focused on digital related skills.
                           • ‘Investigo’ programme. Objective: provide work linked to the development of a research project. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        343
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        People having completed the ‘Plan Empleo Mujer, Rural and Urban areas’ and Victims of Gender Violence and Human traffic programme
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        23 200
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 23 200 people having completed the ‘Plan Empleo Mujer, Rural and Urban areas’ and Victims of Gender Violence and Human traffic programme, considering 29 000 people enrolled. This program involves a personal and integrated itinerary of orientation, counselling and training actions adjusted to the employability profile of the participating women. The training provided is related to jobs with good territorial prospects, derived from the needs of the rural and urban labour market in which the program is developed and is aimed at acquiring a qualification that increases the employability of the participants and their possibilities of access to decent work, while strengthening the productive development of rural areas, fighting the gender gap and enhancing the permanence of women in the territory. With at least 35 % of the programme focused on climate related skills and 35 % of the programme focused on digital related skills.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        344
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        People having completed training programmes to acquire skills for the digital, ecological and productive transformation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        825 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 825 000 people having completed training programmes to acquire skills for the digital, ecological and productive transformation, considering 975 000 people enrolled. The training shall focus on the tourism sector, on other strategic sectors of national interest, on workers subject to ERTEs and on workers benefiting from microcredit training. With at least 30 % of the programme focused on climate related skills and 30 % of the programme focused on digital related skills. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        345
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the regional allocation of funds for territorial projects for vulnerable groups, entrepreneurship and micro-enterprises. 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Reference  Minutes of the Sectoral Employment Conference 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval at the Sectoral Employment Conference of the regional allocation of funds for territorial projects for vulnerable groups and territorial projects for entrepreneurship and micro-enterprises, such as the development of projects promoting entrepreneurship, local development initiatives, social economy initiatives and new territorial projects facilitating the transformation of production, in particular towards a green and digital economy. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        346
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Territorial projects for vulnerable groups, entrepreneurship and micro-enterprises have been completed, involving at least 39 000 workers and 64 000 enterprises.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        68
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 68 territorial projects for vulnerable groups and territorial projects for entrepreneurship and micro-enterprises have been completed, involving around 39 000 workers and 64 000 enterprises targeting.
                           The territorial projects for vulnerable groups shall be developed through personalized and individualized itineraries in which different actions shall be integrated, such as: guidance and accompaniment, orientation programs, care by job search teams, training and conciliation scholarships, aid for hiring and monitoring of actions.
                           The entrepreneurship and microenterprise projects shall address the demographic challenge and facilitate the productive transformation, in particular towards a green and digital economy, through agrarian training projects, sustainable local development, social economy initiatives for cultural and artistic action, ecological transition, local development initiatives, rural tourism and artistic heritage among others. These projects shall include, among other actions: social entrepreneurship and freelancers, labour market study, local promotion and development agents, help for the start-up of cooperatives or micro-enterprises, networking, participation in conferences, dissemination actions.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        347
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Public centres for guidance, entrepreneurship, support and innovation for new jobs are fully operational.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 20 public centres for guidance, entrepreneurship, support and innovation for new jobs are fully operational.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        348
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Training actions for PES staff
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        42 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 42 000 training actions for PES staff have been completed with the aim of upgrading their skills and provide more effective support to jobseekers.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        349
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Social economy projects  completed
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 30 social economy projects have been completed supporting: (a) the creation and maintenance of employment of viable enterprises in difficulty or without generational renewal, through their conversion into social economy business formulas (cooperatives and labour companies), managed by their male and female workers; (b) the creation and consolidation of innovative social economy entities, with an impact on generational renewal and youth entrepreneurship; (c) the digitalisation of social economy enterprises through the creation of digital platforms aimed at improving the well-being of citizens in rural areas; (d) networking of cooperatives, labour companies and other forms of social economy accompanied by capacity-building and training measures to provide new comprehensive services to society; and (e) fostering sustainable and inclusive transitions of vulnerable companies and groups.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        350
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Improving the take-up rate of the Minimum Vital Income (‘IMV’) and increasing its effectiveness through inclusion policies
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the partnership agreement (‘Convenio’)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support the socio-economic inclusion of IMV beneficiaries through pathways: eight partnership agreements signed with sub-national public administrations, social partners and third sector social action entities to carry out the pathways. These partnership agreements have the objectives of: i) improving the take-up rate of the IMV; ii) increasing the effectiveness of the IMV through inclusion policies.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        351
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Evaluation to assess the coverage, effectiveness and success of Minimum Income schemes
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the evaluation
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2024
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Following the completion of at least 18 pilot projects, publication of an evaluation to assess the coverage, effectiveness and success of Minimum Income schemes, including specific recommendations to increase the take-up ratio and improve the effectiveness of social inclusion policies.
                     
                  
               
               X. COMPONENT 24: Cultural Industry
            
            
               The cultural industry plays an important role in the Spanish economy, representing 3,2 % of the country’s GDP as well as 3,6 % of the country’s total employment prior to the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, it has an indispensable value for society, as shown by the high level of cultural participation of the Spanish population prior to the pandemic. Nevertheless, the industry suffers from a number of structural features that have prevented it from realising its full potential and have made it particularly vulnerable in times of crisis.  
            
         
         
            
               Against this backdrop, component 24 of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan includes reforms and investments aimed at reforming the work framework of artists, and at strengthening and modernising the cultural business fabric. 
            
            
               The component addresses the Country Specific Recommendations on promoting investments to sustain the economy and support the recovery following the COVID-19 pandemic (Country Specific Recommendation 1 2020) and on supporting employment, strengthening unemployment protection and improving access to digital learning (Country Specific Recommendation 2 2020). 
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               X.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C24.R1) - Development of the status of the artist and promotion of investment, cultural sponsorship and participation
            
            
               This reform aims to address the challenge deriving from the fact that existing labour and tax regulations do not take into account the specificities of the cultural sector (such as irregular income and work patterns), and the need to attract private funding beyond public support. 
            
            
               The reform shall develop an adequate legal, fiscal and labour framework for the cultural sector in order to improve the social protection of the different actors in the sector as well as to increase the attraction of private investments. 
            
            
               This reform shall approve regulatory changes for the implementation of the artist’s statute including regulatory changes on the following aspects:  
            
            
               a)the adequacy of VAT and personal income tax;
            
            
               b)trade union representativeness; 
            
            
               c)health and special employment relationships of artists in public careers; 
            
            
               d)the regulation of sponsorships; 
            
            
               e)the regime of tax incentives. 
            
            
               These changes shall be implemented through the creation of the Inter-ministerial Committee on the Statute of the Artist and the drafting of legislative proposals in 2021, with the entry into force of the legal instrument by 31 December 2022. Measures to encourage private investment in the cultural sector shall also be implemented during the period 2021-2023.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022. 
            
            
            
               Reform 2 (C24.R2) - Plan to strengthen copyright and related rights
            
            
               The objective of this reform is to strengthen copyrights and other intellectual property rights by the following actions:
            
            
               a)Adoption of a law on intellectual property rights in the European Digital Single Market, transposing the Directives 2019/789 SatCab and 2019/790 on copyright in the Digital Single Market;
            
            
               b)Adoption of a Royal Decree approving the new Intellectual Property Registry Regulation to adapt this body to the new digital reality;
            
         
         
            
               c)Adoption of a Royal Decree amending Royal Decree 1889/2011 of 30 December 2006 regulating the functioning of Section II of the Intellectual Property Commission to facilitate the fight against new forms of intellectual property infringement on the internet; and
            
            
               d)Approval of the appropriate normative instrument and of the Statutes of the Spanish Office for Copyright.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 1 (C24.I1) - Strengthening the competitiveness of cultural industries 
            
            
               This investment intends to address challenges with respect to the competitiveness of the cultural sector by improving the resilience of the cultural and creative industries’ business fabric as well as contributing to their digital transition.
            
            
               To this end, actions under this investment are grouped into the following three project categories:
            
            
               a)Competitiveness and professionalization of the cultural and creative industries (CCIs), by means of: (i) strengthening the entrepreneurial and financial skills of cultural professionals through a scholarship programme; (ii) specialised training on management for professionals in the performing and musical arts; and (iii) support for cultural accelerators for the development of cultural projects with high growth potential;
            
            
               b)Digitalisation of the intellectual property management systems, by means of: (i)  supporting projects to digitise intellectual property rights management operators; and (ii) supporting the digital transformation of the administrative entities that manage intellectual property rights;
            
            
               c)Internationalisation of the CCIs sector, by means of: (i) the promotion and digitisation of the book sector, (ii) support to modernise and upgrade the management of the performing arts and music sector; and (iii) measures to support CCIs businesses and professionals to increase their presence in national and international markets.
            
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  90
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  91
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  92
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  93
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 2 (C24.I2) - Boosting culture across the territory 
            
            
               This investment aims to improve territorial and social cohesion by facilitating access to culture as well as to support the sustainability and the consolidation of the cultural sector across the territory. The specific actions under this investment are grouped into the following four project categories: 
            
            
               a)Support for the modernisation and sustainable management of the performing and musical arts infrastructure, as well as the promotion of inter-territorial dissemination channels, by: (i) transferring resources to the Autonomous Communities to support the modernisation and sustainable management of performing and musical infrastructures and (ii) facilitate the coordination of cultural performances across autonomous communities;
            
            
               b)Actions for the conservation, restoration and enhancement of the Spanish cultural heritage, by means of actions concerning: (i) the identification of heritage declared to be of cultural interest and (ii) the valorisation of the heritage under the responsibility of the Ministry of Culture and Sport, in particular through the comprehensive restoration of the Tabacalera building in Madrid;
            
            
               c)The endowment of libraries, by: (i) the purchase of licenses for digital books and (ii) the purchase of paper books; and
            
            
               d)Aid to expand and diversify the cultural offering in non-urban areas, by: (i) promoting cultural innovation and entrepreneurship in non-urban areas; (ii) ensuring equal access to culture; and (iii) promoting, through culture, the responsible and sustainable use of natural resources.
            
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  94
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  95
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  96
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  97
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 3 (C24.I3) - Digitisation and promotion of major cultural services 
            
         
         
            
               This measure has the objective to digitise as well as to promote major cultural establishments. The specific investments under this measure aim to support:
            
            
               a)The National Prado Museum, by: (i) the improvement of its accessibility and integration in the urban fabric, (ii) the integration of all the sensors into a single monitored system, (iii) the development of an inclusive experience to make the museum accessible to more visitors, (iv) the development of an interoperable digital platform between museums, (v) the improvement of digital tools for the administration, and (vi) the creation of multimedia content;  
            
            
               b)The National Museum Centro de Arte Reina Sofia, by offering fellowships and research residences for young artists and thinkers with a focus to develop digitisation actions for the cultural heritage;
            
            
               c)The Spanish National Library, by promoting the use and re-use of its digital data and collections in support of teaching, research, cultural industries and technological developments;
            
            
               d)A plan for the digitalisation and access to the bibliographic heritage of other library assets from the state administrations or private entities, with a view of making them available to citizens via digital repositories;
            
            
               e)The digitisation, extension of capacity and interoperability of all types of archival systems, inventories and records of historical heritage, including audio-visual heritage; and
            
            
               f)Measures to modernise public management tools and implement an integrated system for digitisation and cataloguing of INAEM’s (Instituto Nacional de las Artes Escénicas y de la Música) resources, assets, structures and infrastructure, including measures such as the implementation of various advanced tools for the planning, management and impact assessment of public support schemes for the performing and musical sectors, as well as the implementation of a digital integrated system (INAEM DIGITAL) for the digitisation and cataloguing of the documentation, archiving services, and the structures and infrastructures of the INAEM.
            
            
               In order to ensure that the measure complies with the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01), the eligibility criteria contained in terms of reference for upcoming calls for projects shall exclude the following list of activities: (i) activities related to fossil fuels, including downstream use
                  98
               ; (ii) activities under the EU Emission Trading System (ETS) achieving projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not lower than the relevant benchmarks
                  99
               ; (iii) activities related to waste landfills, incinerators
                  100
                and mechanical biological treatment plants
                  101
               ; and (iv) activities where the long-term disposal of waste may cause harm to the environment. The terms of reference shall additionally require that only activities that comply with relevant EU and national environmental legislation may be selected.
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               X.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        352
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the artist’s statute, sponsorship and the regime of tax incentives.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the regulation on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of regulatory changes for the implementation of the artist’s statute and the regulation of the following aspects with the aim to improve the working conditions of artists: adequacy of VAT; personal income tax; trade union representativeness, health and special employment relationship of artists in public careers; better regulation of sponsorship and the regime of tax incentives.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        353
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of legislative and regulatory measures to strengthen copyright and related rights
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the legal acts on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1) Adoption of the law on intellectual property rights in the European Digital Single Market with complete transposition of 2019/789 SatCab and 2019/790 Directives; 2) Royal Decree approving the Regulation on the Register of Intellectual Property; 3) Royal Decree amending Royal Decree 1889/2011 of 30 December 2006 regulating the functioning of the Intellectual Property Commission; and 4) Approval of the appropriate normative instrument and of the Statutes of the Spanish Office for Copyright
                     
                  
               
                     
                        354
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strengthening the competitiveness of cultural industries 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 216
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number of entities and projects receiving funding from the support scheme, for: 
                           - entrepreneurial and financial skills of the professionals of the Cultural and Creative Industries (at least 900 entities);
                           - digitalisation planning implemented and tools created to discuss digital transformation (at least 16 projects);
                           - internationalisation of the Cultural and Creative Industries (at least 300 entities).
                           Projects shall be in compliance with the ’Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        355
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernisation and sustainable management of performing and musical arts infrastructure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        200
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernisation and sustainable management of ageing performing and musical arts infrastructure: at least 200 actions implemented in at least 17 regions, in compliance with the ’Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        356
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Conservation, restoration and enhancement of the Spanish cultural heritage
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cultural sites supported with measures for the conservation, restoration and enhancement of the Spanish cultural heritage: at least 20 sites in at least 15 regions, in compliance with the ’Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        357
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E-book licences for libraries
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        300 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E-book licences purchased and provided to public libraries (at least 300 000) 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        358
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Book purchases for libraries
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        450 000
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Paper books purchased and transferred to public libraries (at least 450 000) 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        359
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Boosting cultural and creative initiatives 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        400
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Boost cultural activity of profit and non-profit organisations in non-urban areas (at least 400 initiatives).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        360
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digitisation and promotion of major cultural services 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR (million)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        40
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cumulative budget committed of at least EUR 40 000 000 to contribute to the: (a) -boost and digitalise the National Prado Museum and the Reina Sofia Museum; 
                           - Actions to increase the annual users of the digital collection of the Spanish National Library
                           - Digitalisation of the other Bibliographic heritage [Bibliographic heritage collections digitised];
                           - Digital access to the Bibliographic heritage and interoperability of all types of public archival systems and expansion of the data storage capacity of the Spanish historical heritage inventory and archival systems;
                           - Completion of an integrated system for the digitalisation and cataloguing of INAEM’s resources, assets, structures and infrastructure
                     
                  
               
                     
                        361
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of digitisation and promotion of major cultural services 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        200
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of at least 200 projects, in compliance with the ’Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01) through the use of an exclusion list and the requirement of compliance with the relevant EU and national environmental legislation, to:
                           - Boost and digitalise the National Prado Museum and the Reina Sofia Museum; 
                           - Actions to increase the annual users of the digital collection of the Spanish National Library;
                           - Digital access to the Bibliographic heritage and interoperability of all types of public archival systems and expansion of the data storage capacity of the Spanish historical heritage inventory and archival systems;
                           - Completion of an integrated system for the digitalisation and cataloguing of INAEM’s resources, assets, structures and infrastructure.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        362
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of digitisation of the Bibliographic heritage 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (million)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        10
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        12
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        - Digitalisation of the Bibliographic heritage (public and private collections) (a total of 12 million heritage users/collections digitised)
                     
                  
               
               Y. COMPONENT 25: Spain Audiovisual Hub
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan brings together a series of investments and reforms aimed at revitalising and strengthening the audio-visual sector. It aims at improving the investment environment, consolidate Spain as an international platform for audio-visual investment and make Spain a reference in exporting audio-visual products, including video games and digital creation. This component also includes actions to foster internationalisation of firms, enhance innovation in the sector and implement better regulation. 
            
            
               In line with the plan “Spain Digital 2025” and with the recently approved “Plan Spain Audio-visual Hub of Europe”, the component is expected to support job creation, especially among young people, the tourism industry and includes actions reduce the gender gap. 
            
            
               The component addresses the Country Specific Recommendations on fostering investment in innovation (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019) and focusing investment on the green and digital transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01). 
            
            
               Y.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C25.R1):  Reform of the audio-visual regulatory framework 
            
            
               The reform of the audio-visual regulatory framework includes the adoption of two laws and the approval of a sector plan:
            
         
         
            
               1.Entry into force of the General Law on Audio-visual Communication which has different objectives. First, to adapt and modernise the legal framework for audio-visual media services and the platform video exchange services in Spain. Second, to establish mechanisms to guarantee users’ rights such as the protection of minors and the public from certain types of content. Third, to promote European audio-visual work by doubling support for independent audio-visual production. Fourth, to improve the integration of persons with disabilities. The law is entered into force by the end of the first quarter of 2022. 
            
            
               2.Reform of Law 55/2007 on Cinema, which aims at (i) updating the law’s provisions to the new reality of the sector; (ii) align the regulatory framework with the European legal framework, including state aid rules; and (iii) update and amend mechanism to provide financial support to the audio-visual sector. This shall enter by 31 December 2023.   
            
            
               3.Adoption and implementation of the “Spain Audio-visual Hub for Europe” Plan, which aims at making Spain a global investment platform, attracting foreign investment and exporting audio-visual products. This plan was adopted by the Council of ministers in March 2021. It includes investments to enhance the entire value chain of the audio-visual industry based on Spain´s comparative advantages in the sector, including a well-established audio-visual industry, well-trained human capital and a globally recognized creative capacity. The plan includes all audio-visual sector formats (such as cinema, series, advertising, video games and animation). The “Spain Audio-visual Hub for Europe” aims to establish synergies with other sectors such as culture and tourism. The measures included build on four priorities: i) to turn Spain into a pole of attraction for audio-visual production, ii) to reduce administrative and regulatory costs associated with the sector, iii) to improve the competitiveness of firms in the sector by investing in their digitalisation, and iv) to generate talent and reducing the gender gap.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 1 (C25.I1): Program for the promotion, modernisation and digitalisation of the audio-visual sector 
            
            
               This investment aims to improve the competitiveness and resilience of the business and creative fabric of the audio-visual sector as well as to promote its internationalisation and attract foreign investment. In order to do so, there are three distinct programmes within the investment. 
            
            
               1.A program to promote, modernize and digitise the audio-visual sector, to improve the competitiveness and resilience of the business and creative fabric of the audio-visual sector. The program shall also support the implementation and integration of digital technologies in the production and promotion of audio-visual content as well as the digitisation of the creators’ remuneration tool. 
            
            
               2.A program to promote the internalisation of the audio-visual sector through the participation in audio-visual business conferences, platforms and project development laboratories and fairs. The aim is to put into place various mechanisms to exploit the full potential of Spanish audio-visual industry and promote the local talent in a global environment. 
            
            
               3.A program to attract foreign direct investment in the audio-visual sector through the establishment of an attractive investment environment, reducing administrative burden and facilitate various administrative procedures (involving links with the public administration at general, regional and local level).  
            
            
               This investment  shall be implemented through agreements with public and private entities, calls for applications to support the incorporation of digital technologies in audio-visual products and services, calls for aid for innovation in the creation and development of audio-visual and digital content in its different formats, digitisation and data analysis of the audio-visual sector, new instruments for international promotion and digital marketing of audio-visual content such as online B2B and B2C tools. 
            
            
               This investment targets businesses, professionals and actors throughout the audio-visual value chain, and has a special focus on SMEs producing audio-visual content, SMEs specialising in remuneration management for creators, and technology consultancies that can develop platforms open for all stakeholders. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Y.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is the start of the action unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
            
                     
                          Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        363
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C25.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Plan “Spain, Audio-visual Hub of Europe”.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by Council of Ministers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by the Council of Ministers of the Plan "Spain, Audio-visual Hub of Europe". The plan combines public investments and reforms that aim to (i) internationalize the sector and increase Spain’s attractiveness as a destination of foreign investment; (ii) reduce the regulatory and administrative costs; (iii) improve the competitiveness of all enterprises trough the implementation of new technologies to enable the enterprise to compete in a digitalise market; and (iv) promote human capital by reducing the gender gap. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        364
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C25.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the general law on Audio-visual Communication.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the Law on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into Force of the General Law on Audio-visual communication. This Law regulates the legal framework to provide audio-visual communication services in Spain and shall effectively transpose to the national legal system the Directive 2018/1808 of Audio-visual Communication Services. Its purpose is to adapt and update the legal framework applicable to audio-visual communication services and video sharing platform services in Spain. The Law also seek to guarantee level playing field for all different actors present in the market. Finally, the Law includes some mechanism to guarantee the rights of users (such as the protection of minors and the public against certain types of content). 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        365
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C25.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         Entry into force of the law on cinema. 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions in the Law on entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the Cinema Law by Parliament and entry into force. This Law shall update the legal framework to the new reality and needs of the audio-visual sector, aligning the national regulation to the European legal framework. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        366
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C25.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support of SMEs in the audio-visual sector.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        100
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support of SMEs in the audio-visual sector in their digitalisation, promotion of gender equality, internationalisation and in the attraction of foreign direct investment under the overall programme, with a total budget allocation of EUR 200 million (at least 100 SMEs supported).
                     
                  
               
            
               Z. COMPONENT 26: Promotion of Sports 
            
            
               According to the Spanish recovery and resilience plan, the sports sector represents 3,1 % of GDP in Spain and provides directly or indirectly for 2,1 % of the total employment in the country. 
            
            
               The main objective of this component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan is to enhance the transformation of the sports sector through the digitisation of sports organisations and the upgrade of sports facilities to ensure their environmental sustainability and accessibility. It shall also support the promotion of sport for health purposes, notably through a better access to physical activity in areas at risk of depopulation, as well as through research in the field. Finally, the component shall include targeted investments to foster female participation in professional and amateur sport.
            
         
         
            
               The component addresses the Country Specific Recommendations on promoting investments in innovation and in energy efficiency (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2019), promoting public and private investment and fostering the green transition (Country Specific Recommendation 3 2020) and strengthening the resilience of the health system (Country Specific Recommendation 1 2020).
            
            
               This component shall support and complement actions foreseen in other parts of the plan, such as those to promote healthy lifestyles in Component 18 (Reform of the Health System). Through the optimisation and upgrade of existing sports infrastructures, it shall also complement measures undertaken under Component 2 (Renovation) and support the transformation of the tourism sector in Spain in line with Component 14 (Tourism).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               Z.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C26.R1) – Law for Sports
            
            
               The objective of this legislative measure is to ensure health and safety in the practice of sports at all levels, to include gender equality, accessibility and social cohesion aspects in the regulation of sports, to modernise sports organisations and infrastructures through digitisation and through their ecological transformation and to promote the internationalisation of the sector. The legislation shall adapt the organisational structures of sport to the current challenges that it faces, taking account of lessons learned from the pandemic. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Reform 2 (C26.R2) – Law for Sports Professionals
            
            
               The objective of this legislative measure is to ensure that the regulation of new sports professions does not result in obstacles to the establishment and provision of services within the Spanish territory. The measure shall address challenges deriving from regulatory heterogeneity at regional level (including different access requirements across regions). The measure shall ensure compliance with EU law, notably with the necessity and proportionality principles.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 31 December by 2023.
            
            
               Reform 3 (C26.R3) – National Strategy for the promotion of sport
            
            
               The objective of this strategy is to promote the practice of sport in order to avoid the negative consequences that a sedentary lifestyle and physical inactivity may have on health and well-being. The measure shall include amongst others: (a) actions to introduce good practices and healthy habits; (b) an analytical tool to measure and improve the impact of the strategy. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure  shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Investment 1 (C26.I1) – Digital Plan for Sports 
            
            
               The objective of this measure is to digitise sports federations, including their budget management and the procedures for the granting of sports licenses. It shall also improve the analysis of data resulting from sports practice, including for the promotion of healthy lifestyles and for research purposes. Finally, it shall foster the digitization of public sports medicine centres and the fight against doping.
            
            
               The implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
                Investment 2 (C26.I2) – Plan for the ecological transition of sports facilities 
            
            
               The objective of this measure shall be to upgrade existing sports facilities, including sports facilities that may attract tourism and high-performance sports centres. This shall be achieved through their digitisation for an optimal use and on an improvement in their energy efficiency that is expected to obtain savings of at least 30 % of primary energy demand. The measure shall also promote sports in rural areas through the creation of a network of monitors to incentivise physical activity. 
            
            
               The selection criteria for investments carried out under this component shall ensure compliance with the 100 % climate tracking for at least EUR 106 000 000. The energy performance improvement indicators used shall be accredited through the relevant energy performance certificate in the framework of Directive 2010/31/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 May 2010 on the energy performance of buildings.[
                  102
               ]
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2025. 
            
         
         
            
               Investment 3 (C26.I3) – Social Plan for Sports
            
            
               The objective of this measure is twofold. On the one hand, it aims to upgrade existing sports facilities through an improvement of their digitisation, energy-efficiency and accessibility with a view to enable Spain to bid for hosting international sports competitions. On the other hand, it aims to promote the participation of women in professional sports through actions to increase their presence and its visibility, training and to allow for the professionalisation of female sports, notably football. 
            
            
               The selection criteria for investments carried out under this component shall ensure compliance with the 100 % climate tracking for at least EUR 27 500 000 million out of the total investment. The energy performance improvement indicators used shall be accredited through the relevant energy performance certificate in the framework of Directive 2010/31/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 May 2010 on the energy performance of buildings
            
            
               The implementation of the investment shall be completed by 31 December 2023. 
            
            
               Z.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table to do include VAT.
            
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Baseline
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        367
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the law for Sports 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision in the Law indicating its entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Law shall foster health and safety in the practice of sports at all levels, gender equality, social inclusion and accessibility, the promotion of the international dimension of the model and the modernization of organizations, and infrastructures through respect for the environment and digitization. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        368
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law for the Regulation of certain sports professions 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         Provision in Law indicating its entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of the Law for the Regulation of certain sports professions, in order to address challenges from regulatory heterogeneity and taking due account of the principles of necessity and proportionality.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        369
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        National Strategy for the promotion of sport against sedentary lifestyle and physical inactivity
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication on webpage
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by the Government of Spain of the Implementation of the National Strategy for the promotion of sport against sedentary lifestyle and physical inactivity. The strategy shall have as objectives: (a) implementing a permanent analysis tool to analyse, measure and improve the impact of the strategy; (b) implementation of actions having the objective of the establishment of good practices and healthy habits after the analysis. The Strategy shall be binding on regional and local authorities.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        370
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digitalisation of the sports sector
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in OJ 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget execution of at least EUR 75,6 million which should result in a significant improvement in the digitalisation of the sector, notably: (a) digitalisation of sports federation (including budget and licence management) with a new IT system; (b) IT Datawarehouse system for data analyses; (c) Internet of Things (IoT) in High Performance Centres; (d) systems to determine competitor patterns or optimise the training of each athlete; (e) publication of 10 research projects in Health-Enhancing Physical Activity (HEPA); (f) IT system test in the Sports Medicine National Centre; (g) Creation of an Electronic Office in Antidoping Administration, including the implementation of a "paperless" system for AD Controls; and (h) study of digitalisation needs (such as applications, sports federations, sport medicine, HEPA, and anti-doping) for the digitization of the sport sector.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        371
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Sports Medicine Centers 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        -
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 20 of the 23 of the Sports Medicine Centres shall be using the new IT technology. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        372
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of IT projects in High Performance Centres and in Antidoping Administration
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Collection of data from the High-Performance Centres; Start of tests of AD control app 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of IT system development (including IoT) in High Performance Centres. Creation of an Electronic Office in Antidoping Administration, including the implementation of a "paperless" system for AD Controls 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        373
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Renovation and improvement of technical centres for sport and sport facilities 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        95
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 40 technical centres and 45 sport facilities shall have been renovated and will have achieved improved energy efficiency and/or optimisation of use through digitalisation, and/or improved accessibility. The mean of verification of the completion of works shall be the works completion certificates. Interventions on energy efficiency shall achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction.  The list of facilities shall be made public.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        374
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects to promote equality in sports 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in OJ
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award by CSD (National Council for Sports) of a call for proposals in the Official Journal, which is expected to select a minimum of 15 beneficiary projects to promote equality in sports, notably through training, professionalisation of female sports and visibility of female sports. The cumulative budget of the call shall be EUR 11 700 000.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        375
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of actions under the Social Plan for Sport
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        40
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of actions under the Social Plan for Sport, including renovation of at least 40 sport facilities and actions to promote the presence of women in professional sports (training programs, marketing campaigns, and studies). Interventions on energy efficiency shall achieve on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction. The list of facilities shall be made public.
                     
                  
               
               AA. COMPONENT 27: Measures and Action to Prevent and Combat Tax Fraud
            
            
               This component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan addresses the challenges of preventing and combating tax fraud and tax evasion. The objective of the component is to increase tax compliance and collect more tax revenue. The component addresses among others the Country Specific Recommendations on strengthening fiscal and public procurement frameworks at all levels of government (Country Specific Recommendation 1 2019) and on – when economic conditions permit – the pursuit of fiscal policies aimed at achieving prudent medium-term budgetary positions and ensuring debt sustainability, while encouraging investment (Country Specific Recommendation 1 2020). 
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               AA.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C27.R1) – Adoption of the Anti-fraud Law
            
            
               The objectives of this reform are to strengthen rules against tax avoidance practices that directly affect the functioning of the internal market as well as to amend indirect and direct taxation, certain local government taxes and gambling regulation. The reform introduces changes in the regulation aimed at establishing tax justice parameters and facilitating actions aimed at preventing and fighting fraud by reinforcing tax control.
            
            
               The reform consists of the adoption and entry into force of a Law against Tax evasion and Fraud which:
            
            
               ·Enlarges the perimeter of transactions where e-payments are authorised (signatures & professionals) and set a legal threshold for cash payments;
            
            
               ·Updates the list of tax havens according to transparency, no taxation and harmful tax regimes criteria;
            
            
               ·Implements changes to the rules for making people with tax arrears;
            
            
               ·Implements a ban on ‘double-use software’;
            
            
               ·Introduces a reference value for the tax base in property taxation.
            
         
         
            
               The law shall be adopted by 30 June 2021. The law shall enter into force by 30 June 2022. The reform envisages a provisional assessment of the law by 31 December 2022 and, based on that assessment, there may be amendments in 2023.
            
            
               Reform 2 (C27.R2) – Modernisation of the Tax Agency
            
            
               The Tax Agency is entrusted with the implementation of the State tax system and the customs system and carries out its activities within the framework of the Strategic Plan 2020-2023. This Strategic Plan, which relies extensively on the use of IT solutions, is revised every year to ensure it is adapted to new tax policy developments, sources of information, taxpayers’ behaviour and technological developments. The objective of this reform is supporting the implementation and annual review of the Strategic Plan 2020-2023 which aims at modernising the agency provision of services to reduce tax fraud and evasion. Reform 2 interacts closely with other reforms in this component. The reform shall include 
            
            
               ·Increasing human resources at the Tax Agency in line with its medium-term needs and 
            
            
               ·Carrying out a review of the Agency’s buildings to modernise technology and increase energy efficiency. 
            
            
               The reform shall be implemented by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Reform 3 (C27.R3) – Enhanced assistance to taxpayers
            
            
               The objectives of this reform are improving the assistance to taxpayers. A key element of the Tax Agency’s strategy for 2020-2023 is to improve services to taxpayers with increased use of electronic platforms (the so-called “ADIs”, Integral Digital Administration). The reform consists of providing new services to facilitate corporate and personal income taxation as well as VAT taxation. New services are to include enhanced communication methods, help desk services and consultation of user’s data as well as tax declarations and handling returns. The provision of such services are planned to be increased in three waves over 2021-2023 with the goal that progressively more and more customers choose using the electronic services instead of visiting their local tax bureaus. With these measures, the Agency aims at making it easier for their clients to comply with the tax code and, thereby, increase tax revenue. 
            
            
               The implementation of the reform shall be completed by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Reform 4 (C27.R4) – International dimension
            
            
               The objective of this reform is to increase and optimise the use IT systems in international cooperation to fight tax fraud and evasion. This reform, following international agreements in the policy area, consists of taking measures to facilitate taxpayers’ compliance with their tax obligations (including data in personal income tax), to step up fight against undeclared activities and shadow economy, and review the quality and usefulness of the information obtained from the various countries. These goals are expected to be achieved via greater use of more sophisticated IT systems and deployment of online services to the taxpayers. 
            
            
               The reform shall be implemented by 31 December 2021.
            
            
               Reform 5 (C27.R5) – Cooperative model
            
            
               The objective of this reform is to improve the relations of the Tax Agency with its stakeholders such as large corporations, SMEs, self-employed and relevant associations as well as justice system as a way to achieve higher compliance with tax obligations. Regarding taxpayers, the Agency aims at better cooperation and higher compliance via voluntary tax transparency reports. Cooperation with judges, prosecutors and courts are expected to be increased by increasing tax investigations.
            
            
               The reform shall be implemented by 31 December 2021.
            
            
               AA.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT.
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        376
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law against Tax Evasion and Fraud
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the law indicating its entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of a Law against Tax Evasion and Fraud (‘Ley de medidas de prevención y lucha contra el fraude fiscal’) which:
                           -Enlarges the perimeter of transactions where e-payments are compulsory (firms & professionals) and set legal thresholds for cash payments 
                           -Updates the list of tax havens according to transparency, no taxation and harmful tax regimes criteria.
                           -Implements changes to the rules for listing people with tax arrears.
                           -Implements a ban on “double-use software”.
                           -Introduces a reference value for the tax base in property taxation. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        377
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Interim assessment of the effects of the Law against Tax Evasion and Fraud.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the report in the Ministry of Finance Website.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Ministry of Finance shall carry out an interim assessment of the Law against Tax Evasion and Fraud. This assessment with possible recommendations for improvements will be published in the Ministry of Finance Website.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        378
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernisation of the Tax Agency - Number of staff at the Tax Authority
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        25 325 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        26 320
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Increase the number of staff at the Tax Authority to at least of 26 320 employees. Date of the baseline: 31 December 2020. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        379
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernisation of the Tax Agency – Tax investigations
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        5 743
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        6 591
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Authorities shall carry out 6 591 tax investigations (number of tax investigations carried out during 2021) to discover unreported taxable activities. Date of the baseline: 31 December 2020.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        380
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Delivery of enhanced assistance to taxpayers - Sociedades Web upgraded and available for at least 1 666 123 taxpayers.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 666 123
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Sociedades Web, a service aimed at corporate income taxpayers, shall be upgraded and it shall automatically present tax information, previously reported by companies to the public administration, which is relevant for the tax declaration. Upon completion of that upgrade the service shall be made available to 1 666 123 corporate income taxpayers. Date of the baseline: 31 December 2020.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        381
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Delivery of enhanced assistance to taxpayers - Renta Web upgraded  and available for at least 1 779 505 taxpayers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        1 779 505
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Renta Web is a software aimed at Personal Income Tax which will allow the direct importing of the “libros registro” into the personal income tax returns. It will be available for 1 779 505 personal income taxpayers. Date of the baseline: 31 December 2020.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        382
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Delivery of four Digital Support Platforms
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of a report of the Tax Agency 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Tax Agency shall put in place and make operational four Tax Digital Support Platforms (DSPs) to improve the services to taxpayers. The DSPs shall act as virtual online counters which provide taxpayers with a wider assistance service, enabling them to get in touch with the Tax Agency in different languages with a view to carry out online the same support procedures as those which are available in a traditional office such as general information services, assistance in the different procedures and also assistance to submit tax returns.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        383
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        International dimension - Registered foreign tax payers identified 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number (%)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        85
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        To improve tax compliance in particular of those taxpayers who appear in the register as foreign taxpayers, the Tax Agency shall carry out a project that shall utilise new information on taxpayers from various international sources such as FATCA and CRS. Upon completion of the project, the international information received is expected to be suitable for risk analysis. The target of the project shall be that tax data from at least 85% of the registered foreign taxpayers of which the Tax Agency received information in 2019 have been identified and its tax data has been checked in order to be used in risk analysis by 31 December 2021. Date of the baseline: 31 December 2020.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        384
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cooperative model – Transparency Reports
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Number 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        0
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Tax Agency shall implement a project in 2021 which shall encourage multinational enterprises to disclose information about their operations. These disclosures may have consequences in taxation of those companies. The target shall be 20 Transparency Reports submitted in 2021.
                     
                  
               
            
               AB. COMPONENT 28: Adapting the tax system to the reality of the twenty-first century
            
         
         
            
               The measures in component 28 of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan comprise various tax measures such as the emergency measures decided in the acute phase of the economic crisis in 2020, introduction of new taxes in the context of the 2021 state budget and medium term projects to review and develop the tax system more fit for its purpose. The objectives pursued by the reform of the Spanish tax system are to make it more equitable, progressive, sustainable and fair, while deepening the design of green taxation, incorporating a gender perspective and enhancing public policies of general interest, such as health protection. The reforms also aim at contributing positively to economic growth, job creation, economic resilience and inter-territorial cohesion. As the overall ratio of tax revenue to GDP in Spain is lower than in peer economies, there is scope to raise revenues and foster the medium and long-term sustainability of public finances. 
            
            
               The component addresses among others the Country Specific Recommendations on strengthening fiscal and public procurement frameworks at all levels of government (Country Specific Recommendation 1 2019) and on – when economic conditions permit – the pursuit of fiscal policies aimed at achieving prudent medium-term budgetary positions and ensuring debt sustainability, while encouraging investment (Country Specific Recommendation 1 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               AB.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C28.R1) – Measures taken in 2020 and 2021 to mitigate the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic
            
            
               Spain put in place over 2020 and 2021 several tax measures to mitigate the negative impact of the economic crisis caused by the outbreak of COVID19. These measures included deferral of tax and customs debts, suspension and extension of tax deadlines, possibilities for simplified personal income tax, SMEs’ corporate tax and VAT regimes, temporary reduction of the VAT rate of certain goods needed to combat the health crisis and the creation of the Insolvency Fund for non-financial corporates. The objective of these measures was to mitigate the economic and social impact of the pandemic. These measures shall enter into force as of 1 February 2020 and some of them shall continue in 2021. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by March 31 2021.
            
            
               Reform 2 (C28.R2) – Tax benefit analysis
            
            
               A spending review carried out by the independent fiscal authority (Autoridad Independiente de Responsabilidad Fiscal, AIReF) on tax benefits regarding personal income tax, excise duties and VAT identified possibilities to modify certain tax benefits. In 2020, tax benefits of personal income tax schemes and the reduced VAT rate for soft drinks and juices as well as certain drinks with added sugars and/or sweeteners were modified. Implementation of further regulatory reforms by 31 March 2023 shall derive from the recommendations of a working group that has been established to assess 15 tax benefits. This working group aims at making recommendations on how to modify or abolish tax benefits further in the coming years to make the tax system more effective, to increase revenue, to support the green transition and to promote fairness. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by March 31 2023.
            
            
               Reform 3 (C28.R3) – Establishment of a committee of experts for tax reform
            
            
               The authorities shall establish a Committee of Experts on 12 April 2021 to examine the features of an optimal tax system and make recommendations on how to modernise and adapt current taxation in a coherent manner. In particular, the Committee of experts shall pay attention to the following areas:
            
            
               ·environmental taxation; 
            
            
               ·corporate taxation;
            
            
               ·taxation of the digitalised economy;
            
            
               ·taxation on wealth, including property taxation and concrete implementation of the harmonisation in this area;
            
            
               ·taxation of emerging economic activities; and
            
            
               ·gender equality.
            
            
               The reform shall also be accompanied by an analysis of their distributional impact, with a particular focus on families with children. The analysis shall include at least the following elements: (i) impact on the overall fiscal progressivity of the tax system; (ii) impact on vulnerable groups; (iii) impact on families with children; (iv) taxation of large corporations; and (v) distribution of taxation between labour and capital taxation.
            
            
               The Committee of Experts shall publish its report in February 2022. The amendments to the tax system based on the report’s recommendations shall enter into force by 31 March 2023. 
            
         
         
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by March 31 2023.
            
            
               Reform 4 (C28.R4) – Reform of tax measures contributing to the ecological transition
            
            
               This reform contain tax measures that aim to support green transition. The measures shall include: 
            
            
               ·the establishment of a tax on the deposit of waste in landfills and incineration plants;
            
            
               ·the introduction of a tax on non-reusable plastic packaging; 
            
            
               ·the amendment of the tax on fluorinated greenhouse gases; 
            
            
               ·taxes or payments related to mobility such as road tolls and vehicle registration taxes; and,
            
            
               ·the revision of the subsidies for mineral oils used as fuel. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measures shall be completed by 30 June 2022. 
            
            
               Reform 5 (C28.R5) – Approval of the Digital Services Tax
            
            
               This reform shall introduce a levy based on the turnover of companies with a net turnover of more than EUR 750 000 000 and income from the provision of certain digital services such as online advertisement and intermediation services in Spain. The levy is independent of whether the company is a resident or not in the Spanish territory. The levy shall enter into force in the first quarter of 2021. The reform shall also include an impact assessment report of the measure, which shall be issued by 31 March of 2022 and 2023. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by March 31 2021.
            
            
               Reform 6 (C28.R6) – Approval of the Financial Transaction Tax
            
            
               This measure shall introduce a levy based on the purchase value of shares of listed Spanish companies with market capitalisation greater than EUR 1 000 000 000. The implementation of the reform came into force in the first quarter of 2021. The reform shall also include an impact assessment report of the measure, which shall be issued by the 31 March of 2022 and 2023. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by March 31 2021.
            
            
               Reform 7 (C28.R7) – Short-term tax measures on personal taxes
            
            
               The reform shall increase the degree of progressivity and redistribution of the personal income tax, by means of amendments to the Personal Income Tax Act and the Wealth Tax Act. Notably, it shall raise by 2 percentage points the rate on the general national scale from EUR 300 000 as a general basis for assessment, and savings by 3 percentage points from EUR 200 000. Moreover, the limit on the reduction of individual pension contributions from EUR 8 000 to EUR 2 000 shall be reduced and the current limit for contributions made by the company to its employee shall be increased from EUR 8 000 to EUR 10 000. In addition, as regards the wealth tax, the reform shall increase the rate applicable to the last band of the tariff by 1percentage point, from 2,5 % to 3,5 % (for assets of more than EUR 10 000 000). The implementation of the reform was to be completed by 1 January 2021.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by March 31 2021.
            
            
               Reform 8 (C28.R8) – Short-term adoption tax measures in corporate tax
            
            
               The reform shall amend the Corporate Tax Act in order to increase the contribution of this tax to the support of public spending, while also introducing simplifications to the exemptions and deductions in order to ensure a minimum rate of 15 % by taxpayers. On the other hand, the exemption for dividends and capital gains generated by their shareholding in subsidiaries, both resident and non-resident in Spanish territory, shall be reduced by 5 %. 
            
         
         
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by March 31 2021.
            
            
               Reform 9 (C28.R9) – Short-term tax measures in indirect taxes
            
            
               The reform shall extend the application of standard rate of the VAT tax, set at 21 %, to soft drinks, juices and gaseous drinks with added sugar. Such a measure constitutes a social commitment to promote the responsible consumption of these categories of beverages and is consistent with the aim of financing the external costs of Spain’s welfare state, resulting in this case from unhealthy diets. Moreover, the tax rate of insurance premiums shall be raised by two percentage points, to 8 %, remaining however on the medium-low band in relation to neighbouring countries. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by March 31 2021.
            
            
               AB.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT. 
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        385
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Fiscal measures adopted in 2020 and 2021 to alleviate the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the laws and Royal Decree Laws indicating their entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the tax measures adopted in 2020 and 2021 to alleviate the adverse economic and social effects of the COVID-19 pandemic:
                           1. Transitory regulations: various Royal Decree-laws approved by the Government since the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic.
                           2. Modification of state regulations:
                           ₋ Royal Legislative Decree 1/1993, of September 24, which approves the Consolidated Text of the Law of the Tax on Patrimonial Transmissions and Documented Legal Acts.
                           ₋ Law 37/1992, of December 28, on Value Added Tax.
                           ₋ Law 49/2002, of December 23, on the tax regime of non-profit entities and on tax incentives for patronage.
                           ₋ Law 58/2003, of December 17, General Tax.
                           - Law 35/2006, of November 28, on Personal Income Tax
                     
                  
               
                     
                        386
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Tax benefit review and modifications
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions of the reforms indicating their entry into force and publication on Finance Webpage of Working Group’s recommendations
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the regulatory reforms needed to implement the Working Group’s recommendations to modify or abolish 15 tax benefits. The tax benefits shall have been selected in terms of their quantitative and qualitative importance and assessed following AIReF methodology. The regulatory reforms shall aim at making the tax system more effective, increasing revenue, supporting green transition and promoting fairness. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        387
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Appointment of the Committee of experts by the Secretary of State of Finance.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication on webpage
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Appointment of a Committee of experts to guide the reform of the tax system. The Committee shall be responsible for carrying out a technical analysis of the necessary reforms, taking into account the current scenario as well as the expected situation in the medium and long term, with particular attention to the following areas: environmental taxation, corporate taxation, taxation of the digital economy, taxation on wealth and concrete harmonisation in this area, taxation of emerging economic activities.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        388
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the reforms derived from the Committee's recommendations
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions of the reforms indicating their entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the reforms derived from the Committee of experts' recommendations related to the different elements of the Spanish tax system, with a view to bring Spain’s government revenue-to-GDP ratio closer to the EU average, to ensure minimum corporate income taxation, to make the tax system more efficient, modernize and adapt it to new trends, including a gender perspective, focusing on the areas of Environmental Taxation, Corporate Taxation, Taxation of the digitized economy, Harmonization of wealth taxation and Taxation of emerging economic activities. Reforms shall also be accompanied by an analysis of their distributional impact, with a particular focus on families with children.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        389
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Taxes on single-use plastics and waste
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the law indicating its entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law regulating taxes on plastic and the deposit and incineration of waste to promote circular economy and reduce the use of single-use plastics.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        390
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Analysis of the Vehicle Registration Tax and the Traffic Tax
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication on webpage
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The reform envisages an analysis of the Vehicle Registration Tax the Traffic Tax or payments such as road tolls. Based on this analysis a revision of the law shall be considered to promote more sustainable road transport and to reduce GHG emissions. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        391
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the reform of tax on Fluorinated Gases 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the law indicating its entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the reform of the Tax on Fluorinated Gases to discourage their use and reduce tax avoidance. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        392
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digital Services Tax
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the law indicating its entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on certain digital services tax (Ley 4/2020, de 15 de octubre, del Impuesto sobre Determinados Servicios Digitales) to generate new sources of revenue to the government based on emerging business sectors while developing the tax system in a coherent manner and where relevant in the international context.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        393
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Financial Transaction Tax
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the law indicating its entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on Financial Transaction Tax (Ley 5/2020, de 15 de octubre, del Impuesto sobre las Transacciones Financieras) to generate new sources of revenue to the government while developing the tax system in a coherent manner and where relevant in the international context.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        394
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modifications of Personal Income Tax and Wealth Tax in 2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the Budget Law indicating its entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the modifications introduced by the Budget Law for 2021 and the development regulations related to Personal Income Tax and Wealth Tax to reduce the government deficit and to make the personal income taxation more progressive.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        395
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R8
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modifications of Corporate Income Tax in 2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the Budget Law indicating its entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the modifications introduced by the Budget Law for 2021 and the development regulations related to Corporate Income Tax to increase corporate tax revenue.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        396
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R9
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modifications of indirect taxes in 2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the Budget Law indicating its entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the modifications introduced by the Budget Law for 2021 and the development regulations related to indirect taxes to promote healthier diets via the reduction of consumption of certain sugary beverages and to increase central government revenues via increasing the tax on insurance premiums.
                     
                  
               
               AC. COMPONENT 29: Improving the effectiveness of public spending
            
            
               The reforms in component 29 of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan aim at (i) improving the effectiveness of public spending via strengthening the framework and practices for spending reviews and (ii) aligning the central government budget with sustainable development goals and the principles of green budgeting. 
            
            
               The objective of the component of the plan is to improve the quality of public expenditure, in particular, by reviewing its composition and refocusing its use, to support economic growth and job creation, and ultimately to make public finances stabile and public debt more sustainable over the medium term. The reforms also address the challenges posed by the new economic and social reality.  
            
            
               The component addresses the Country Specific Recommendation on – when economic conditions permit – the pursuit of fiscal policies aimed at achieving prudent medium-term budgetary positions and ensuring debt sustainability, while encouraging investment (Country Specific Recommendation 1 2020).
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               AC.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C29.R1) – Public spending review and evaluation process
            
            
               The objective of this reform is to set up a permanent framework that ensures improvements in the quality of public spending, strengthens fiscal stability and the sustainability of general government finances. This reform contains four sub-elements:
            
            
               ·Incorporation into the decision-making process of the recommendations of the spending review 2018-2020 (phase I and phase II): To achieve an effective follow-up of the phase I and II recommendations, budgetary units who were given recommendations shall be given a deadline to reply to these recommendations in line with the principle of “comply or explain”. The Ministry of Finance is expected to be tasked to monitor the follow-up and produce an annual report on the response to the recommendations. 
            
            
               ·Launching of phase III of the spending review 2021: The third phase of the spending review is planned to focus on financial instruments and municipality waste management; 
            
            
               ·New public spending review and evaluation process (for 2022-2026): Future spending reviews in this cycle would be carried out by the independent fiscal authority (Autoridad Independiente de Responsabilidad Fiscal, AIReF). The focus, coverage and timeline of these future reviews shall be decided by the Council of Ministers after consultations with AIReF. The aim is to publish a report annually in 2022-2026; 
            
            
               ·Strengthening the capacity of the evaluator (AIReF): AIReF’s statute shall be modified to create a new unit responsible for the public spending reviews.
            
            
               Reform 1 may be seen as supporting coherence and other reforms in the Spanish recovery and resilience plan, notably in components 6, 17, 18, 21, 23 and 28, where the recommendations based on phase I and II of the spending review have fed into those reform priorities. 
            
         
         
            
               This reform is expected to be completed by 30 June 2023.
            
            
               Reform 2 (C29.R2) – Alignment of the Central Government Budget with the Sustainable Development Goals of the 2030 Agenda
            
            
               The objective of this reform is to align the state budget with the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), which are underlying the whole plan. The reform shall consist in the publication of a report in the context of the state budget process that, in compliance with a predefined methodology, shall reflect the alignment of public investments with the SDGs. This reform builds on the methodology and monitoring framework currently being designed with support of the EU Technical Support Instrument. 
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 September 2021.
            
            
               Reform 3 (C29.R3) – Alignment of the Central Government Budget with green budgeting
            
            
               The objective of this reform is to align the state budget with the EU green budgeting reference framework in the medium term. It reinforces reform 2 and more generally the green aspirations of the plan. The reform shall consist of the publication of two reports, in the context of the central government budget process that shall respectively map green and brown expenses over the annual budget laws for 2023 and 2024. This reform builds on the methodology and monitoring framework currently being designed with support of the EU Technical Support Instrument.
            
            
               The implementation of the measure shall be completed by 30 September 2023.
            
            
               AC.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT. 
            
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        397
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Setting-up of a permanent team in the Ministry of Finance for the active monitoring of the implementation of the results of the spending reviews and  approval of the Order of Elaboration of the Annual Budgetary law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions of the legislation indicating its entry into force. Order of Elaboration of the Annual Budgetary Law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force (i) of the setting-up within the Ministry of Finance (in the Secretariat of State for Budget and Expenditure) of a permanent team for the active monitoring of the implementation of the results of the spending reviews, promoting the "comply or explain" principle; and (ii) of the commitment of the Ministry of Finance to publish an annual report with responses to all spending review recommendations issued by AIReF. The Order of Elaboration of the Annual Budgetary Law shall include the commitment of the Central Administration and Social Security to monitor and follow-up through the budget cycle the recommendations of the spending reviews, including measures that have been implemented or are scheduled to be implemented in the following year.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        398
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Phase III of the spending review
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by Council of Ministers
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The Council of Ministers shall decide on the launching of phase III of the spending review in 2021. The third phase of the spending review shall address at least two areas:  financial instruments and municipal waste management. The spending review shall be carried out by AIReF. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        399
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Creation of a permanent unit within AIReF responsible for carrying out the spending reviews mandated by the government.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provisions of the RD indicating its entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendment of the Royal Decree 215/2014, of the Organic Statute of AIReF, with the creation of a permanent unit in charge of carrying out the spending reviews commissioned by the Government. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        400
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by Council of Ministers of the new cycle (2022-26) of spending reviews to be commissioned to AIReF.
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the agreement of the Council of Ministers indicating its entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The new multiannual public spending review cycle shall cover the period 2022-2026. To properly plan the application and collect the necessary information for each phase of the spending review, after consultation with AIReF, the Council of Ministers shall decide and publish at least the policy areas, the public entities concerned and the time periods to be covered by the analysis as well as relevant methodological aspects. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        401
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of a monitoring report
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication in the Ministry of Finance webpage
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Annual publication of a monitoring report. The report shall list the recommendations issued by AIReF and detail the regulatory changes or other measures taken to address them. Where the spending centres to which the recommendations are addressed do not agree with them, appropriate justification shall be included.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        402
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Phase III of the spending review
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the reports in  AIReF webpage
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the reports of the third phase of the spending review by AIReF.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        403
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget Alignment Report with SDGs
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication as Complementary documentation in the Annual Budgetary Law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the report accompanying the 2022 draft Budget Law on its alignment with the Sustainable Development Goals.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        404
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Green Budgeting alignment Report
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication as Complementary documentation in the Annual Budgetary Law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Report on Green Budget (green dimension) accompanying the Annual Budget Law for 2023.The report shall map green expenses in the annual budget law and be prepared in line with the methodology and monitoring framework designed with the support of the EU Technical Support Instrument.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        405
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Green Budgeting alignment Report
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication as Complementary documentation in the Annual Budgetary Law
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2023
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Report on Green Budget (brown dimension) accompanying the Annual Budget Law for 2024.The report shall map brown expenses in the annual budget law and be prepared in line with the methodology and monitoring framework designed with the support of the EU Technical Support Instrument.
                     
                  
               
               AD. COMPONENT 30: Pensions
            
            
               The objective of the component of the Spanish recovery and resilience plan is to reform the pension system in order to i) ensure the financial sustainability of the system in the short, medium and long term, ii) maintain the purchasing power of pensions, iii) preserve the adequacy of pensions, iv) protect pensioners from poverty and v) ensure intergenerational equity. The reform measures build on the broad parliamentary consensus on the adoption of the recommendations of the Toledo Pact
                  103
               . The measures, which are still subject to social dialogue, include: i) the separation of funding sources, ii) a revised indexation mechanism of pension benefits, iii) incentives for late retirement and regulatory changes concerning early retirement, iv) changes to the contribution period for the calculation of the retirement pension, v) a new system of contributions for self-employed based on real income and vi) the development of occupational pension schemes through collective bargaining.
            
            
               The component addresses the Country Specific Recommendations on preserving the sustainability of the pension system (Country Specific Recommendation 1 2019) and pursuing fiscal policies, when economic conditions permit, aimed at achieving prudent medium-term budgetary positions and ensuring debt sustainability, while encouraging investment (Country Specific Recommendation 1 2020). 
            
            
               It is expected that no measure in this component does significant harm to environmental objectives within the meaning of Article 17 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852, taking into account the description of the measures and the mitigating steps set out in the recovery and resilience plan in accordance with the DNSH Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
            
            
               AD.1. 
                     Description of the reforms and investments for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               Reform 1 (C30.R1) – Separation of sources of social security funding
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to change the financing of the pension system in line with the Toledo Pact recommendations so that contributory benefits are financed through social contributions and non-contributory benefits are paid from the state budget. The reform shall consist of the state taking over the financing of a number of expenditure items, which are currently covered by social contributions. The reform shall strengthen the link between contributions and entitlements and improve the financial sustainability of the contributory system. 
            
            
               The expenditure items that were formerly financed though social contributions but under this reform are considered as non-contributory and financed through the state budget consist of i) a part of non-contributory employment policies, ii) reductions in the social security contribution to promote employment, iii) childbirth and childcare allowances, iv) expenditure related to early retirement, v) the maternity pension supplement, v) pensions for family members, vi) support measures (‘implicit subsidies’) to special schemes and vii) the cost of complementing the gaps in contributions for the calculation of the old-age pension. 
            
            
               The reform has started through provisions in the general state budget for 2021, and shall be implemented progressively through transfers from the state budget to the social security budget. 
            
         
         
            
               The measure shall be implemented by 31 December 2023.
            
            
               Reform 2 (C30.R2) – Maintenance of the purchasing power of pensions, alignment of the effective retirement age with the statutory retirement age, adaptation of the calculation period for the calculation of the retirement pension to new careers and replacement of the sustainability factor by an intergenerational equity mechanism
            
            
               The objectives of the reform are to i) guarantee the purchasing power of pensioners, ii) increase labour participation at ages close to the legal retirement age, iii) postpone retirement, iv) reinforce the progressivity of the contribution system, v) adapt the current regulation to discontinuous careers and other forms of atypical work and vi) address the impact of the forthcoming demographic changes without worsening the adequacy of current and future pensions. The reform consists of four separate regulatory reforms in line with the Toledo Pact recommendations, to be adopted in two steps. 
            
            
               The reforms to enter into force by 31 December 2021 are:
            
            
               I.A new indexation mechanism that links pension benefits to inflation, with the objective to guarantee the purchasing power of pensioners in a permanent manner. 
            
            
               II.Alignment of the effective retirement age with the statutory retirement age, with the objectives to increase labour participation at ages close to the legal retirement age, and to postpone retirement. The measure shall consist of the following regulatory changes:
            
            
               a. Creating new incentives for delaying retirement (increased economic incentives to delay retirement and the promotion of compatibility between work and pension). In particular, those workers that defer retirement shall be entitled to choose among: an increase of the pension amount for each complete additional contribution year credited between the legal age of retirement and the effective retirement; a lump-sum payment; and a combination of the former two.
            
            
               b.Reinforcing disincentives in the regulation of early retirement elements of current regulation of early retirement. The reduction rate for early retirement shall be modified in order to increase the effective retirement age and to remove the privileged treatment given to those pensioners with the maximum contribution base. Collective bargaining provisions that force access to pension at the standard retirement age are to be prohibited.
            
            
               The reforms to enter into force by 31 December 2022 are:
            
            
               III.The adjustment of contributory period for the calculation of the retirement pension, with the objective to reinforce the progressivity of the system and adapt the current regulation to discontinuous careers and other forms of atypical work. 
            
            
               IV.Replacement of the sustainability factor with a mechanism that guarantees intergenerational equity and budgetary sustainability. The objective of the measure is to address the impact of the forthcoming demographic changes without worsening the adequacy of current and future pensions. 
            
            
               The measure shall be implemented by 31 December 2022.
            
            
               Reform 3 (C30.R3) – Reform of the Social Security contribution system for the self-employed
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to equalise the treatment of workers and self-employed, to increase contributions to the pension system and to ensure that self-employed receive an adequate pension income. The reform shall amend the contribution regime of self-employed. The reform shall base the contributions of self-employed on real income, instead of a self-chosen contribution base, in line with the Toledo Pact recommendations. The final contribution shall be calculated based on the self-employed professional income provided by the tax authorities. The reform shall be implemented gradually through increases in the minimum contribution base to allow for adaptation to the new regime.
            
            
               The measure shall be implemented by 30 June 2022.
            
            
               Reform 4 (C30.R4) – Streamlining of maternity add-ons
            
            
               The objective of the reform is to compensate parents, primarily mothers, for the cost of a birth and childcare, in order to reduce the gender pension gap. The reform redesigns the maternity supplement and has already been adopted (Royal Decree Law 3/2021, of 2 February). The previous maternity supplement in force since 2016 was deemed discriminatory for men by the Court of Justice of the European Union in its judgment of 12 December 2019. The reformed maternity leave supplement is expected to comply with the court ruling and prevent discrimination. The new supplement is based on an analysis of contribution paths in order to identify which of the two parents was most disadvantaged in their contributory career as a result of the birth of a child, providing that, in the absence of a particularly disadvantaged parent, the mother shall be granted the supplement.
            
            
               The measure shall be implemented by 31 March 2021.
            
            
               Reform 5 (C30.R5) – Review of the current supplementary pension system
            
            
               The reform shall revise the regulatory framework for the supplementary pension system, with the objective to increase coverage of occupational pension schemes agreed through collective bargaining, preferably on a sectoral level. The new legal framework for occupational pension schemes is aimed to cover workers without occupational pension schemes in their companies and self-employed who currently do not have access to these second-pillar schemes. 
            
         
         
            
               The specific measures of the reform shall include:
            
            
               I.Creation of publicly promoted funds for occupational retirement provision, managed by the private sector. 
            
            
               II.Incentives and regulatory changes to increase the coverage of occupational pension schemes agreed through collective bargaining.
            
            
               III.Simplification of the procedures of the pension schemes.
            
            
               IV.Regulatory changes to promote the mobility of workers between different companies and sectors.
            
            
               V.Tax incentives to promote participation in collective occupational schemes
            
            
               VI.Limiting management costs for collective occupation schemes below 0,30 % of assets under management.
            
            
               The implementation of the reform has started through provisions in the general state budget for 2021 shifting tax incentives formerly associated with individual pension schemes in favour of the collective schemes (measure v. above) and through the public promotion of funds for occupational retirement provision (measure i. above). 
            
            
               The measure shall be implemented by 30 June 2022.
            
            
               Reform 6 (C30.R6) – Adjustment of maximum contribution base
            
            
               The reform shall increase the maximum contribution base of the pension system and adjust maximum pensions in order to widen the contribution base, increase the progressivity of the pension system and to increase overall revenue. The measures are in line with the Toledo Pact recommendations. The adjustment of the system is gradual to allow contributors to adapt to the changes. Maximum pensions and maximum contribution bases are increased correspondingly with a view to maintain the contributory nature of the system. The reform shall be implemented gradually, over the next thirty years.
            
            
               The measure shall enter into force by 31 December 2022. 
            
            
               AD.2. 
                     Milestones, targets, indicators, and timetable for monitoring and implementation for non-repayable financial support
            
            
               See table below. The date of the baseline for all indicators is 1 February 2020 unless indicated differently in the description of the action. Amounts in the table do not include VAT. 
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Measure
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone
                            / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Qualitative indicator for milestones
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Quantitative indicator for target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Time
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Description of each milestone and target
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Unit
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Base-line
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Goal
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Year
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        406
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Separation of financing for the Social Security
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the law indicating its entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Law 11/2020, of 30 December, on the 2021 General State Budget, of the separation of sources of financing for Social Security. Annually, the State shall transfer to the Social Security system an amount equivalent to the expenditure non-contributory items. This shall enable the reduction of the Social Security deficit and its transfer to the Central Administration, which has the adequate tools to address it. It shall also dispel doubts on the solvency on the system improving the conditions to address the medium and long-term challenges. The 2021 State Budget Law shall foresee a first and significant step in this direction.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        407
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Maintenance of purchasing power of pensions and the alignment of the effective retirement age and the legal retirement age
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the legislation indicating its entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of legislation published in the Official Journal aiming at the:
                           a) Maintenance of purchasing power of pensions: a new revaluation mechanism that links pensions to inflation will be developed to ensure that purchasing power of pensioners is guaranteed in a permanent manner. 
                           b) Alignment of the effective retirement age and the legal retirement age: providing incentives for delaying retirement, including increased economic incentives and the promotion of reconciliation between work and retirement in order to increase labour participation at ages close to the legal retirement age and postpone retirement.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        408
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adjustment of the computation period for the calculation of the retirement pension 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the legislation indicating its entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of legislation for the adjustment of the computation period, extending the computation period for the calculation of the retirement pension. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        409
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Replacement of the sustainability factor with an intergenerational equity mechanism
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the legislation indicating its entry into force
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of legislation of the replacement of the current sustainability factor that links pensions to life expectancy with a mechanism that guarantees intergenerational equity and budgetary sustainability by adjusting to demographic changes.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        410
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Updated projections showing how the pension reforms undertaken in 2021 and 2022 ensure long-term fiscal sustainability
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of a report on the Social Security Website
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of updated projections showing how the pension reforms undertaken in 2021 and 2022 ensure long-term fiscal sustainability, also taking into account the impact of other structural reforms, such as labour market reforms.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        411
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Reform of the Social Security contribution system for the self-employed
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the legislation indicating its entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of legislation of the reform of the Social Security contribution system for the self-employed, gradually shifting the contribution system to be based on real income.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        412
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Streamlining of the maternity add-ons
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the RDL indicating its entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2021
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree-Law 3/2021 of 3 February 2021, on the streamlining of the maternity add-ons. In order to comply with the ECJ ruling of 12 December 2019, pension add-ons shall be streamlined and focused on reducing the gender gap. A fixed payment shall be introduced for parents whose work life has been altered immediately after parenthood.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        413
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Review of tax breaks related to  the current supplementary pension system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the law indicating the entry into force of final provision 11 and Article 62 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2020
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Law 11/2020, of December 30, on the 2021 General State Budget, of the review of tax breaks related to the current supplementary pension system. The right to tax breaks shall be transferred from individual private pension plans to occupational pension schemes based on collective employment agreements. Relevant provisions of the Budget Law for the introduction of the new framework are the final provision 11 LPGE and Article 62.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        414
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Review of the current supplementary pension system
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the legislation indicating its entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of legislation of the review of the current supplementary pension system to promote pension schemes through the creation by the Administration of pension funds open to all companies and workers.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        415
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adjustment of maximum contribution base
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of the legislation indicating its entry into force 
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Q4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2022
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of legislation for the adjustment of maximum contribution base: gradually increasing the maximum contribution base of the system and adjusting maximum pensions in order to widen the contribution base and progressivity of the system and to increase overall revenue.
                     
                  
               
               2.Estimated total cost of the recovery and resilience plan
            
            
               The estimated total cost of the recovery and resilience plan of Spain is EUR 69 528 050 000.
            
            
            
               
            
               SECTION 2: FINANCIAL SUPPORT
            
         
         
            
               1.Financial contribution 
            
            
               The instalments referred to in Article 2(2) shall be organised in the following manner:
            
            
               1.1.First Instalment (non-repayable support) 
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Order TMA/178/2020 and Royal Decree-Law 23/2020
                     
                  
               
                     
                        21
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Spanish Urban Agenda and the Long-Term Renovation Strategy for Energy Rehabilitation in the Building Sector in Spain 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        39
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree-Law 5/2020, on urgent measures regarding agriculture and food and Law 8/2020 on the modification of Law 12/2013, on measures to improve the functioning of the food chain
                     
                  
               
                     
                        63
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of the National Strategy for Green Infrastructure, Connectivity and Ecological Restoration
                     
                  
               
                     
                        82
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strategy on sustainable, secure and connected mobility (public consultation)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        102
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Royal Decree Law 23/2020 (energy measures)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        103
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Royal Decree 960/2020 (economic regime for renewable energy)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        104
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Royal Decree 1183/2020 (connection of renewables to the electricity grid)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        105
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Law on Climate Change and Energy Transition 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        121
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C8.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the long-term decarbonisation strategy (“ELP2050”).
                     
                  
               
                     
                        122
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C8.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of planning, legislative and regulatory reforms to promote the development of energy storage solution.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        129
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C9.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Hydrogen Roadmap 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        137
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C10.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Creation of the Institute for the Just Transition Fund 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        144
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of legislative act to reduce temporary employment in public administrations
                     
                  
               
                     
                        151
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Law 3/2020 on procedural and organisational measures in the field of Justice
                     
                  
               
                     
                        153
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Royal Decree 937/2020 on the regulation of the Caja General de Depósitos
                     
                  
               
                     
                        154
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Royal Decree approving the Regulation implementing Law 22/2015 of 20 July on audits of accounts
                     
                  
               
                     
                        157
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Royal Decree Law 36/2020 on the implementation of the Recovery, Transformation and Resilience Plan
                     
                  
               
                     
                        158
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Creation of new bodies within the central government to follow-up on the implementation, control and audit of the Plan.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        159
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Order defining the procedures and format of the information to be shared  for monitoring the RRP and accounting execution of expenditure
                     
                  
               
                     
                        173
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Recovery and Resilience Facility Integrated Information System
                     
                  
               
                     
                        177
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Spanish Strategy on Circular Economy (EEEC)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        181
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Plan to Boost the Value Chain of the Automotive Industry towards Sustainable and Connected Mobility
                     
                  
               
                     
                        199
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digitalisation of SMEs Plan 2021-2025
                     
                  
               
                     
                        214
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Plan to promote the tourism sector
                     
                  
               
                     
                        215
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Launch of ‘DATAESTUR’ website collecting data on tourism
                     
                  
               
                     
                        230
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        2025 Digital Spain Plan and Strategy for the promotion of 5G technology
                     
                  
               
                     
                        231
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Release the 700 MHz frequency band
                     
                  
               
                     
                        249
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C16.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        National Strategy for Artificial Intelligence 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        255
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the Spanish Strategy for Science, Technology and Innovation 2021-2027
                     
                  
               
                     
                        257
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree on the reorganisation of Public Research Organisations. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        285
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the National Digital Competences Plan by the Council of Ministers
                     
                  
               
                     
                        295
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C20.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Plan of the Modernisation of Vocational Training and related Royal Decree Laws
                     
                  
               
                     
                        303
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry in to force of the Organic Law on education 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        318
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Royal Decree Law 20/2020 of  29 May approving the minimum vital income
                     
                  
               
                     
                        329
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of two Royal Decree-Laws regulating distance work in the private sector and in public administrations
                     
                  
               
                     
                        330
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of two by-laws on equal pay between women and men and on equality plans and their registration
                     
                  
               
                     
                        333
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Action Plan to tackle youth unemployment 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        363
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C25.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Plan “Spain, Audio-visual Hub of Europe”.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        385
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Fiscal measures adopted in 2020 and 2021 to alleviate the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        387
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Appointment of the Committee of experts by the Secretary of State of Finance.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        392
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digital Services Tax
                     
                  
               
                     
                        393
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Financial Transaction Tax
                     
                  
               
                     
                        394
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modifications of Personal Income Tax and Wealth Tax in 2021
                     
                  
               
                     
                        395
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R8
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modifications of Corporate Income Tax in 2021
                     
                  
               
                     
                        396
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R9
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modifications of indirect taxes in 2021
                     
                  
               
                     
                        397
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Setting-up of a permanent team in the Ministry of Finance for the active monitoring of the implementation of the results of the spending reviews and  approval of the Order of Elaboration of the Annual Budgetary law
                     
                  
               
                     
                        398
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Phase III of the spending review
                     
                  
               
                     
                        399
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Creation of a permanent unit within AIReF responsible for carrying out the spending reviews mandated by the government.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        406
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Separation of financing for the Social Security
                     
                  
               
                     
                        412
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Streamlining of the maternity add-ons
                     
                  
               
                     
                        413
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Review of tax breaks related to  the current supplementary pension system
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 11 494 252 874  
                     
                  
               
            
               1.2.Second Instalment (non-repayable support) 
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        24
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree on Renovation Offices (‘one-stop shops’) 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        26
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree on the regulatory framework for the implementation of the renewal programme; and Royal Decree-Law regulating personal income tax incentives to support the programme 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        30
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree on the definition of the regulatory framework for the implementation of the programme on energy efficient social rental dwellings compliant with energy efficient criteria 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        40
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the second amendment to Law 12/2013 on measures to improve the functioning of the food chain 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        46
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the contractual agreement between the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAPA) and SEIASA to support the improvement and the sustainability of irrigated areas (Phase I)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        56
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Agreements with Public Research Bodies
                     
                  
               
                     
                        74
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C5.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendments of the Hydrological Planning Regulation 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        83
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strategy on sustainable, secure and connected mobility (approval) 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        108
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        National self-consumption Strategy
                     
                  
               
                     
                        112
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Roadmap for offshore wind and other marine energy
                     
                  
               
                     
                        139
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C10.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        ‘Just transition’ training aid programme and granting aid for the economic development of just transition areas
                     
                  
               
                     
                        155
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the ministerial order establishing the National Evaluation Office 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        189
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law amending Law 34/2006 on access to the professions of lawyers and procuradores  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        216
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree implementing the State Financial Fund for Tourism Competitiveness 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        217
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget award of plans promoting the sustainability of Tourism at their destination.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        232
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Assignment of the 700 MHz spectrum band
                     
                  
               
                     
                        233
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of legal act on the reduction of 5G spectrum taxation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        250
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C16.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digital Rights Charter
                     
                  
               
                     
                        258
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Agreements signed by the Ministry of Science and Innovation with the Autonomous Communities for the implementation of “Complementary R&D plans”. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        273
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Action Plan for primary and community care
                     
                  
               
                     
                        278
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the equipment investment plan and distribution of funds 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        289
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Programme to equip public and publicly subsidised schools with digital tools
                     
                  
               
                     
                        306
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decrees for the organisation of universities
                     
                  
               
                     
                        331
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Royal Decree Law for the protection of workers engaged in distribution activities to third parties using technological means
                     
                  
               
                     
                        332
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Amendment of the Worker's Statute to support the reduction of temporary employment by streamlining the number of contract types
                     
                  
               
                     
                        334
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Royal Decree for a new Spanish Employment Strategy 2021-2024
                     
                  
               
                     
                        336
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Amendment of the Worker's Statute to establish a scheme to adjust to cyclical and structural shocks, including a system that provides internal flexibility to companies and stability to workers
                     
                  
               
                     
                        338
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R8
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Amendment of the Worker's Statute to improve the legal rules governing collective bargaining 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        339
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R9
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Amendment of the Worker's Statute to improve the rights of persons working in subcontracted companies
                     
                  
               
                     
                        345
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the regional allocation of funds for territorial projects for vulnerable groups, entrepreneurship and micro-enterprises. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        378
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernisation of the Tax Agency - Number of staff at the Tax Authority
                     
                  
               
                     
                        379
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernisation of the Tax Agency – Tax investigations
                     
                  
               
                     
                        380
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Delivery of enhanced assistance to taxpayers - Sociedades Web upgraded and available for at least 1 666 123 taxpayers.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        381
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Delivery of enhanced assistance to taxpayers - Renta Web upgraded  and available for at least 1 779 505 taxpayers
                     
                  
               
                     
                        383
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        International dimension - Registered foreign tax payers identified 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        384
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cooperative model – Transparency Reports
                     
                  
               
                     
                        389
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Taxes on single-use plastics and waste
                     
                  
               
                     
                        400
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by Council of Ministers of the new cycle (2022-26) of spending reviews to be commissioned to AIReF.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        403
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget Alignment Report with SDGs
                     
                  
               
                     
                        407
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Maintenance of purchasing power of pensions and the alignment of the effective retirement age and the legal retirement age.
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 13 793 103 448  
                     
                  
               
            
               1.3.Third Instalment (non-repayable support) 
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Amendments to the Technical Building Code (TBC),  the Low Voltage Electrotechnical Regulation (LVER) and approval of a Royal Decree to regulate public recharging services
                     
                  
               
                     
                        45
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.R6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree on the management of national fishing grounds 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        51
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Investment plan to promote the sustainability and competitiveness of agriculture and livestock 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        57
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Acquisition of acoustic probes for research in fisheries
                     
                  
               
                     
                        61
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I11
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Financing of investment projects in the fishing sector
                     
                  
               
                     
                        65
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Awarding contracts for special-purpose aircrafts for firefighting, and setting up of the biodiversity knowledge monitoring and management system
                     
                  
               
                     
                        110
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Pilot project for energy communities 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        115
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Tender for investment support to innovative or value added renewable capacity.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        124
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C8.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of measures to promote regulatory sandboxes to foster the research and innovation in the electricity sector.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        130
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C9.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the regulation establishing Guarantees of origin  for renewable gases
                     
                  
               
                     
                        190
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law to reform of the Insolvency Law
                     
                  
               
                     
                        229
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on Telecommunications
                     
                  
               
                     
                        254
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendment of Law 14/2011 of 1 June on Science, Technology and Innovation.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        270
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I8
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support to R&D&I projects in sustainable automotive 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        274
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the Spanish Public Health Strategy 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        296
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C20.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on the single integrated Vocational Training System, with the objectives of modernising the system
                     
                  
               
                     
                        304
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree on minimum teaching requirements for education 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        314
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval by the Territorial Council of the evaluation the System for Autonomy and Dependency Care (SAAD). 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        317
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the legislative reform of the reception system for migrants and applicants of international protection in Spain 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        350
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Improving the take-up rate of the Minimum Vital Income (‘IMV’) and increasing its effectiveness through inclusion policies
                     
                  
               
                     
                        360
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digitisation and promotion of major cultural services 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        364
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C25.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the general law on Audio-visual Communication.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        374
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects to promote equality in sports 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        376
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law against Tax Evasion and Fraud
                     
                  
               
                     
                        390
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Analysis of the Vehicle Registration Tax and the Traffic Tax
                     
                  
               
                     
                        391
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the reform of tax on Fluorinated Gases 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        401
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of a monitoring report
                     
                  
               
                     
                        411
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Reform of the Social Security contribution system for the self-employed
                     
                  
               
                     
                        414
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Review of the current supplementary pension system
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 6 896 551 724  
                     
                  
               
            
               1.4.Fourth Instalment (non-repayable support) 
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget spent in purchases or awarded by municipalities aiming at promoting sustainable mobility
                     
                  
               
                     
                        22
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Housing Law, including actions supporting the increase of housing supply in compliance with nearly zero-energy buildings 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        23
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on Quality of Architecture and the Building Environment 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        25
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.R6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendments to the Horizontal Property Law to facilitate funding for rehabilitation 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        38
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Actions plans under the Spanish Urban Agenda 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        41
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the regulatory framework to develop a general register of Best Available Techniques on farms to inform on pollutant and GHG emissions, and reform the planning legislation with criteria on farms across sectors
                     
                  
               
                     
                        43
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Royal Decree for a governance mechanism to improve the Spanish irrigation system.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        44
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of the second action plan of the Digitalisation Strategy of the Agri-food Sector and the Rural Areas.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        47
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Implementation of the agreement between the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAPA) and SEIASA to support the improvement and the sustainability of irrigated areas (Phase II)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        55
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Acquisition of ICT equipment for the Marine Reserves of Fishing Interest and contracts for the acquisition of special-purpose vessels for the marine reserves
                     
                  
               
                     
                        60
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I10
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Purchase of light patrol boats and high seas patrol vessels to combat illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        62
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strategic Plan for Natural Heritage and Biodiversity  and Plan on the Network of Protected Marine Areas 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        64
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of the Spanish Forest Strategy and Support Plan 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        77
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C5.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Restoration of riverbanks protection against flood risks
                     
                  
               
                     
                        80
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C5.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Restoration of degraded areas and ecosystems across at least 50 kilometres of coastline 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        84
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Indicative Rail Strategy
                     
                  
               
                     
                        85
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Core TEN-T network: award of projects
                     
                  
               
                     
                        88
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        TEN-T network different transport modes (rail and road): partial budget award
                     
                  
               
                     
                        95
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Intermodal and Logistic Infrastructures: partial budget award 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        99
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support to the programme of sustainable and digital transport. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        140
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C10.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support for environmental, digital and social infrastructure projects.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        145
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendments to Law 40/2015 strengthening inter-territorial cooperation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        146
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the law to reinforce public policies evaluation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        147
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the reform of the Law 7/1985 on local administrative regimes
                     
                  
               
                     
                        148
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Ley de Función Pública de la Administración del Estado
                     
                  
               
                     
                        152
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law improving the efficiency of judicial procedures
                     
                  
               
                     
                        156
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        National Procurement Strategy
                     
                  
               
                     
                        174
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New communication tools and activities
                     
                  
               
                     
                        178
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the acts that are part of the Circular economy policy package
                     
                  
               
                     
                        179
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on Waste and Contaminated Soil 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        182
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        PERTE in the area of electric vehicles
                     
                  
               
                     
                        183
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        PERTEs in strategic areas defined in the Plan 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        184
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Innovative projects for the transformation of industry in terms of energy efficiency, sustainability and digitalisation 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        191
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on Business Creation and Growth
                     
                  
               
                     
                        192
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Start-ups Law
                     
                  
               
                     
                        200
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget committed to the Digital Toolkit Program
                     
                  
               
                     
                        201
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget committed to Agents of Change Program
                     
                  
               
                     
                        202
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget committed to Innovative Business Cluster Support Program
                     
                  
               
                     
                        203
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget committed to DIHs Program
                     
                  
               
                     
                        218
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget award of plans promoting the sustainability of Tourism at their destination.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        234
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Assignment of the 26 GHz spectrum band
                     
                  
               
                     
                        235
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of Law on 5G Cybersecurity 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        245
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Launch of the National Cybersecurity Industry Support program, the Global Security Innovation Programme and related actions.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        259
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Awards for projects enhancing national scientific infrastructures and capacity of the Spanish Science Technology and Innovation System, and bilateral agreements signed with international entities and other instruments to finance projects European and International infrastructure. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        261
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of new private, interdisciplinary, public R&D&I projects, concept tests, international competitive calls, and cutting-edge R&D geared to social challenges 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        300
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C20.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        At least 50 000 new VET places compared to the end of 2020.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        319
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of the “Plan to reorganise and simplify the system of non-contributory financial benefits of the General State Administration”.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        335
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendment of the Employment Law (Royal Legislative Decree 3/2015)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        337
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the reform of Law 43/2006 to simplify and increase the effectiveness of the recruitment incentive system taking into account the recommendations issued by AIReF
                     
                  
               
                     
                        340
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R10
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of amendment of the Royal Decree Law 8/2015 reforming the regulation of non-contributory unemployment support
                     
                  
               
                     
                        352
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the artist’s statute, sponsorship and the regime of tax incentives.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        367
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the law for Sports 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        377
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Interim assessment of the effects of the Law against Tax Evasion and Fraud.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        404
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Green Budgeting alignment Report
                     
                  
               
                     
                        408
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adjustment of the computation period for the calculation of the retirement pension 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        409
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Replacement of the sustainability factor with an intergenerational equity mechanism
                     
                  
               
                     
                        410
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Updated projections showing how the pension reforms undertaken in 2021 and 2022 ensure long-term fiscal sustainability
                     
                  
               
                     
                        415
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C30.R6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adjustment of maximum contribution base
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 11 494 252 874  
                     
                  
               
            
               1.5.Fifth Instalment (non-repayable support) 
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        11
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of innovative projects promoting electro-mobility 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        21bis
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Publication of recommendations of Working Groups to implement the Long-Term Renovation Strategy in Spain
                     
                  
               
                     
                        42
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the normative framework on sustainable nutrition in agricultural soils.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        53
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Signature of contractual agreements between the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAPA) and ENISA
                     
                  
               
                     
                        70
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Rehabilitation of former mining sites (at least 20 former mining sites)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        73
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Actions on sustainable forest management 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        75
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C5.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the amendment of the Water Law and the new Regulation replacing the Royal Decree 1620/2007
                     
                  
               
                     
                        76
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C5.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Improved water and wastewater treatment infrastructures 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        109
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of measures under the National self-consumption Strategy
                     
                  
               
                     
                        113
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the regulatory measures identified in the map for offshore wind and other marine energy.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        131
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C9.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Financing of SMEs to reinforce the value chain on hydrogen
                     
                  
               
                     
                        138
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C10.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Just transition protocols 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        241
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Improvement of cross-border digital infrastructure: award
                     
                  
               
                     
                        267
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support to projects to strengthen the strategic capacities and internationalisation of the National Health System, projects related to the precision personalized medicine strategy and contribution to a public – private investment vehicle in advanced therapies.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        307
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Organic Law on the university system
                     
                  
               
                     
                        315
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Social Services Law and ministerial regulations
                     
                  
               
                     
                        316
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Family Diversity Law
                     
                  
               
                     
                        321
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects executed by the Ministry of Social Rights and Agenda 2030
                     
                  
               
                     
                        326
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects on improved accessibility
                     
                  
               
                     
                        386
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Tax benefit review and modifications
                     
                  
               
                     
                        388
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C28.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the reforms derived from the Committee's recommendations
                     
                  
               
                     
                        402
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Phase III of the spending review
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 8 045 977 011  
                     
                  
               
            
               1.6.Sixth Instalment (non-repayable support) 
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adoption of a Law on sustainable mobility and transport financing 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget spent in purchases or awarded by Autonomous Communities of at least EUR 900 million aiming at promoting sustainable mobility 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects completed  promoting sustainable mobility, including in urban and metropolitan areas 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        12
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Electric vehicles and recharging points deployed 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        14
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Short distance (Cercanías) rail lines 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        15
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Stations improved with digitalisation 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        16
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Improved “Cercanías” stations 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        27
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of residential dwelling renovation actions, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction (at least 231 000 actions in at least 160 000 unique dwellings)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        32
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of renovations for residential dwellings and non-residential buildings, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction
                     
                  
               
                     
                        49
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into operation of an animal facility, a laboratory, both having a biosafety level 3, and a National Plant Health Laboratory
                     
                  
               
                     
                        50
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Improved cleaning and disinfection centres and plant reproduction material production centres with strengthened training and biosecurity systems
                     
                  
               
                     
                        54
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Agri-food SMEs supported to implement innovative and digital business projects
                     
                  
               
                     
                        58
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I8
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Research Development and Innovation projects to support the resilience and sustainability of the fisheries and aquaculture sector
                     
                  
               
                     
                        59
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I9
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digital reinforcement of the Spanish Fisheries Information System (SIPE) and of the fishing surveillance system 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        67
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Marine protected areas 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        78
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C5.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Reduction in the volume of water extracted from aquifers 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        79
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C5.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into service of tools to improve the knowledge and use of water resources, and to monitor rainfall and other meteorological data 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        81
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C5.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Restoration of degraded areas and ecosystems across at least 100 kilometres of coastline
                     
                  
               
                     
                        106
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional production capacity for renewable energy 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        107
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cumulative additional renewable energy capacity installed in Spain 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        111
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of energy-related pilot projects in local communities.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        114
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of measures identified in the roadmap on biogas.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        116
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New projects, technologies or installations of marine renewable energy infrastructure.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        118
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Clean Energy and Smart Projects for Islands Office 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        123
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C8.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of regulatory measures for the integration of flexibility and demand-side response.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        125
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C8.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Innovative storage projects awarded
                     
                  
               
                     
                        127
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C8.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Innovative digitalisation projects for electricity distribution
                     
                  
               
                     
                        128
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C8.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects to promote new business models for the energy transition
                     
                  
               
                     
                        132
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C9.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Technological developments in the renewable hydrogen value chain 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        133
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C9.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Renewable hydrogen clusters (or valleys)  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        134
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C9.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Hydrogen pioneer projects  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        135
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C9.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Test facilities or new manufacturing lines.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        141
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C10.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Job search assistance and reskilling for unemployed people 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        142
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C10.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Investment projects to adapt industrial facilities for green hydrogen and energy storage.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        149
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Statutes of the new evaluation public body
                     
                  
               
                     
                        160
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Interconnection of national public procurement platforms
                     
                  
               
                     
                        161
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of projects supporting the digital transformation of the Central Public Administration
                     
                  
               
                     
                        163
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Interoperable platforms to exchange social security and health data
                     
                  
               
                     
                        164
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Judicial proceeding to be carried out electronically
                     
                  
               
                     
                        165
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of projects supporting the digitalisation driver projects of the Central Public Administration
                     
                  
               
                     
                        167
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digitalization of regional and local entities
                     
                  
               
                     
                        176
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law on Industry
                     
                  
               
                     
                        187
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects to support the implementation of waste legislation and promote the circular economy in the enterprise
                     
                  
               
                     
                        193
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entrepreneurs or SMEs benefiting from measures to boost the entrepreneurial ecosystem
                     
                  
               
                     
                        194
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Users benefiting from measures to boost the entrepreneurial ecosystem
                     
                  
               
                     
                        195
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Other actions dissemination and communication and funding
                     
                  
               
                     
                        196
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        CERSA guarantee
                     
                  
               
                     
                        197
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        SMEs supported by the Program “Skills for SME Growth”
                     
                  
               
                     
                        198
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entrepreneurs and SMEs supported by the Industrial Entrepreneurship Support Programme
                     
                  
               
                     
                        204
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        SMEs supported by the Digital Toolkit program
                     
                  
               
                     
                        205
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget execution of  Agents of Change Program
                     
                  
               
                     
                        206
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget execution of Innovative Business Cluster Support Program 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        207
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget execution of DIHs Program
                     
                  
               
                     
                        210
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        SMEs and business associations having received support from the Technological Fund
                     
                  
               
                     
                        219
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget award of plans promoting the sustainability of Tourism at their destination.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        236
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Ultra-fast broadband rollout: award
                     
                  
               
                     
                        238
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Improvement of connectivity in key centers and sectors 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        239
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Connectivity vouchers for SMEs and vulnerable groups 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        240
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Adaptation of telecommunication infrastructure in buildings
                     
                  
               
                     
                        243
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Deployment of 5G technology: award
                     
                  
               
                     
                        246
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strengthen and improvement of Cybersecurity Capacities : Resources
                     
                  
               
                     
                        247
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strengthen and improvement of Cybersecurity Capacities: Cybersecurity Help Line
                     
                  
               
                     
                        251
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C16.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support to projects on Artificial Intelligence 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        256
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        The mid-term evaluation of the Spanish Strategy for Science, Technology and Innovation 2021-2027 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        265
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Innovative and technology-based companies have received capital under the program INNVIERTE to strengthen their research activities at an early stage 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        269
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Energy storage R&D centre 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        271
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I9
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support to R&D&Innovation projects in the aerospace field, with focus on low and zero emission  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        275
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Law on Equity, Universality and Cohesion of the National Health System
                     
                  
               
                     
                        276
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.R4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Law on the Framework Statute for Statutory health service Staff.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        277
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Law on guarantees and rational use of medical products
                     
                  
               
                     
                        279
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Installation/renewal/expansion of equipment devices 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        280
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Public health campaigns and actions
                     
                  
               
                     
                        281
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Public Health Surveillance Network Information System
                     
                  
               
                     
                        282
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Healthcare professionals trained within the framework of continuing education plans 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        283
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        VALTERMED system and platform for the Assessment of Health Technologies and Benefits of the National Health System 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        284
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C18.I6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Health data lake operational 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        286
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Training of citizens on digital skills.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        308
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget award for the Promotion of First Cycle of Early Childhood Education 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        312
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Scholarships and grants, for post-doctoral students, assistant professors, and researchers
                     
                  
               
                     
                        313
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Increase in the “Digital  Index for Universities” 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        320
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.R5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of legislation to reorganise and simplify the system of non-contributory financial benefits
                     
                  
               
                     
                        322
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Home telecare services in the System for Autonomy and Care for Dependency (SAAD) 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        323
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Residential, non-residential and day care places.  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        324
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Implementation of specific technological tools to improve the social services information and management systems.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        325
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects for technological transformation of social services, and for modernisation of the infrastructure and services associated with residential protection and foster families 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        327
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Centres for victims of sexual violence.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        341
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.R11
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Certificates of completion of the services under the contracts for the modernisation of the State Public Employment Service
                     
                  
               
                     
                        346
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Territorial projects for vulnerable groups, entrepreneurship and micro-enterprises have been completed, involving at least 39 000 workers and 64 000 enterprises.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        347
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Public centres for guidance, entrepreneurship, support and innovation for new jobs are fully operational.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        348
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Training actions for PES staff
                     
                  
               
                     
                        349
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Social economy projects  completed
                     
                  
               
                     
                        353
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of legislative and regulatory measures to strengthen copyright and related rights
                     
                  
               
                     
                        354
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Strengthening the competitiveness of cultural industries 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        355
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernisation and sustainable management of performing and musical arts infrastructure
                     
                  
               
                     
                        356
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Conservation, restoration and enhancement of the Spanish cultural heritage
                     
                  
               
                     
                        357
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        E-book licences for libraries
                     
                  
               
                     
                        358
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Book purchases for libraries
                     
                  
               
                     
                        359
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Boosting cultural and creative initiatives 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        361
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of digitisation and promotion of major cultural services 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        362
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C24.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of digitisation of the Bibliographic heritage 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        365
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C25.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                         Entry into force of the law on cinema. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        366
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C25.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support of SMEs in the audio-visual sector.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        368
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Entry into force of the Law for the Regulation of certain sports professions 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        369
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        National Strategy for the promotion of sport against sedentary lifestyle and physical inactivity
                     
                  
               
                     
                        370
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digitalisation of the sports sector
                     
                  
               
                     
                        371
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Sports Medicine Centres 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        372
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of IT projects in High Performance Centres and in Antidoping Administration
                     
                  
               
                     
                        375
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of actions under the Social Plan for Sport
                     
                  
               
                     
                        382
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C27.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Delivery of four Digital Support Platforms
                     
                  
               
                     
                        405
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C29.R3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Green Budgeting alignment Report
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 9 195 402 299  
                     
                  
               
         
         
            
               1.7.Seventh Instalment (non-repayable support) 
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget spent in purchases or awarded by municipalities aiming at promoting sustainable mobility
                     
                  
               
                     
                        8
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award in projects improving new forms of mobility in state roads
                     
                  
               
                     
                        17
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Cumulative budget awarded for investments in short distance rail lines 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        36
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of public buildings renovations, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction (at least 290 000 m2)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        71
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Ecosystem restoration actions 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        86
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Core TEN-T network: progress of works 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        89
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Non-core TEN-T network: progress on rail works
                     
                  
               
                     
                        90
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Single European Sky: project awarded and progress on projects completion
                     
                  
               
                     
                        91
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digitalisation of Ministry of Transport, Mobility and Urban Agenda
                     
                  
               
                     
                        96
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget execution  for the intermodal and logistics infrastructure 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        100
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Sustainable and digital transport: start of works
                     
                  
               
                     
                        119
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects to support the energy transition on islands
                     
                  
               
                     
                        150
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Stabilisation of public employment
                     
                  
               
                     
                        170
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Renovation of vehicles in public administration
                     
                  
               
                     
                        171
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Energy renovation on public buildings (140 000 m2)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        185
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Budget execution of  PERTES and innovative projects for the transformation of industry 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        208
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of the Digital Toolkit program
                     
                  
               
                     
                        211
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernisation actions in municipal markets or commercial areas
                     
                  
               
                     
                        212
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Market infrastructure modernization in small municipalities
                     
                  
               
                     
                        213
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Companies participating in projects supporting their internationalisation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        220
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of Plans promoting the sustainability of Tourism at their destination.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        225
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects targeted at commercial areas located in local areas with high Touristic influx
                     
                  
               
                     
                        262
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Approval of R&I projects with at least 35 % linked to the green and digital transition
                     
                  
               
                     
                        263
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support to scientific research career through scholarships and grants 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        266
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support to young technology-based firms to carry on their business plan.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        287
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of actions to enhance digital capabilities
                     
                  
               
                     
                        290
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of actions for the digital transformation of education
                     
                  
               
                     
                        293
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Scholarship programs for digital talent 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        297
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C20.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New units of competence of the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        298
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C20.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modular trainings for up- and reskilling of employed and unemployed 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        299
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C20.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Centres for excellence and innovation in vocational training
                     
                  
               
                     
                        301
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C20.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Bilingual vocational training cycles 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        302
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C20.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New VET places compared with at the end of 2020
                     
                  
               
                     
                        305
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.R2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Materials to guide and support teachers for the implementation of the new curriculum, and training of professionals 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        309
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New places for the First Cycle of Early Childhood Education 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        310
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Support to schools under the  PROA+ programme 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        311
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C21.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Accompanying and Guidance Units for vulnerable students 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        328
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C22.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Capacity of the reception system for migrants and applicants of international protection 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        351
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Evaluation to assess the coverage, effectiveness and success of Minimum Income schemes
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 3 995 348 232  
                     
                  
               
            
               1.8.Eight Instalment (non-repayable support) 
            
            
                     
                        Number
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Related Measure (Reform or Investment)
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Milestone / Target
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Name
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        9
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects completed  promoting sustainable mobility, including in urban and metropolitan areas
                     
                  
               
                     
                        10
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        State roads in urban areas improved to promote new forms of mobility
                     
                  
               
                     
                        13
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of  innovative projects promoting electro-mobility
                     
                  
               
                     
                        18
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Short distance (Cercanías) rail lines upgraded 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        19
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Stations improved with digitalisation 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        20
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C1.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Improved “Cercanías” stations 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        28
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Hectares of land in areas or neighbourhoods subject to renewal completed, with at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction on average
                     
                  
               
                     
                        29
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of residential dwelling renovation actions, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction (at least 510 000 actions in at least 355 000 unique dwellings) 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        31
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New dwellings built for social rental or at affordable prices compliant with energy efficient criteria
                     
                  
               
                     
                        33
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of renovations for residential dwellings and non-residential buildings, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        34
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Renovation of residential dwellings in municipalities with less than 5 000 inhabitants completed, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        35
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Clean energy projects in municipalities with less than 5 000 inhabitants 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        37
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C2.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of public buildings renovations, achieving on average at least a 30 % primary energy demand reduction (at least 1 230 000 m2) 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        48
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Modernisation of irrigation systems modernised in terms of water savings and energy efficiency  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        52
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C3.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completed projects for precision agriculture, energy efficiency, the circular economy and the use of renewable energy  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        66
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of updates and upgrades of firefighting aircrafts, and operationalisation of the biodiversity knowledge monitoring and management system
                     
                  
               
                     
                        68
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Marine protected areas 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        69
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Biodiversity conservation actions
                     
                  
               
                     
                        72
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C4.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of rehabilitation of former mining sites (at least 30 former mining sites)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        87
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Core TEN-T network: completion of works 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        92
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        New or upgraded TEN-T network, other works 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        93
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Single European Sky: project completion
                     
                  
               
                     
                        94
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        State Road network adapted to current regulation 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        97
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Intermodal and logistic infrastructure  
                     
                  
               
                     
                        98
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects of rail accessibility and of projects of sustainability in ports 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        101
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C6.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Sustainable and digital transport: completion of works
                     
                  
               
                     
                        117
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional production capacity for innovative or value added renewable energy.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        120
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C7.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Additional production capacity for renewable energy in the islands.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        126
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C8.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Innovative storage projects operational 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        136
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C9.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Authorised electrolyser capacity
                     
                  
               
                     
                        143
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C10.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Rehabilitated land in closed coal mines or adjacent areas to power stations.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        162
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects supporting the digital transformation of the Central Public Administration
                     
                  
               
                     
                        166
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects supporting the digitalisation driver projects of the Central Public Administration
                     
                  
               
                     
                        168
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Award of projects supporting the digital transformation of the Regional and Local Public Administrations, and the Ministry for Territorial Policy and Public Administration
                     
                  
               
                     
                        169
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of all projects supporting the digital transformation of the Regional and Local Public Administrations, and the Ministry for Territorial Policy and Public Administration
                     
                  
               
                     
                        172
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Energy renovations in public buildings (1 000 000 m2)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        175
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C11.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Staff from the public administration trained 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        180
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        High-value sectoral and interoperable data spaces
                     
                  
               
                     
                        186
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of PERTEs and innovative projects for the transformation of industry
                     
                  
               
                     
                        188
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C12.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Increase separately collected municipal waste
                     
                  
               
                     
                        209
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C13.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        SMEs having completed actions aiming at increasing their use of digital technologies(excl. digital toolkit)
                     
                  
               
                     
                        221
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects to promote the sustainability of Tourism destinations 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        222
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Launch of Smart Destination Platform of the tourism sector.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        223
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Beneficiaries for innovative technology-based projects related to AI and other enabling technologies
                     
                  
               
                     
                        224
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Beneficiaries in the extrapeninsular regions having completed projects to improve their competitiveness and capacity to adapt to changes in international markets. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        226
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Tourism products delivered in line with the Tourism Strategy. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        227
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Touristic establishments reducing their annual waste or energy consumption
                     
                  
               
                     
                        228
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C14.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Projects of regeneration of historical heritage sites with a current or future tourism use.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        237
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Ultra-fast broadband rollout: Project completion
                     
                  
               
                     
                        242
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I5
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Improvement of cross-border digital infrastructure: project completion
                     
                  
               
                     
                        244
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Deployment of 5G technology: Project completion
                     
                  
               
                     
                        248
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C15.I7
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of the projects in the National Cybersecurity Industry Support program, the Global Security Innovation Programme and related actions.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        252
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C16.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Country missions addressed 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        253
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C16.R1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        M
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of projects on Artificial Intelligence 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        260
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of all projects enhancing scientific infrastructures and capacity of the Spanish Science Technology and Innovation System, including projects on European and international infrastructure.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        264
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of scholarship and grants to support the Spanish scientific research career 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        268
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I6
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of all projects to strengthen research development and innovation in the health sector. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        272
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C17.I9
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Completion of the R&D&Innovation projects in the aerospace field, with a focus on low and zero emission 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        288
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Training of citizens on digital skills.
                     
                  
               
                     
                        291
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Provision of connected digital devices in public and publicly subsidised schools to bridge the "digital divide", and equip a minimum of 240 000 classrooms
                     
                  
               
                     
                        292
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Digital training for employment
                     
                  
               
                     
                        294
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C19.I4
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Training of IT professionals
                     
                  
               
                     
                        342
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I1
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        People having completed the youth programmes. 
                     
                  
               
                     
                        343
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        People having completed the ‘Plan Empleo Mujer, Rural and Urban areas’ and Victims of Gender Violence and Human traffic programme
                     
                  
               
                     
                        344
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C23.I3
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        People having completed training programmes to acquire skills for the digital, ecological and productive transformation
                     
                  
               
                     
                        373
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        C26.I2
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        T
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Renovation and improvement of technical centres for sport and sport facilities 
                     
                  
               
                     
                  
                  
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        Instalment Amount
                     
                  
                  
                     
                        EUR 4 597 701 149  
                     
                  
               
            
               
            
               SECTION 3: ADDITIONAL ARRANGEMENTS 
            
            
               1.Arrangements for monitoring and implementation of the recovery and resilience plan
            
            
               The monitoring and implementation of the recovery and resilience plan of Spain have been set out in Royal Decree-Law 36/2020 of 30 December approving urgent measures for the modernisation of the public administration and the implementation of the Recovery Plan (“RDL 36/2020”). They shall take place in accordance with the following arrangements:
            
            
               ·A Commission for Recovery, Transformation and Resilience, which gathers all Ministers competent for the plan, has been set up and will be chaired by the President of the Government. This Commission has established the general policy guidelines for the development and implementation of the Recovery Plan and shall monitor its implementation. Its work will be assisted by a Technical Committee of 20 members of the public administration chaired by the Secretariat-General for European Funds.
            
            
               ·A newly set up Secretariat-General for European Funds within the Ministry of Finance will be the responsible authority for the plan vis-a-vis the European Commission. This authority will be key in monitoring the submission of payment claims, which will be based on the achievement of milestones and targets.
            
            
               ·The plan includes 416 milestones and targets, most of which relate to the period 2021-2023. The proposed milestones and targets are clear and realistic and the proposed indicators are relevant, acceptable and robust.
            
            
               ·While the Ministry responsible for each measure will be in charge of taking action to achieve the related milestones and objectives in line with the budgeted resources, the Secretariat-General for European Funds will be the body drawing up the requests for payment to the European Commission. Each payment request shall be accompanied by a management declaration based on reports issued by the bodies responsible for the components. In addition, the General Comptroller of the State Administration (Intervención General de la Administración del Estado - IGAE) will carry out checks to certify the achievement of milestones and objectives, as well as the results achieved. Funds allocated to the implementation of the plan will be included in the budget of the central government.
            
            
               ·Arrangements have been set up to involve key actors to implement the plan. A new Sectoral Conference for the plan is set up with the aim of channeling cooperation between regions, local entities and central government to implement the plan. As regards parliamentary scrutiny, Article 22 of Royal Decree-Law 36/2020 provides that the government shall report quarterly on the progress of the Recovery, Transformation and Resilience Plan to the Joint Parliamentary Committee for the European Union.
            
            
               2.Arrangements for providing full access by the Commission to the underlying data
            
            
               The Secretariat-General for European Funds (Ministry of Finance), as the coordinator for Spain’s recovery and resilience plan, is responsible for the overall implementation of the recovery and resilience plans, for ensuring coordination with other relevant authorities in the country (including ensuring coherence regarding the use of other EU funds), for monitoring progress on milestones and targets, for overseeing and assuring implementation of control and audit measures, and for providing all necessary reporting, and requests for payment and the accompanying management declaration. The Secretariat-General for European funds is expected to rely on an IT system that allows the Ministries and other implementing, control and audit bodies to encode all relevant information, including the reporting of milestones and targets and monitoring indicators, the control and audit reports and the management reports of the implementing bodies which are expected to serve as a basis for the management declarations to accompany the requests for payment. The system also allows for recording qualitative financial information and other data, such as on final recipients, contractors, subcontractors and beneficial owners.
            
            
               In accordance with Article 24(2) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241, upon completion of the relevant agreed milestones and targets in Section 2.1 of this Annex, Spain shall submit to the Commission a duly justified request for payment of the financial contribution. Spain shall ensure that, upon request, the Commission has full access to the underlying relevant data that supports the due justification of the request for payment, both for the assessment of the request for payment in accordance with Article 24(3) of Regulation (EU) 2021/241 and for audit and control purposes. 
            
            
            
         
         
            
                  
                     (1)
                   As defined in Article 3(11) of Regulation 2019/1242: a vehicle without a combustion engine, or with a combustion engine that emits less than 1g CO2/km.
               
               
                  
                     (2)
                   As defined in Article 3(12) of Regulation (EU) 2019/1242: with CO2 emissions of less than half of the reference CO2 emissions of all vehicles in the vehicle sub-group; reference values differ depending on the type of truck.
               
               
                  
                     (3)
                   The biofuels, bioliquids and biomass fuels meets the sustainability and GHG emission savings criteria set out in Articles 29-31 and the rules on food and feed based biofuels set out in Article 26 of the Renewable Energy Directive 2018/2001/EU (REDII), and related implementing and delegated acts; and exclusively REDII compliant biofuels, bioliquids and biomass fuels are used by the vehicles supported under the RRF; and the biofuels, bioliquids and biomass fuels level/share of the national mix is increased over time.
               
               
                  
                     (4)
                   The biofuels, bioliquids and biomass fuels meets the sustainability and GHG emission savings criteria set out in Articles 29-31 and the rules on food and feed based biofuels set out in Article 26 of the Renewable Energy Directive 2018/2001/EU (REDII), and related implementing and delegated acts; and exclusively REDII compliant biofuels, bioliquids and biomass fuels are used by the vehicles supported under the RRF; and the biofuels, bioliquids and biomass fuels level/share of the national mix is increased over time.
               
               
                  
                     (5)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (6)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (7)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (8)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (9)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (10)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (11)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (12)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (13)
                   Below 50 gCO2/km in line with the category of ‘clean vehicles’ of the revised Clean Vehicles Directive 2009/33/EC.
               
               
                  
                     (14)
                   Below 50 gCO2/km in line with the category of ‘clean vehicles’ of the revised Clean Vehicles Directive 2009/33/EC.
               
               
                  
                     (15)
                  
                        OJ L 169, 25.6.2019, p. 1–44.
               
               
                  
                     (16)
                  
                        COM/2020/66 final.
               
               
                  
                     (17)
                  
                        See Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on European data governance, 25.11.2020, COM/2020/767 final.
               
               
                  
                     (18)
                  
                        https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/activities/digital-programme.
               
               
                  
                     (19)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (20)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (21)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (22)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (23)
                   OJ L 57, 18.2.2021, p. 17–75.
               
               
                  
                     (24)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (25)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (26)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (27)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing resource efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (28)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (29)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (30)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (31)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (32)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (33)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (34)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (35)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (36)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (37)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (38)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (39)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (40)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (41)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (42)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (43)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (44)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (45)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (46)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (47)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (48)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (49)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (50)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (51)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (52)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (53)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (54)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (55)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (56)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (57)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (58)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (59)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (60)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (61)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (62)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (63)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (64)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (65)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (66)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (67)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (68)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (69)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (70)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (71)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (72)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (73)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (74)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (75)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (76)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities and installations falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (77)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (78)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (79)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (80)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (81)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (82)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (83)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (84)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (85)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (86)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (87)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (88)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (89)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (90)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (91)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (92)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (93)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (94)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (95)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (96)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (97)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (98)
                   Except projects under this measure in power and/or heat generation, as well as related transmission and distribution infrastructure, using natural gas, that are compliant with the conditions set out in Annex III of the ‘Do no significant harm’ Technical Guidance (2021/C58/01).
               
               
                  
                     (99)
                   Where the activity supported achieves projected greenhouse gas emissions that are not significantly lower than the relevant benchmarks an explanation of the reasons why this is not possible should be provided. Benchmarks established for free allocation for activities falling within the scope of the Emissions Trading System, as set out in the Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2021/447.
               
               
                  
                     (100)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in plants exclusively dedicated to treating non-recyclable hazardous waste, and to existing plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency, capturing exhaust gases for storage or use or recovering materials from incineration ashes, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (101)
                   This exclusion does not apply to actions under this measure in existing mechanical biological treatment plants, where the actions under this measure are for the purpose of increasing energy efficiency or retrofitting to recycling operations of separated waste to compost bio-waste and anaerobic digestion of bio-waste, provided such actions under this measure do not result in an increase of the plants’ waste processing capacity or in an extension of the lifetime of the plants; for which evidence is provided at plant level.
               
               
                  
                     (102)
                   
                        OJ L 153, 18.6.2010.
               
               
                  
                     (103)
                   The recommendations of the Toledo Pact have been published in the Official Journal on 10 November 2020: 
                  https://www.congreso.es/public_oficiales/L14/CONG/BOCG/D/BOCG-14-D-175.PDF
                  .